DENON

AV SURROUND RECEIVER

AVR-5308CI
Owner's Manual
 o SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ELECTR~C SHOCK A
A. RISK OF
~ L..--_-=D..=O'-=-N.:..;:O"-'T:.....:O::;.:P-=E=.:..;N"-----' ~
CAUTION:
TO REDUCETHE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE
COVER (OR BACK). NO USER·SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE.
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL
The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral
A
triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of
un insulated "dangerous voltage" within the product's enclosure
that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric
shock to persons.
The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended
A
to alert the user to the presence of important operating
and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature
accompanying the appliance.
WARNING:
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT
EXPOSE THIS APPUANCETO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
I
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1. Read Instructions - All the safety and operating instructions should be read
before the product is operated.
2. Retain Instructions - The safety and operating instructions should be
retained for future reference.
3. Heed Warnings - All warnings on the product and in the operating
instructions should be adhered to.
4. Follow Instructions - All operating and use instructions should be followed.
5. Cleaning - Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not
use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners.
6. Attachments - Do not use attachments not recommended by the product
manufacturer as they may cause hazards.
7. Water and Moisture - Do not use this product near water - for example,
near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub; in a wet basement;
or near a swimming pool; and the like.
8. Accessories - Do not place this product on an unstable cart. stand, tripod,
bracket. or table. The product may fall, causing serious injury to a child or
adult, and serious damage to the product. Use only with a cart, stand,
tripod, bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer, or sold with the
product. Any mounting of the product should
follow the manufacturer's instructions, and should
use a mounting accessory recommended by the
manufacturer.
9. A product and cart combination should be moved
with care. Quick stops, excessive force, and
uneven surfaces may cause the product and cart
combination to overturn.
10. Ventilation - Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation
and to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from
overheating, and these openings must not be blocked or covered. The
openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa,
rug, or other similar surface. This product should not be placed in a built-in
installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided
or the manufacturer's instructions have been adhered to.
11 Power Sources - This product should be operated only from the type of
power source indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type
of power supply to your home, consult your product dealer or local power
company. For products intended to operate from battery power. or other
sources, refer to the operating instructions.
12. Grounding or Polarization - This product may be equipped with a polarized
alternating-current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other).
This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature.
If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the
plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact your electrician to replace your
obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug.
....-POWER SERVICE GAOUNOING
ELECTAOOE SYSTEM
NEe· NATiONAl ELECTRICAl CODE (NEe ART 250, PART H)
13. Power-Cord Protection - Power-supply cords should be routed so that they
are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against
them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles,
and the point where they exit from the product.
15. Outdoor Antenna Grounding - If an outside antenna or cable system is
connected to the product. be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded
so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static
charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides
information with regard to proper grounding of the mast and supporting
structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit. size
of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit. connection to
grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. See
Figure A.
16. Lightning - For added protection for this product during a lightning storm,
or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it
from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will
prevent damage to the product due to lightning and power-line surges.
17. Power Lines - An outside antenna system should not be located in the
vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or
where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside
antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such
power lines or circuits as contact with them might be fatal.
18. Overloading - Do not overload wall outlets, extension cords. or integral
convenience receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.
19. Object and Uquid Entry - Never push objects of any kind into this product
through openings as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short-out
parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind
on the product.
20. Servicing - Do not attempt to service this product yourself as opening or
removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards.
Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
21. Damage Requiring Service - Unplug this product from the wall outlet
and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following
conditions:
al When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged,
bl If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the product.
c) If the product has been exposed to rain or water,
d) If the product does not operate normally by following the operating
instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating
instructions as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in
damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to
restore the product to its normal operation,
e) If the product has been dropped or damaged in any way, and
f) When the product exhibits a distinct change in performance - this
indicates a need for service.
22. Replacement Parts - When replacement parts are required, be sure the
service technician has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer
or have the same characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized
substitutions may result in fire, electric shock, or other hazards.
23. Safety Check - Upon completion of any service or repairs to this product,
ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the
product is in proper operating condition.
24. Wall or Ceiling Mounting - The product should be mounted to a wall or
ceiling only as recommended by the manufacturer.
25. Heat - The product should be situated away from heat sources such as
radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including amplifiers) that
produce heat.
 FCC Infonnation (For US customers) Q NOTE ON USE I OBSERVATIONS RELATIVES A L'UTILISATION
1. COMPUANCE INFORMATION
Product Name: AV Surround Receiver
Model Number:AVR-5308C1
This product contains FCC 10: BV2- MPGBR052.
This product complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this
product may not cause harmful interference. and (2) this product must accept any interference received. including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
Denon Electronics IUSA}. LLC
100 Corporate Drive. Mahwah. NJ 07430-2041
Tel. 201-762-6500 (Main)
• Do not let foreign objects into the unit.
• Ne pas laigser des objets etrangers dans
2. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFYTHIS PRODUCT • Keep the unit free from moisture. water. I'appareil.
This product. when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual. meets FCC requirements. and dust.
Modification not expressly approved by DENON may void your authority. granted by the FCC, to use the product. • Proteger I'appareil contre I'humidite, I'eau
at la poussiere.
3. CAUTION
• To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirement, separation distance of at least 20 em must be • Avoid high temperatures.
maintained between the antenna of this product and all persons. Allow for sufficient heat dispersion when
• This product and its antenna must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or
installed In a rack. f----------------j
• Eviter des temperatures alel/aes.
transmitter. Tanir compte d'une dispersion de chaleur
sutfisante lors de I'installation sur una
4. NOTE etagere.
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15
of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation.
This product generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee
that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this product does cause harmful interference to radio or
• Do not let insecticides. benzene, and
television reception, which can be determined by turning the product OFF and ON. the user is encouraged to try to thinner come in contact with the unit.
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • Unplug the power cord when not using the • Ne pas mettre en contact des insecticides,
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. unit for long periods of time. du benzene at un diluant avec rappareil.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. • Debrancher Ie cordon d'alimentation
• Connect the product into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. lorsque I'apparell n'est pas utilise pendant
• Consult the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product or an experienced radio{TV technician for de Iongues penodes.
help.

IC Infonnation (For Canadian customers)

1. PRODUCT
This product contains IC 6963A·MPGBR052.
This product complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
11) this product may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this product must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation. • Handle the power cord carefully.
Hold the plug when unplugging the cord.
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
• Manipuler Ie cordon d'alimentation avec
APPAREIL precaution.
Tenir la prise lors du debranchement du • (For apparatuses with ventilation holes)
Cat appareil contiens IC 6963A· MPGBR052.
Cet appareil est conforme II la norme CNR-210 du Canada. Lutilisation de ce dispositif est autorisee seulement cordon. • Never disassemble or modify the unit in
aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) il ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) I'utilisateur du dispositif doit etre any way.
• Do not obstruct the ventilation holes. • Ne jamais demonter ou modifier rappareil
pret II accepter tout brouillage radioelectrique re,u, meme si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre Ie d'une maniare ou d'une autre.
• Ne pas obstruer les trous d'aeration.
fonctionnement du dispositif.
Cet appareil numerique de la classe Best con forme lila norme NMB-003 du Canada.

2. CAUTION
To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the
equivalent isotropically radiated power le.i.r.p.) is not more than that permitted for successful communication.
ATIENTION
Afin de reduire Ie risque d'interference aux autres utilisateurs, il faut choisir Ie type d'antenne et son gain de fa,on II
ce que la puissance isotrope rayonnee equivalente (p.Lr.e.) ne soit pas superieure au niveau requis pour I'obtention
d'une communication satisfaisante.

n
 I~OI.~p~,ii~;'! , ~l' ~.* ."," . >..~ •."J::'<!

I!!lt~j£i,jll;~
Contents Example of the Display of the GUI Mark at a Title 25
Example of Display of Default Values 25
1~,~;,iv8d4:7 ;,;.' , ~ ;' 1 Examples of GUI Screen Displays· · · 25

~:~=::'~~~~'~i'~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~
Example: Browse Menu (Top Menu) · · 25
Example: ~enus with Illustrations (Auto Setup) 25
Cautions on Installation· .. ················· ········· .. ·.. ··· ·.. ···· .. ···· .. ·······3 Cursor Position Display .. ·.. · · · ·· .. · ·.. ·.. ·25
About the Remote Control Unit·· 3
Inserting the Batteries······ .. ·· .... ··········· .. ···· ··· .. ······· .. ·.. ·· .. ·· 3 4 ~~~~~:s~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;~ • Digital Out · · ·40

I~~~t~~
Operating Range of the Remote Control Unit :.4
Part Names and Funetions.. ······.. ··· .. ··..······....······ .. ····· .. · ·.. ·.. ···· .. 4

~i~~~a~an.e.I:::::::::: ::::::::: ::::::::::::::::::::::: ::::::: :::::::::: :::: ::: ::: :::::::: :::: ~:. ~
Rear Panel· .... ·.. ·· .... ·· ·.. ·· ·· ···· ·· · · ·· ·6
Remote Control Unit · · · ·.. · · ·.. · 7

1:;;=::,:.:.: .'.:,f).l*l~~:.'~.,,:"t
Cables Used for Connections
: ;.~; :.:~.~'.~~?~.::: ~;.::;
8
: . ~.~".~: . :-:. ~'I
Language .. ·..·· ..··· .. ·.. ···· .... ··· ..············· .. ··· .. ·· .... ·.... ··· .. ··· .. ···· .. ···· .. ···· 42

;MlQ.~
Video Conversion Function ·.. ··9 Input Source Selection· ..········· .. ·· .. ··· .. ··· .. ··· .. ·· .. ····· .. ·····················42
Speaker Installation 10 Speaker 5etup·· ....·······..········ ·· .. ·· .. ··· .. ···· .. ·········.. ·········.. ····· .. ··30
settings Related to Playing Input Sources.......... ·.... ·.... ·........ ·.. · 43
Speaker Layout (For a THX Ultra2 system) 10 • Speaker Configuration·..···· ······ .. ······· .... ·.. ··· .. ··· .. ··· .. ····· .. ······30
Speaker Connections .. ·........ ·...... ·· ........ · ·..·.. ·.. ·
Connecting Equipment with HDMI connectors
Connecting the Monitor.. · · ·
· ·.. ·10.11
·.. ·.. ·.. 12
· ·.. ·.. ·13
5~~~:i::::~~:u~::.:::::::. : : : . : : .: :.: : : . ::::::·::::··:·::·.·:····:::·i!
• Crossover Frequency ..· · · · 31 32
Connecting the Playback Components
DVD Player · ·.. · ·
Record Player·· ·.. ·· ·.. ·· .. ·.. ·
·
··.. ·.. ·
· ·
· ·
·
·· ·
··
· ·13
·13
·· .. ··14
: ~~~~~~~~~~~~.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~;
H!~~~:~
CD Player·· 14
iPocJ® :::::::::::::::::::::: 14
TV/CABLE Tuner ·.. ·.. ·15
Satellite Receiver · · · · ·· · ·.. ·..·· · · 15
Connecting the Recording Components .. · · · · · · 16
Digital Video Recorder .. ·.. ·.. ·· ·.. ·.. ·· · · · · ·.. · 16
Video Cassette Recorder 17

l'§~;~~:~
CD Recorder / MD Recorder /Tape Deck .. · · ·· ·..· · 17
Connections to Other Devices· ·
Components Equipped with a DENON LINK connector .. ·
· 18
·18
I=~~~V~~%1g~~~~¥i&.~.':.'~*~"'.:;t:;\~~.~00?.~·.:<'.'·. :.:.:,'((!~t;~;1
Video Camera / Game Console .. ·.. · · · · 18 Surround Playback of 2-ehannel Sources 47
Component with Multi-ehannel Output connectors · 18 Playing Multi-ehannel Sources (Dolby Digital. DTS. etc.) ..·..· ·47
Standard Playback··· .. ·.. ·· ..··· .. ·.... ·.... ·.. ······ ·..··· .. ·.. ········· .. ·········· 47
~~t~r~~~:.~~.e~.~~~I~f~r:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~~
XM connector ·· · ··· ·.. ·· · · ·.. ·.. ·· ·..·· .. ·20 Ni1~r:~~~~~~:.: . . : : : ·: .: ·: :.: : : ·:.:·: : : : ·: : .: .:.: :. : :~:~j~ Surround Playback of 2-ehannel Sources
Playing Multi-ehannel Sources (Dolby Digital. DTS. etc.)
· · ·
·
47
48

I~EL:;E ~§~··~i
Antenna terminals ··· .. ·.. ·21
• Network Information · · · · · ·· · ·.. 37
Network Audio ·.. ·.. ·.. ··· .. · ·..·· · ·.. · · ·· · ·.. ·22
Multi Zone··············· .. ·..···· .. ···· .. ···· .. ··· ··· .. ·.. ······ .. ····· ..· ·········23
External Controller····· ..······· .. ·.. ···· .. ··· ..·· .. ·.. ·.. ·· ······· .. ··· ········· 24
Connecting the Power Cord...... · · · ··· .. ·.. ·..· · · 24 Playback in the PURE DIRECT Mode· .... ·........·........·.......... ·........ 49
Once Connections are Completed · ·24

O:i~;~:~~~t~~:I:·::::·:·:·:::::·:::·::::·:·:.:::·::: .. ·:::· ..::::·::... ::.::....... ::·:ii

1
IPanlrMter". " . >t·Y",4t#i; ti';w#)\·'1 (:QlbIr,O~_...-;~"~(~,>:><: ·,:}:'>:-_~4~~&Lt.· ,·1
Audio··················································· ..········· .. ······ .. ······· ..······ .. ·····49 Preparetions ·..···· .. ·· .. ····· .. ··· .. ·· .. ········ .. ·.. ··55 Other Operations······· ..·· ..·.. · ··· .. ·.. ·· .. ············ .. ······· 70
• Surround Parameters ·· · · · -49 - 51 Turning the Power On 55 Playing Super Audio CD ·70
• Tone ·.. · · ··· .. · · ··· ·.. ·.. · · · 51 Operations During Playback · ·55 Recording on an External Device (REC OUT mode) 70. 71
• Room EQ 52 Playing Video and Audio Equipment.. · 55 Convenient Functions 71
D Dynamic EQ · · · · ·.. · · ·.. 52 Basic Operation .. ···· ..··· .. ·· .. ······· .. ······ ······· ···· .. ·· .. ········ .. ··········55 HDMI Control Function 71. 72
• RESTORER··· .. ········ .. ·.. ···· ···· .. ·..···· ·· · ···· ·····..····· .. ··52 Ustening to FM/AM Broadcasts · · ·· .. · ·.. · ·.. ·56 Channel Level·· .. ·.. ····· ..········ · · ··· ····· ·73
• Night Mode 52 Basic Operation··· .. ·· ..······ ........·..····· ····· ..·.. ····· .. ·.. ·····.. ·· ······56 Fader Function · ····· · ·..····· .. ··· ··· ..·73
• Audio Delay · 53 Presetting Radio Stations (Preset Memory) · · ·56 Quick Select Function 73
Picture Adjust · ·.. ····53 Listening to Preset Stations 56 Personal Memory Plus Function 74
• Contrast 53 RDS (Radio Data System) · · · ·57 Last Function Memory · · · · · · · · · 74
II Brightness · · · · · 53 RDS Search ··· · · · ··· · · · · ·.. · ·57 Backup Memory···· · · ·.. · · · ·.. ·· ·.. ·.. · · 74
• Chroma Level 53 PTY Search 58 Resetting the Microprocessor ·.. ·..·.. · · ·.. 74
D Hue 53 TP Search ·58
• DNR· .. ·· ··· ..·.. ···· ·.. · · · ·· ..·.. 53 RT (Radio Text)· 58
I Req!o... ~:.Urdt~~:i,.~:;\::. }c," !;'.. <.c:~;J::i;JI
iii Enhancer· .. · ··· ·.. · 53 Listening to XM Satellite Radio Programs · · · 59
Main Remote Control Unit ·75
• Sharpness 53 Basic Operation·········· .... ·······.. ··············· .. ·.. ·····················.. ·········· 59 Operating DENON Audio Components · · ·.. · 75
Checking the'XM Signal Strength and Radio 10 ·.. · · 60 Presetting ··········75
Searching Categories ·..·60
Operating Preset Components ·· · ·75 - 77
......................................................······································53 Accessing XM Radio Stations Directly · · · 60
Setting the Remote ID · · · · ·78
Ustening to HD Radio Stations · ·..,.. · · 60
• MAIN ZONE· ·· .. · ·.. ·.. · ·.. · ·.. · · · ·53 Learning Function··· .. ··············· .. ·············· .. ········ ..············· .. ··········78
II ZONE2/3/4 ·· · ·.. ·.. ·.. ·· ··· ·· · · ·.. 53 Basic Operation····· .. ········· .. ··· ······· .. ··· .. ···· .. ··· .. ···· .. ··· .. ··· .. ·· .. ······ 61 System Call Function· · · · · ·· .. ·79
Audio Input Signal · · ·· .. ·.. · · 54 Selecting Audio Programs · ·· · ·· ·.. · · ·61
Punch Through Function ·79
HDMI Infonnation .. · · · · · · · · ·· .. · 54 Check the HD Radio Reception Information · ·61. 62
Setting the Time the Backlight Stays Lit ·80
• Signal Information· 54
ipcxf® Playback · · · · · ·.. ·.. ·· · ·· .. · ·62
Adjusting the Backlight's Brightness · ·80
• Monitor1 ·..· ·· ..· ·54 Basic Operation····· .. ····· .. ··..··· ········ .. ········ .. ···· .. ···· .. ···.. ······ ..······62 Resetting the Main Remote Control Unit · 80
Listening to Music · 62. 63
• Monitor2· 54 Sub Remote Control Unit Operations 81.82
Auto Surround Mode 54 Viewing Still Pictures or Videos on the iPod ·63
Switching Zones······· .. · 83
Quick Select 54 Playing Networtl: Audio.
Setting the Zone for Which the Sub Remote Control Unit is Used
USB Memory Devices or Rhapsody · · 63. 64
Preset Station·· .. ······ ..················ .. ·· .. ··········· ·.. ··· .. ··········.···· .. ····· 54 (ZONE SELECT LOCK Mode)·· ··83
Basic Operation ....······ .... ······..······· .. ······ .. ·.. ·.. · ····· ·······.. ······ .. ·65 Setting the Remote ID ·83
Listening to Internet Radio · · ·.. ·.. · · ·66
Resetting the Settings· ..········ ·· .. ··· .. ··· .. ··· .. ···.. ·· .. ·········· ..········ .. ·83
Playing Files Stored on a Computer · · ·.. 67
Playing Files Stored on USB Memory Devices · ·..·67, 68
Listening to Rhapsody · 68. 69 f~~I~~.~.Op!r!~
.•~·::k;:tJ
Operating the AVR·5308CI Using a Browser (Web control) ·69 Multi-Zone Settings with the Amp Assign Function·········84 - 87
Multi-Zone Settings and Operations 88
Multi-Zone Operations···· ..··· ·.. ·.. ·· .. ··· .. ·· ..· ···· .. ········· .. ···········89
Turning the Power On and Off · ·89
Selecting the Input Source· ··89
Adjusting the Volume · · · · · · · 89
Turning off the Sound Temporarily 89

Ust of praset codes End of this manual

2
 Cautions on Handling About the Remote Control Unit
• Before tuming the power switch on In addition to the AVR-5308CI. the included main remote control unit
Getting Started Check once again that all connections are correct and that there are (RC-l067) can also be used to operate the equipment listed below.
no problems with the connection cables. CD DENON system components
• Power is supplied to some of the circuitry even when the unit is ® Non-DENON system components
Thank you for purchasing this DENON product. To ensure proper • By setting the preset memory (l3"page 75 - 77)
set to the standby mode. When traveling or leaving home for long
operation, please read this owner's manual carefully before using the • By using the learn function (l3"page 78)
periods of time, be sure to unplug the power cord from the power
product.
outlet.
After reading them, be sure to keep them for future reference.
• About condensation
If there is a major difference in temperature between the inside of
the unit and the surroundings, condensation (dew) may form on
Accessories the operating parts inside the unit, causing the unit not to operate CD Lift the clasp and remove the rear lid.
Check that the following parts are supplied with the product. properly.
(RC-l067) (RC-l070)
If this happens, let the unit sit for an hour or two with the power

~
CD Owner's manual.. .. 1 turned off and wait until there is little difference in temperature
@ Warranty (for North America model only) 1 before using the unit.
(J) Service station list... .. 1 • Cautions on using mobile phones
@ Power cord (Cord length: Approx. 5 ft /1.5 m) 1 Using a mobile phone near this unit may result in noise. If so, move
® Main remote control (RC-l067) 1 the mobile phone away from this unit when it is in use.
® LR6/AA batteries (for RC-l067). .. 2 • Moving the unit
(j) Sub remote control (RC-l070) 1 Turn off the power and unplug the power cord from the power
® R03/AAA batteries (for RC-l070) 2 outlet. ® Load the two batteries properly as indicated by the marks in the
® FM indoor antenna . 1 Next, disconnect the connection cables to other system units before battery compartment.
@ AM loop antenna (small, for AM broadcasts) .. 1 moving the unit. (RC-1067) (RC-l070)
@ AM loop antenna (large, for HD Radio broadcasts) 1
• Note that the illustrations in these instructions may differ from the
@ Dipole antenna (for HD Radio broadcasts) 1
@ Rod antenna for wireless LAN connection . .. ... 1 actual unit for explanation purposes.
(j3) Setup microphone (Cord length: Approx. 25 ft / 76 m) 1

~
@
Cautions on Installation
q6 Note:
For proper heat dispersal, do not install this unit in a confined
space, such as a bookcase or similar enclosure. ® Put the rear cover back on.
w
@ @
I * Note
g Q *
I----
o loc:=:::J 10 ~.
~':L I" ,
~
@ (j3)

~ 4-
3
 -n·n4 Part Names and Functions

I
o Replace the batteries with new ones if the set does not operate even
when the remote control unit is operated close to the unit. For buttons not explained here, see the page indicated in parentheses ( ).
o The supplied batteries are only for verifying operation.
o When inserting the batteries, be sure to do so in the proper direction,
following the "E9" and "8" marks in the battery compartment.
o To prevent damage or leakage of battery fluid:
o Do not use a new battery together with an old one.
o Do not use two different types of batteries.
o Do not attempt to charge dry batteries.
• Do not short-circuit, disassemble, heat or dispose of batteries in
flames.
o If the battery fluid should leak, carefully wipe the fluid off the inside
._t_
'~I~
~
of the battery compartment and insert new batteries.
o Remove the batteries from the remote control unit if it will not be in
use for long periods.
o When replacing the batteries, have the new batteries ready and
insert them as quickly as possible.
I]
.... .._..2..... .:
:-~~':::':~""I

~~
~ ~ ~

~J

Point the remote control unit at the remote sensor when operating it.

8 Power operation button • Display

(ON/STANDBY) (55) o Remote control sensor.... .. (4)
8 Power indicator.. ·.. .. (55)
o SOURCE SELECT knob · .. · · · .. · ·· (42)
• Power switch (_ON .OFF) .. (55) ~ SOURCE button · (42)
8 QUICK SELECT buttons / indicators .. ·.. (73) I) TUNING PRESET button (56)

23 feet/7 m
o MASTER VOLUME control knob...... ·.. (55) ~ ZONE2/3/4 / REC SELECT button (70. 89)
Cit Master volume indicator • VIDEO SELECT button (44)

(Re-1OO7)

-N·n4
The set may function improperly or the remote control unit may not
operate if the remote control sensor is exposed to direct sunlight,
strong artificial light from an inverter type fluorescent lamp or infrared
light.

4
--;
U>

"'"
'0
--:

• DIRECT/STEREO button.. ·.. · (49) o SCALE button (44)

8 Headphones jack (PHONES)
• CINEMA button..
o RESTORER button .. ·.. ·
. . MUSIC button
. . NIGHT button·
• MENU button .. ·.. ·
e CH SEL I ENTER button
o RETURN button
• V.AUX INPUT connectors·
4D ROOM EO button· ·.. ·
• Input signal indicators • RESTORER indicator
This lights when the RESTORER mode is
• Input signal channel indicators
(55,71) • USB p o r t · · . . . . .. · ·· (19)
These light when digital signals are input. selected.
. (48) 41) ZONE4 ON/OFF button (89)
• Information display e ADVANCED AL24 indicator
· (52) G> ZONE3 ON/OFF button (89) The input source name, surround mode, setting This lights when Advanced AL24 Processing is
activated (~page 94).
(48) ~ ZONE2 ON/OFF button (89) values and other information are displayed here.
(52) fl) AUDIO DELAY button........ (53) o Output signal channel indicators • D.UNK indicator
This lights when playing using DENON LINK
(25) fa Cursor buttons (~'i7<J 1» (25) .. Surround speaker indicators
connections.
(25. 73) • GAME button·.. .. (14, 48)
These light according to the settings of the
surround A and B speakers. (P Input mode indicators
(25) • INPUT MODE button .. · ... (45)
.. Monitor output indicators • HDMI indicator
· ··· .. ·.. · (18) ~ 7CH STEREO button .. · (49) This lights when playing using HDMI
These light according to the HDMI monitor
· ·· ·.. · (52) ~ DSP SIMULATION button (49) output setting. When set to "Auto (Dual):' the connections.

• SETUP MIC jack (27) f1j HOMETHX CINEMA button · · · (48) indicators light according to the connection ~ Decoder indicators
status. These light when the respective decoders are
• DYNAMIC EO button (52) ~ STANDARD button (48)
operating.
e STATUS button .. (54) fi PURE DIRECT button· (49)
• Master volume indicator
e AUDYSSEY DYNAMIC EO indicator . , Tuner reception mode indicators
• DIMMER button .. (40) These light according to the reception conditions
This lights when the Dynamic EO is selected.
o AUDYSSEY MULTEO XT indicator when the input source is set to "TUNER" or
"HD Radio':
This lights when the room equalizer is selected.
-AUTO
il Recording output source indicator This lights when in the auto tuning mode.
This lights when the REC OUT mode is -RDS
selected. These light when receiving RDS broadcasts.
• NIGHT indicator -STEREO
This lights when the night mode is selected. In the FM mode, this lights when receiving
analog stereo broadcasts.
• Multi zone indicators
-TUNED
These light when the power for the respective
This lights when the broadcast is properly tuned
zone is turned on.
in.

5
 fFcSi····FcSi···fiSq
ild ld ldi
·····rrr·······m····· 't!r
_11JW. 12l1W(11JIIAX.
N:lll/ll£lS/N:l'lJNlIOHz

o RS-232C connector········· (24) • Speaker tenninals (SPEAKERS) (10) 48 ETHERNET connector···· .. (22) 4D TRIGGER OUT jacks··· . (24)
8 Analog audio connectors (AUDIO)···· (13) o HD Radio antenna tenninals I) USB port······································· (19) • REMOTE CONTROL jacks············ (23)
(DTU ANTENNA)· (21)
• PRE OUT connectors············· (19. 23) 41 XM connector (SATTU)························ (20) ~ DOCK CONTROL jack·········· (14)
o EXT. IN connectors (18) o COMPONENT VIDEO connectors (13) 4i WLAN ANTENNA tenninal··· ... ... (22) • SIGNAL GND tenninal (14)
o AC inlet (AC IN)· (24) 41> Digital audio connectors tI FM/AM antenna tenninals iI VIDEO I S-VIDEO connectors ····· ··· (13)
o AC OUTLETS·· .. ·· (24)
(OPTICAL I COAXIAL I BNC) 03. 23) (TUNER ANTENNA) . (21)
41) HDMI connectors··········· (12)
fI DENON LINK connector··························· . (18)

6
I o Main remote control unit (RC-1067) o Signal transmission indicator··
•
•
8
•
Mode select buttons·
Quick select / System call buttons
Surround mode buttons
(75)
(75)
(73, 79)
··(47 - 49)
System buttons···································· (76, 77)
o Sub remote control unit (RC-1070) o ZONE indicators·
•
•
8
•
Advanced setup button
Input source select buttons
CHANNEL buttons
SHIFT button .
(83)

(83)
.. (42)
... (56)
(56)
o Audio delay button (A. Dl) (53) o MENU button······················· (25)
• Tuner system buttons················ (56) • Cursor buttons (t-. \7<] [» (25)
o Input mode button (lNPUT)······················· (44) o SEARCH button .. . (57. 60. 63)
--; • MENU button· (25) • REPEAT button··· .. ············· (62)
G> Cursor buttons (t-. \7<] [» (25) t> RANDOM button··· . (63)

• Parameter / Search button • Remote control signal transmitter (4)

(PARA / SRCH) .. . (49, 57. 60. 63) • ZONE SELECT button············ (83)
4B Monitor select (M. SELl / • Zone power on/off buttons
HOME button . (33, 75) (ZONE ON / ZONE OFF) . (89)
41 Channel buttons (CH)·· . (56) CI) Master volume control buttons
CI) Input source select / Number buttons·· (42.55) (VOLUME) , (55)

49 Remote control signal transmitter··· (4) • Muting button (MUTE)························· (55, 89)
o Device select indicators (DEV1 / DEV2) (75) • ENTER button··· (25)

• ZONE3 / ZONE4 select indicators • RETURN button . (25)

(Z3 / Z4) (89)
• System buttons .. ···························· (56, 81. 82)
fj) RESTORER button (RSTR) · (52)
• ALL MUSIC/FAVORITES
• Night button (NGT) (52) (DIRECT PLAY) button (81)
fi Test tone button (TEST) (31) G> USB (DIRECT PLAY) button······················· (81)
f» Surround speaker select button (SPKR)··· (32) -Nn••
fi POWER buttons············· (55) The AUX-1. AUX-2. AUX-3 and OPTION buttons
il Channel select (CH SELl / cannot be used.
ENTER button (25. 73)

II~
e Retum button (RTN) (25)

•~
fj Master volume control buttons (VOL) (55)
fi Muting button (MUTE) (55, 89)

-~lt.'4".: i•
• Main remote control unit setup button
(RC SETUP) (75)

DENON DENON
1IIt-1011
1IC-.0lI
The time for which the backlight stays on can
be changed (Gf'page 80 "Setting the Time the
Backlight Stays Lit") .
• ~[.Ji.
The ZONE2 mode QUICK SELECT (1 - 31. A. DL,
RSTR. NGT. INPUT. SPKR. TEST and surround
mode buttons cannot be used.

7
 Preparations
Connections
Select the cables according to the equipment being connected.
Connections for all compatible audio and video signal formats are
described in these operating instructions. Please select the types
of connections suited for the equipment you are connecting.
With some types of connections, certain settings must be made
on the AVR-5308CI. For details, refer to the instructions for the
respective connection items below.
.~(.)i.
Coaxial digital connections

(Orange) 0 cCmDJ llIII:!lI[}>

Coaxial digital (75 OIohms pin-plug) cable
0 (Green)
(Blue)
(Red)
0
0
0
3-E'"
Component video connections

G(Y)
GlPs/Cs)
GlPR/CA)
• Do not plug in the power cord until all connections have been Optical digital connections
completed. Component video cable
• When making connections. also refer to the operating instructions of [gJ{)~----Gi]Jl
the other components. Optical cable (Green) 0 _1EO[j1in! @(Y)
• Be sure to connect the left and right channels properly (left with left, (Blue) @ IFI:~""---+-~ 0lPs/Cs)
right with right). BNC digital connections
(Red) 0 0lPR/CA)
• Do not bundle power cords together with connection cables. Doing
~Jal u::Ii1I~ BNC (75 OIohms) cable
so can result in humming or noise.
BNC (75 OIohms) cable
S-Video connections
Analog connections (stereo)

(White) 0
(Red) 0 S-Video cable

Stereo pin-plug cable Video connections

Analog connections (monaural, for subwoofer) (Yellow) 0 ~•. ------::(;;;1- G

(Black) 0 9lL)::------::::[])P 0 75 OIohms pin-plug video cable

Pin-plug cable

DENON LINK connections HDMI connections

o callJ ~ 0 I§l 0 l(JJ I§l
DENON LINK cable
19-pin HDMI cable
Speaker connections

: )~iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii(
Speaker cables

Network connections (wired LAN)

o m.----~ 0
Ethernet cable
+

t f t
Audio signal:

O"'~, '"~,
Video signal:

O"~"' f'' "'

Input Output Input Output

8
 [Flow of video signals for ZONE3]

• This function automatically converts various formats of video signals input to the AVR-5308CI into the
format used to output the video signals from the AVR-5308CI to a monitor.
• The AVR-5308CI's video input/output circuitry is compatible with the following four types of video
signals:
Digital video signals: HDMI
Analog video signals: Component video, S-Video and Video
J,
::I====:;I~
I
~ ZONE3

qUHi9h picture
q""i~"Y"''''

U
o
s-vrooo""w ~
~ . ~
1 ZON~
·0
monitor

[Flow of video signals inside the AVR-5308CI) Video connector . Video connector
Video inputs Video outputs

~
MAINZONE

High picture
quality playback

J1 • When not using this function, connect a monitor output with the same type of connector as the video
input connector.

1r-=--'J1 Monitor • The resolution of the HDMI input-eompatible monitor connected to the AVR-5308CI can be checked at
GUI menu "Information" - "HDMllnformation" - "Monitorl" or "Monitor2" IGrpage 54).

+0 -Nei.-
'= ='1
r-I=-=-'I~
• For optimum video performance, THX recommends that you set the conversion mode to "OFF" to use
video signals pass through system without up conversion.
Example: The video input signals from the component video can be enjoyed through the video output
signals from the component video.
• HDMI signals cannot be converted into analog signals.
• 1080p component input video signals cannot be output to anything other than component video
Video inputs Video outputs connectors.
• 480p/576p, 1080i and nop component video input signals cannot be converted into S-Video or Video
----: When 480V576i signals are input in the MAIN ZONE format.
• When using the component video output connectors for connection to the ZONE2 monitor, the ZONE2's
on-screen display is not displayed.
[Flow of video signals for ZONE2] • When a non-standard video signal from a game machine or some other source is input, the video
conversion function might not operate.

~i9::::e
I q~ality playback
y

~~~
PI/tI ~

.'~~~
y PI/tI PI/tI

Component video Component video

[r-=
='1
--'="
connectors

o · 0 '
s-V_;;;;."",,, ~ '-Vide' ;;;;'0"'''
connectors ZONE2
monitor

,=I=_==,I~ ~" ..~

Video connector Video cpnnector

Video inputs Video outputs

9
 Speaker Installation
Example: 9.1-ehannels and ZONE2 use

The illustration below shows a basic example of installation of the amplifier combined with 8 speakers and

I
a monitor.
Subwoofer Center speaker
* L: Left
R: Right

_ - - - - - Surround back speakers

Front speakers
Place the front speakers to the ...... Surround speakers
sides of the monitor or screen and
as flush with the screen surface as
possible.
Two surround back speakers are required to use the THX Ultra2 Cinema,THX Music mode andTHX Games
mode.
Set the surround back speakers so that the distance to the listening position is the same for both the left
II II

o 0 o0
and right speakers. It is also recommended that the deviations of the distance from the listening position
to Land R channel speakers (front left (FU and front right (FR), surround left (SL) and surround right (SR),
surround back left (SBL) and surround back right (SBR)) is less than 2 ft (50 em).

II = =
The table below shows a typical speaker configuration for the AVR-5308CI.
e
= =

~
SURROUND SURROUND Surround back
FRONT SURROUND BACK SUBWOOFER
CENTER A B speakers
(*)
L R L R L R L R 1 only
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 Surround Surround Surround Surround :I ZONE2 speakers I

.,
9.1-channels
speaker-A speaker-S speaker-S speaker-A I
7.1-channels 0 0 0 0 0 - - 0 0 - 0
(R) (RI (Ll (L)
~---- ZONE2 ----
5.1-channels 0 0 0 0 0 - - - - 0 0
5.1-channels 0 0 0 0 0 - - - - - 0
3.1-channels 0 0 0 - - - - - - - 0 When using just one surround back speaker, connect it to the left channel (SBL).
2.1-channels 0 0 - - - - - - - - 0
-N'U*
2-channels 0 0 - - - - - - - - - By default, the AVR-5308Cl's "Amp Assign" setting is set to "ZONE2': so sound is not output simply by
* The AVR·5308CI can be connected to a maximum of 3 subwoofers. connecting a speaker to the surround back terminal. To use as the surround back speaker for the MAIN
ZONE, either turn the ZONE2 power off or change the "Amp Assign" setting (Grpage 84 - 87).

10
 Connecting the Speaker Cables
Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and + (red) and - If speakers with an impedance lower than specified (for example
(black) polarities on the speakers being connected to the AVR-5308CI, 4 OIohms speakers) are used for an extended period of time with
and be sure to interconnect the channels and polarities correctly. the volume turned up high, the temperature may rise, activating the
protection circuit.
Peel offabout 0.03 ftllO mmofsheathing
1 When the protection circuit is activated, the speaker output is shut

I ~
from th~ tip of th~ speaker «;able, the.. off and the power indicator flashes red. If this happens, unplug
.... the power cord. then check the speaker cable and input cable
either twist the core wire tightly or
connections. If the set is extremely hot, wait for it to cool off and
terminate it. improve ventilation around it. Once this is done, plug the power cord
back in and turn the set's power back on.
Turn the . speaker terminal
2 counterclockwise to loose)l it.
If the protection circuit is activated again even though there are no
problems in the ventilation around the set nor in the connections,
the set may be damaged. Turn the power off, then contact a DENON
Insert the speaker cable's core wire to
3 the hilt into ~he speaker terminal. .
service center.

4 ;~~t.speaker terminal clockwise to

Tighten the speaker terminal firmly before

inserting the banana plug .

• ~[.u.
• Use speakers with an impedance of 6 to 16 OIohms. When using
surround A and B speakers simultaneously, use speakers with an
impedance of 8 to 16 OIohms.
• Connect the speaker cables in such a way that they do not stick out
of the speaker terminals. The protection circuit may be activated if
the core wires touch the rear panel or if the + and - sides touch each
other (!dr "Protection circuit").
• Never touch the speaker terminals while the power supply is
connected. Doing so could result in electric shock.

11
 Connecting Equipment with HDMI
connectors
"* The AVR-5308CI is supported to the feature of HDMI listed below.
• 30 and 36 bit Deep Color
·xvYCC
-M·n-
• Use a CPPM-eompatible DVD player to play DVD-Audio discs that are
copyright-protected by CPPM.
• Auto Lipsync Correction
With HDMI connections, the video and audio signals can be transferred • The audio signals output from the HDMI connector (sampling
with a single cable. frequency, bit rate, etc.) may be restricted by the connected device.
• Video signals are not output properly when using devices that are

[WDP'_ J [~.~ ]
I
not HDCP-eompatible.
2ch 32-192 kHz CD, DVD-Video, • Video signals are not output if the input video signals do not match
2-ehannellinear PCM 16/20/24 bits DVD-Audio
HOMI HOMI the monitor's resolution. In this case, switch the DVD player's
OUT IN
Multi-ehannellinear 8ch 32-192 kHz resolution to a resolution with which the monitor is compatible.
DVD-Audio .If the GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "HDMI Setup" - "Audio" setting
~ ~ PCM 16/20/24 bits
(l:U"page 33) is set to "Amp': the sound may be interrupted when the
Dolby Digital, DTS Bitstream DVD-Video monitor's power is turned off.
215.1ch • Use a cable on which the HDMI logo is indicated (a certified HDMI
product) for connection to the HDMI connector. Normal playback

r r
DSD 2.8224 MHz SACD
1 bit may not be possible when using a cable other than one on which the
HDMIIogo is indicated (a non-HDMI-eertified product).
Dolby Digital Plus,
HD DVD, • If the monitor or DVD player does not support Deep Color, Deep
Dolby TrueHD, Bitstream
Blu-ray Disc Color signal transfer is not possible.
DTS-HD
• If the monitor or DVD player does not support xvYCC, xvYCC signal
transfer is not possible.
• If the monitor does not support "Auto Lipsync Correction" function,
this function will not work.
In order to play the digital video and audio signals of a DVD- Video or • The AVR-5308CI is compatible with the HDMl's CEC (Consumer
DVD-Audio disc using HDMI/DVI connections, both the connected Electronics Control) function. Please note the following .
DVD player and monitor must be equipped for a copyright protection • It may not work depending on the device it is connected to and its
system called "HDCP" (High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection). setup.
HDCP is a copy protection technology consisting of data encoding • It does not operate with televisions or players that are not
and mutual identification of the devices. compatible with HDMl's CEC.
The AVR-5308CI is HDCP-compatible. For details on the DVD player
or monitor you are using, refer to its operating instructions.
• When the AVR-5308CI and DVD player are connected using an HDMI
cable, also connect the AVR-5308CI and monitor using an HDMI
cable.
• If the connected monitor or DVD player only has a DVI-D connector,
• HDMI video signals are theoretically compatible with the DVI
use an HDMI/DVI converter cable. When using a DVI cable, no audio
format.
signals are transmitted.
When connecting to a monitor, etc., equipped with a DVI-D
• Use a Deep Color compatible cable for connection to Deep Color
connector, connection is possible using an HDMI/DVI converter
compatible devices.
cable, but depending on the combination of components in some
cases the video signals will not be output.
• When connecting using an HDMI/DVI converter adapter, the video
• By default, the HDMI audio signals are output from the speakers signals may not be output properly due to poor connections with
connected to the AVR-5308CI. the connected cable, etc.
• To output the sound from the TV, make the settings at GUI menu
"Manual Setup" - "HDMI Setup" - "Audio" - "TV" (l:U"page 33).

12
 Connecting the Monitor Connecting the Playback Components
• Connect the cables to be used (Grpage 9 "Video Conversion Function"). Carefully check the left (Ll and right (R) channels and the inputs and outputs, and be sure to interconnect
• With HOMI connections, the video and audio signals can be transferred with a single cable. correctly.
• To output the audio signals to the monitor with HOMI connections, set GUI menu "Manual Setup"
- "HOMI Setup" - ':A.udio" to "TV" (Grpage 33).

I
---;
• Connect the cables to be used.
• With HOMI connections, the video and audio signals can be transferred with a single cable.

N
g
'"
---;

4¢!,n_
• The component video connectors may be indicated differently on your monitor. For details, see the
monitor's operating instructions.
• The audio signals output from the HOMI connectors are only the HOMI input signals.
Ii
• Connect an HOP (High-Oefinition Player) in the same way.
• When using an optical cable or a BNC cable for the digital audio connection, make the settings at GUI
menu "Source Select" - "OVO" - "Assign" - "Oigital" (Grpage 45) .
• When using a BNC cable for the component video connection, make the settings at GUI menu "Source
Select" - "OVO" - "Assign" - "Component" (Grpage 46).

13

Turntable (MM cartridge)
• When connecting a record player with an MC cartridge, use a
commercially available MC head amplifier or a step-up transformer.
• Induction humming (a booming sound) may be produced from the
speakers if the volume is raised with no record player connected.
• With some record players, noise may be generated when the ground
wire is connected. If so, disconnect the ground wire.
·~[·li·
The AVR-5308CI's SIGNAL GND terminal is meant to reduce noise
when a record player is connected. This is not a safety ground
terminal.
Connect the cables to be used. Use a DENON Control Dock for iPod (ASD-l R, sold separately) to
connect the iPod to the AVR-5308CI. For instructions on the Control
CD player
Dock for iPod settings, refer to the Control Dock for iPod's operating
instructions.
When using an optical cable or a BNC cable for the digital audio
connection, make the settings at GUI menu "Source Select" - "CD"
- "Assign" - "Digital" (~page 45).
fI
• With the default settings, the iPod can be used connected to the VCR
(iPod) connector.
• To assign the iPod to a connector other than VCR (iPod). make the
settings at GUI menu "Source Select" - "(input source to which iPod
dock assigned)" - ':Assign" - "iPod dock" (~page 46).
14
 Connect the cables to be used. Connect the cables to be used.

DBS I BS tuner

~
N
g
"
--~:
!

["
2'
:;

• When using a coaxial digital cable or a BNC cable for the digital audio connection, make the settings at • When using an optical cable or a BNC cable for the digital audio connection, make the settings at GUI
GUI menu "Source Select" - "lV/CBl" - "Assign" - "Digital" 1l3"page 45). menu "Source Select" - "SAT" - 'fl.ssign" - "Digital" 1l3"page 45).
• When using a BNC cable for the component video connection, make the settings at GUI menu" Source • When using a BNC cable for the component video connection, make the settings at GUI menu "Source
Select" - "lV/CBl" - "Assign" - "Component" (l3"page 46). Select" - "SAT" - "Assign" - "Component" 1l3"page 46).

15
 Connecting the Recording Components
Carefully check the left (Ll and right (R) channels and the inputs and outputs, and be sure to interconnect correctly.

Connect the cables to be used.

II
• Make analog connections if you wish to record analog audio signals.
• When recording to a digital video recorder, it is necessary that the
type of cable used with the playback source equipment be the same
type that is connected to the AVR-5308CI DVR-1 OUT connector.
Example: lV IN --. S-Video cable: DVR-1 OUT --. S-Video cable
I
lV IN --. Video cable: DVR-1 OUT --. Video cable
• When using a BNC cable for the component video connection. make
the settings at GUI menu "Source Select" - "DVR-1" - 'f\-ssign"
- "Component" (r:B"page 46).
• Connect a DVR-2 in the same way.
• When using a component video cable or a BNC cable for the
component video connection of DVR-2, make the settings at GUI
menu "Source Select" - "DVR-2" - "Assign" - "Component"
(r:B"page 46).

-N·n-
• Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVR-
5308CI's OPTICAL2 output connector to any input connector other
than OPTICAL2.
• Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVR-
5308CI's OPTICAL3 output connector to any input connector other
than OPTICAL3.

16
Connect the cables to be used. Make analog connections if you wish to record analog audio signals, or digital connections if you wish to
record digital audio signals, depending on the types of connectors on the components being used.
Video cassette recorder
---AUDIQ-- CD recorder I
AUOIO OPTICAl. HOMI MD recorder I Tape deck
OUT OUT OUT ------AUDIQ - - - - - -
"C L R
0i'J1CN..
:~~t~~ ':, 'OUT

•
• When recording to a VCR, it is necessary that the type of cable used with the playback source equipment
be the same type that is connected to the AVR-5308CI VCR OUT connector.
Example: TV IN -+ S-Video cable: VCR OUT -+ S-Video cable
TV IN -+ Video cable: VCR OUT -+ Video cable
-~[t)j-
Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVR-5308Cl's OPTICAL4 output connector
to any input connector other than OPTlCAL4.
• When using a component video cable or a BNC cable for the video connection, make the settings at GUI
menu "Source Select" - "VCR" - "Assign" - "Component" (Gf'page 46).

-N·n-
Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVR-5308Cl's OPTICAL4 output connector
to any input connector other than OPTICAL4.

17
 Connections to Other Devices
Carefully check the left (Ll and right (R) channels and the inputs and
outputs, and be sure to interconnect correctly. Video camera I Game console
DVD player I
Super Audio CD player I External decoder

I
AUDIO
NlER

~'--

• To play the analog input signals input to the EXT IN connectors,

press the INPUT MODE button on the main unit or INPUT button
on the main remote control unit and select "EXT. IN" or make the
settings at GUI menu "Source Select" - "(input source)" - "Input
Mode" - "Input Mode" - "EXT IN" (Grpage 44).
• The video signal can be connected in the same way as a DVD player
(Grpage 13).
• To play copyright-protected discs, connect the AVR-5308Cl's EXT.
To use with DENON LINK connections, make the settings at GUI menu
IN connector with the DVD player's analog multi-ehannel output
"Source Select" - "Assign" - "Digital" - "DENON LINK" (Grpage
connector.
45).

18
 ~~8mal Pq;.verArnplifitr i: / ;

<is
;!l Q Front panel Q Rear panel
§.
~

--~:

.
• In the initial status, USB memory devices can be used by connecting them to the USB port on the front panel.
• To change the port to be used, see "USB Select" on page 46.
• For instructions on playing the files on a USB memory device, see page 67, 68.

When using just one surround back speaker, connect it to the left
channel (SBl).
-Nlu.
• Set to the USB port you want to use.
• The AVR-5308CI is equipped with two USB ports, one each on the front and rear panels. It is not possible to use the set with USB memory
devices connected to both the ports at the same time. Select the USB port you want to use at the GUI menu "Source Select" - "NET/USB"
- "Playback Mode" - "USB Select'.'

• Do not use the extension cable for connecting the USB memory deveice to the AVR-5308CI's USB port.
Use of the extension cable may cause harmful interference.

19

• The AVR-5308CI is an XM Ready® receiver. You can receive XM®
Satellite Radio by connecting to the XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock
(includes home antenna, sold separately) and subscribing to the XM
service.
-N'Oa
Keep the power cord unplugged until the XM Mini-Tuner and Home
Dock connection have been completed.
• The XM name and related logo are registered trademarks of XM

I
Satellite Radio Inc. All rights reserved.
• Plug the XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock into the XM connector on • XM Ready is a registered trademark of XM Satellite Radio Inc. All
the rear panel. rights reserved.
• Position the Home Dock antenna near a south-facing window to
receive the best signal.
For details, see" Listening to XM Satellite Radio Programs" (GT' page
59,60).
When making connections, also refer to the operating instructions of
,---
the XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock.

XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock

20
 HD Radio TM broadcast
~4-ntenna termlnals
• • •• ~ ..•-.' • •••• - ". ,"-.,." :, '" > ,
r

HD Radio broadcast is a service that is only available within the United States.
An F-type FM antenna cable plug can be connected directly.
Direction of broadcasting station
AM/FM AM loop antenna

I
(large, for HD Radio broadcasting, supplied)
Direction of broadcasting station FM antenna • To prevent interference, install at least 3.3 feet/

~ 1 m away from the antenna connected to the

AM loop antenna
I,m, II, '"PI",d( J FM antenna AVR-5308CI's other AM tuner terminal.

750/0hms
r;;;;;;:T:'7',...-~~~"'::":'"::""":'"""=J~.,--;-.,..,..,..,...-,...-..., Jl 75 O/ohms Coaxial cable

a:n Coaxial cable 1

1-
1
1
1 FM indoor antenna
1
1 (dipole, for HD Radio
1 broadcasting, supplied)
1
1
_I 0 FM indoor
antenna
(supplied)

AM outdoor antenna
Ground

Ground ·~.~f4~~~~Q.~gi~n~,~~~, ,'i'

1. Push the 2. Insert the 3. Return the
Note to CATV system installer: AM loop antenna assembly lever. conductor. lever.
Connect to the AM
This reminder is provided to call the CATV system
® @ ~
~j@
antenna terminals.
installer's attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC
which provides guidelines for proper grounding
and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground
shall be connected to the grounding system of
((!]) ~
Remove the vinyl tie and take Bend in the reverse direction.
the building, as close to the point of cable entry
as practical.
out the connection line. '~!'$i.
• Do not connect two FM antennas
@ a. With the antenna on top of b. With the antenna attached simultaneously.
any stable surface. to a wall. • Even if an external AM antenna is used, do not

~~~~~
disconnect the AM loop antenna .
• Make sure the AM loop antenna lead terminals do
not touch metal parts of the panel.
/
Mount
21 Installation hole Mount on wall, etc.
 Required system
D Broadband Internet connection For connections to the Internet. contact an ISP (Internet Service
A broadband line connection to the Internet is required in order Provider) or a computer shop.
[Wired LAN]
.. Computer
to use the AVR-5308CI's Internet radio function and firmware
-N·Ua
~
~, update.

~
-~ • A contract with an ISP is required to connect to the Internet.

I
Modem
/i:::~~";";'';'''''''' D Modem No additional contract is needed if you already have a broadband
Internet This is a device that is connected to the broadband line to connection to the Internet.
communicate with the Internet. Some are integrated with the • The types of routers that can be used depend on the ISP. Contact an
router. ISP or a computer shop for details.
D Router • Depending on the server. video files may be displayed. but they

(] II ToWANside ~ • When using the AVR-5308CI, we recommend you use a router

equipped with the following functions:
cannot be played on the AVR-5308CI.

Cl?J-TO-LA-N-Po-rt---~6m · Built-in DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server D Others

g To LAN port
LAN port/Ethernet
connector
This function automatically assigns IP addresses on the LAN.
· Built-in 100BASE-TX switch
When connecting multiple devices. we recommend a switching
• If you have an Internet provider contract for a line on which network
settings are made manually. make the settings at GUI menu
"Manual Setup" - "Network Setup" (~page 35.36).
hub with a speed of 100 Mbps or greater. • With the AVR-5308CI. it is possible to use the DHCP and Auto IP
C • When using with a wireless LAN. prepare a broadband router with functions to make the network settings automatically.
built-in access point. • When using a broadband router (DHCP function). the AVR-5308CI
Router sets the IP address. etc., automatically.
D Ethernet cable (eAT-5 or greater recommended) When using the AVR·5308CI connected to a network with no
Use for wired LAN. DHCP function, make the settings for the IP address, etc., at GUI
• The AVR·5308CI does not come with an Ethernet cable. menu "Manual Setup" - "Network Setup" (~page 35.36).
• Some flat type Ethernet cables are easily affected by noise. • The AVR-5308CI is not compatible with PPPoE. A PPPoE-compatible
We recommend using a normal type cable. router is required if you have a contract for a line of the type with
• If the sound is broken in an environment in which there is much which the PPPoE is set.
power supply noise from electric products or in a noisy network • Depending on the ISP with which you have your contract, it may
[Wireless LAN] environment. use a shielded type Ethernet cable. be necessary to make proxy server settings to use the Internet
efi>\a.. , .. Com uter
D Computer radio function. If you made proxy server settings on the computer
~--~~ A computer with the following specifications is required to use a to connect to the Internet. make the proxy server settings on the
music server: AVR-5308CI in the same way.
Internet Modem
·OS
Windows® XP Service Pack2. Windows Vista
• Software (Prepare one of the following.)
To WAN side · .NET Framework 1.1 and Windows Media Connect (Windows XP)
· Windows Media Player ver.ll
· DLNA-compatible server software
• Internet browser
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01 or later
• LAN port
~ .300 MB or more free disk space
~ Rod antenna
~(supplied) * Free disk space is required to store music and video files. The
following sizes are approximate.

MP3 I WMA 1--~:....,.,:.!:..::...-+--'-,'!=.:.:.:..c..-"1.~5~M.c.::B;'--I----',A2:p,,,-p:...:r0c..:.x:...,. ~9~0:..:.M:;B'---l

MPEG-4 AACI--~,...,...,:.!:..::...-+--'-,'!=.:.:.:..c..~2~M.c.::B;'--I----',A2:p",-p:...:r0c..:.x:...:. 1~20~M:;B'---l
3MB Approx.180MB
WAV(LPCM) Approx. 10 MB Approx.600MB
FLAC Approx. 7.7 MB Approx. 464 MB

22
 'Multi: ZOlle:<
ZONE2 or ZONE3 Pre-out Connections
·If another power amplifier or pre-main (integrated) amplifier is connected, the ZONE2 or ZONE3 pre-out
(variable or fixed level) connectors can be used to playa different program source in ZONE2 or ZONE3
-n,n.
• For the audio output, use high quality pin-plug cords so that no induction humming or noise is produced,
• For instructions on installing and operating separately sold devices, refer to the respective devices'
operating instructions,
• To conduct multi-zone playback, see ':Amp Assign / Multi-Zone Connections and Operations" (Grpage
84 - 89),

I
the same time (Grpage 84 - 89L
• When using a component video cable to connect the AVR-5308CI and input device, connect the ZONE2
monitor output to the component video connectors. When using an S-Video cable, connect the cable ZONE2 or ZONE4 Optical Connections
to the S-Video or the video connectors, When using a video cable, connect the cable to the video The AVR-5308CI is equipped with Optical output connectors for ZONE2 and ZONE4, If a bit-stream amp is
connectors, rigged-up, these zones can also be used to enjoy home theater.
• The ZONE2 (ZONE3) video out is only for ZONE2 (ZONE3L
--~:
Power amplifier Power amplifier
ZONE2 ZONE3 (ZONE2) (ZONE4)
-AUDfO- -AUOlO-
Power Power 0P11CAL 0P11CAL
amplifier Monitor Monitor amplifier IN .IN
-AUDlO- - VIDEO- -AUDlO-

AUO!9
IN.
L. R.

.,'~'~;
AS::;,,>">,v,"::;::~

"''""

Jj
:;i

~
'"
t
:2 . . . 1

Connect the monitor for ZONE2 the same as the "ZONE2 or ZONE3 Pre-out Connectors': (GrSee left
'r;;;::~;~~_~GlOut ut Infrared
column).
Infrared. ~: ED
retransm,tter ~~~~~~-~B sensor

23
 Connecting the Power Cord
Wait until all connections have been completed before connecting the power cord.

To household

This connector is used for an external controller.

* If you wish to control the AVR-5308CI from

an external controller using the RS-232C
connector, perform the operation below
beforehand.
-----<;:::li5~.Ift:b1
Power cord
(included)
power outlet
(AC 120 V. 60 Hz)

I
CD Turn on the AVR-5308CI's power.
(]) Turn off the AVR-5308Cl's power from the
external controller.
Q) Check that the AVR-5308CI is in the standby • These outlets supply power to external audio
mode. devices.
• The power supplied from these outlets turns on and
off together with the set's power switch.

•
• Audio equipment with a total power consumption
of 120W (1 A) can be connected.

• When using in combination with an RF Remote Controller (RC-7000CI, sold separately) and RF Remote
Receiver (RC-7001 RCI. sold separately) two-way communication with an RF Remote Controller is possible. -N'U-
• Insert the AC plugs securely. Incomplete connections could cause noise.
The AVR-5308Cl's status information as well as iPod and Internet audio music files can be browsed
watching the RF Remote Controller's display. For details, refer to the operating instructions of the • Only use the AC outlets to plug in audio devices. Do not use them as power supplies for hairdryers or
respective devices. . anything other than audio equipment.
• When used in combination with an RF Remote Controller and RF Remote Receiver, make the settings at
GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Option Setup" - "2Way Remote" - "Used" (r:rpage 40).
• When using the 2-way remote control unit, connect to the Port 1 RS-232C connector.
• When the "2way Remote" is set to "Used': the RS-232C connector cannot be used as the external Once Connections are Completed
controller.

The power of an external device equipped with

a trigger input jack can be turned on and off in
association with operations on the AVR-5308CI.
For details, see GUI menu "Manual Setup"
- "Option Setup" - "Trigger Out 1': "Trigger Out
2:' "Trigger Out 3" or "Trigger Out 4" (r:rpage
39,40).
• Output level: 250 mA/12 V
Check the trigger input conditions of the
connected device.

24
 Examples of GUI Screen Displays
Some typical examples are described below.
GUI Menu Operations o Icon
Switch the selected item

With the AVR-530BCI, settings and operations for most functions can
be performed by operating while looking at the GUI menus displayed Switch to the next item I
on the monitor screen.

• The GUI cannot be superimposed when xvYCC signals and component

lOBOp signal, computer's resolution (e.g.VGA) are input.

Example of the Display of the GUI

Mark at aTitle
o List

Switch to the next item

Items for which this mark is indicated at the title can be operated * Switch the selected item using
from the GUI. 6. '\1.
We recommend performing such operations from the GUI.

Operations
Tre S8r'" e ('lre~rt: on 5 rnss 0 eo" tt18 '~al'" lInt'; or "'emo~~ cont'ol ,YI't

This is the GUI icon for this setting item or for the menu series to
1* Press the MENU button.
The GUI menu is displayed,
To operate from the main remote control unit. be sure to set the
which this item belongs. remot c6ntrof unit to
. .e
" ' . ' . the AMP mode.

Example of Display of Default

2· Press the A V. l> button to select the ~enu to be set
or operated.
lif To return to the previous item, press the <I or RETURN button.
Values
In lists of selectable items or adjustable ranges, the item
Guidance text for item at cursor 3 Press the ENTER button to enter the setting.
position
surrounded by a border is the default value.
4 .~ the ,.,ENU IJutton to finish.

[Selectable items]

When" Screensaver" is set to "ON '; the screensaver is activated if no

operation is performed for about 3 minutes.

25
GUI Menu Map r{:. SoU~J$I'~ ~~J1~;,46).; '" '.

o TUNER (FM/AM) OPHONO o CD, DVD, HDp,TV/CBL. SAT, ONET/USB OXM OHDRadio
• Play • Video VCR, DVR·1, DVR·2, V.AUX • Play • Play • Play
• Auto Preset · Video Select • Play (iPodI • Playback Mode • Preset Skip • Auto Preset
• Preset Skip · i/p SCaler • Playback Mode (iPodl • Still Picture • Antenna Aiming • Preset Skip
o Status • Preset Name · Resolution • Preset Name
• Assign • Video

~.
• MAIN ZONE • Video
• Video • Input Mode • Video · Video Select · Video Select • Video
• ZONEZ/3/4 · Video Select · Video Select · ilp Scaler · i/p SCaler · Video Select
• Rename
o Audio Input Signal · lip Scaler • Source Level · Video Convert (Excluding CD) · Resolution · Resolution · IIp Scaler
o HDMllnfonnation · Resolution · i/p SCaler • Input Mode • Input Mode · Resolution

.~
o Auto SUlTound Mode • Input Mode · Resolution • Rename • Rename • Input Mode
o Quick Select

•
• Rename · Progressive Mode (Excluding CD) • Source Level • Source Level • Rename
o Preset Station • Source Level · Aspect (Excluding CD) • Source Level
• Input Mode
• Rename
• Source Level

o Audio
• SUlTound Parameters rV~~;~P:~~27;c"_,.'<J·\,"}-I---------------...
. Mode
· Decoder o Auto Setup 0 Option o Parameter Check
· Cinema EQ • STEP1: Speaker Detection • Room EQ • Speaker Configuration Check
·DRC
·D.COMP •• •
•
STEP2: Measurement
STEP3: Calculation
• Direct Mode
• Mic Select
•
•
Distance Check
Channel Level Check

.~
· LFE • STEP4: Check • Crossover Check
· Center Image
· Panorama
· Dimension
· Center Width
•• • STEPS: Store •
•
EQCheck
Restore

·DelayTime
•
· Effect
· Effect Level • o Speaker Setup (@"page 30 - o NetwOrk Setup (@"page 35 - o Option Setup (@"page 38 -
· Room Size
• • Speaker COnfiguration
32)
• Network Setup
37)
• Amp Assign
41)
·AFDM
· SBCH Out
~. • • Subwoofer Setup • Other • Volume COntrol
· Subwoofer Att.
• • Distence · Power Saving · Volume Umit
· Subwoofer
· Default
• • Channel Level
• Crossover Frequency
· Character
· PC Language
· Power On Level
· Mute Level
• Tone
· Tone Defaat
· Bass
•• • THX Audio Setup
• SUlTOund Speaker
o HDMI Setup (@"page33)
· Rhapsody Account
• Network Infonnation
o Zone Setup !@"page 37. 38)
• Source Delete
• GUI
· Screensaver
· Treble
• Room EQ
·DynamicEQ
•• • COlor Space
• RGB Range
• ZONEZ, ZONE3
· Bass
· Wall Paper
· Format
• RESTORER
• Night Mode
• Audio Delay
•• • Auto Up Sync
• Audio
• Monitor Out
· Treble
· HPF
· Lch Level
· Text
· MasterVolume
· NET/USB I IPod ITuner
o Picture Adjust
• Contrast
• Brightness
•
••••••••••••••
• HDMI Control
o Audio Setup (@"page 34, 35)
• EXT. IN Setup
· Roo Level
· Channel
· Volume Level
• Quick Select Name
• Trigger Out 1
• Trigger Out 2
• Chroma Level
. SUlTOund Speaker · Volume Umit • Trigger Out 3
• Hue
. Subwoofer Level · Power On Level • Trigger Out 4

..............
·DNR
• Enhancer • 200 DirectlStereo · Mute Level • Transducer Setup
• Sharpness
~ • Downmix Option
• Auto SUlTOund Mode
·OSD • Digital Out
• Remote 10
• Manual EQ • 2Way Ramote
• Dimmer
• Setup Lock
• Maintenance Mode
• Rnnware Update
• Add New Feature
o Language (@"page42)

26
 [[[!] Preparations
Connect t~ included calibrated seNP nn.:ropllone to
Auto Setu p
'~'
rliil~
1 the SETUP MIC jack on the main ~t. .
The ';A.uto set\lp" screen appears automatically.
(')

"" • Audyssey MultEO® XT automatically measures the acoustical

Sound
problems in the listening environment to create the best audio
receptor
I· experience for your home theater.

•
• It optimizes a large listening area where one or more listeners are
seated.
Measurements are performed by placing the calibrated microphone
(DM-A505Z1 successively at multiple positions throughout the
Place themi~rophone at earheight on a tripod orstand
listening area as shown in Example Q) For best results, it is
strongly recommended to measure 6 or more positions so that the
measurements have the proper spatial weighting.
2 ceUWag.
with the microPllon~
. .
pointing direetly up towards the
Even if the listening environment is small as shown in Example @,
measuring at multiple points throughout the listening environment
results in more effective correction.

ExampleG) Example@

N
(-:Measuring positions)
."
C

~:-~
* It is not recommended to hold it in your hand. Be sure that the
~~ path from microphone to the speakers is not blocked by objects.
AvoidpJacin.Q the microphone close tq a seat back or wall as sound
reflectionsfT\i1ygiveiflacc;wate results. .

•
; ... ":"

When using a subwoofer, make the following settings before starting

the auto setup procedure:
The main listening position refers to the most central position where • Defeat the volume and crossover controls if possible
one would normally sit within the listening environment • If this is not possible then set
MultEO XT uses the measurements from this position to calculate • Volume: "12 o'clock" position
speaker distance, level. polarity, and the optimum crossover value • Crossover frequency: "Maximum/Highest Frequency"
for the subwoofer. • Low pass filter: "Off"
• Standby mode: "Off"
(I -N·Ua
To make manual adjustments to the settings, see pages 30 - 32. • Do not disconnect the setup microphone until the auto setup
procedure is completed.
• When using headphones, unplug the headphones before starting
the auto setup procedure.

27
Start Amp Assign (STEP3: Calculation )
Advanced setting: changes power amplifier assignment.
Start Auto Setup. When "Calculate" is selected at "STEP2': the measurements taken
The Audyssey MultEQ XT Auto Setup process automatically calculates -N·na are analyzed automatically to determine how the speaker system
the size, level, distance, bass management crossover frequency, and The items selectable at "Configuration" differ according to the ':Amp interacts with the room.
optimal settings for each speaker and subwoofer. Audyssey MultEQ Assign" settings.
XT corrects acoustical distortions within the listening area.
Before starting, connect and position all your speakers.
II
Once started, MultEQ XT will playa series of test tones through each
( STEP1 : Speaker Detection ) The time required for this analysis depends on the number of speakers
connected. The higher the number of speakers, the longer the time
speaker. The speaker connection and polarity are detected at the first required for analysis.
measurement position. The following attributes are also determined

•
at this time: "Speaker Size': "Speaker Distance': "Channel Level':
If an error message appears during the measurements, check" Error "Crossover Frequency': ( STEP4: Check )
Messages" (I:?page 29), take the advised action, then start the Once the measurements are completed, the results are displayed. Once the auto setup procedure is complete, a measuring result check
measurements again. screen appears.
-N.na Select any item whose results you want to check to review the
Configuration • Loud test tone may be played during Audyssey MultEQ XT Automatic results.
The speaker system to be measured can be selected ahead of time
here.

[Selectable items]
:'.~::":::

04 __
" ~::::.:::.:

3 •••.__ .• *3
*,
*2
Speaker Setup. This is part of normal operation. If there is background
noise in room, these test tones will increase in volume.
• Do not stand between the speakers and setup microphone or allow
obstacles in the path while the measurements are being made. This
will cause inaccurate readings.
• Quiet the listening environment before beginning measurements and
•
Values that are different from the actual distance may be set for
speakers with built-in filters (subwoofers, etc.). This is because filters
add electrical delay to the signal that should be compensated.

*1: This can be set when "Subwoofer" is set to '"
SP':
*2: This can be set when "Subwoofer" is set to "2SP LJR" or "2SP
MIX':
*3: This can be set when "Subwoofer" is set to "3SP LJR/LFE" or
refrain from talking. Turn off air conditioning units or other devices
( STEP5: Store )
that emit noise if at all possible as measurements may be affected
by these sounds.
The auto setup measurement results are stored in the AVR-5308CI.
• Operating the MASTER VOWME knob on the main unit or the VOL
+/- buttons on the remote control unit during the measurements will _~[e$ia
cancel the measurements. Do not turn the power off while the settings are being stored.

•
"3SP MIX':
• Do not change the speaker connections or subwoofer volume after
"STEP":
Setting the correct speaker configuration can reduce the time required
to measure during the auto setup procedure as the system will not ( STEP2: Measurement )
have to look for speakers that are not connected. After completing a measurement position, move the microphone to
the next position.

•
Subwoofer
The configuration of the measuring subwoofer can be selected
beforehand.
Measure at least 6 positions (main listening position and at least 5 other
[Selectable items] 1!:'lmll.fM,kI~.I.i. surrounding positions). For best results it is recommend measuring 6
or more positions (with a maximum of 8 positions).
_!IiI• •1

28

No microphone or speaker
Room EO
Select room EO setting method.
• Included setup microphone is not connected. • Connect the included setup microphone to the SETUP
MIC jack on the main unit.
[Selectable items] flJiiiill :M~

•
• Not all speakers could be detected. • Check the speaker connections.
• The front L speaker was not properly detected. Direct Mode
Ambient noise is too high • Too much noise in the room for accurate. Either turn off any device generating noise or move it Select room EO use for DIRECT or PURE DIRECT mode.
or Level is too low measurements to be made. away.
• Try again when the surroundings are quieter. [Selectable items] liqN~t [fBI! .]
• Speaker or subwoofer sound is too low for. Check the speaker installation and the direction in which
accurate measurements to be made. the speakers are facing. Mic Select
• Adjust the subwoofer's volume.
None Select the microphone type if not using supplied mic.
• Displayed speaker could not be detected. • Check the connections of the displayed speaker.
· The front R speaker was not properly detected. The microphone connected to V.AUX Lch is used.
· Only one channel of the surround (A) and
surround (8) speakers was detected.
[Selectable items] liS!,t' wAil
;(..... ~ ·-v:··· ,

· Sound was output from the R channel when only

one surround back speaker was connected.
· The surround back or the surround (B) speaker Only a professionally certified installer should ever connect a
was detected, but the surround (A) speaker professionally-ealibrated microphone to the V.AUX L input on the front
was not detected. panel.
· When the subwoofer configuration is set at
"2SP LJR", "2SP MIX", "3SP LJR" or "3SP
MIX", the subwoofer could not be detected.
Phase • Displayed speaker connected with the polarities • Check the polarities of the displayed speaker.
reversed. • For some speakers, this error message may be displayed
even if the speaker is properly connected. If you are sure
that the wiring is correct, select "Skip'.'
• Sometimes due to the electrical complexities of subwoofers and the interaction with the room, THX recommends setting the level and the
distance of the subwoofer manually.
• Sometimes due to interaction with the room, you may notice irregular results when setting the level and/or distance of the main speakers. If
this happens, THX recommends setting them manually.
• Please note that any THX main speakers should be set to Small (80 Hz). If you set up your speakers using Auto Setup, please make sure
manually that anyTHX speakers are set to Small with 80 Hz crossover.

.N.h_
Select "Retry" to make the measurements again.
The auto setup results can be reset to what was originally calculated
Be sure to turn the power off before checking the speaker connections. by MultEO XT when "Restore" is selected.

29
 Subwoofer
~ Select subwoofer use.

Manual Setup :~.y [Selectable items] ~·!ii!!~jl

Surround A Configuration
Make detail settings for various parameters. Select surround speakers A use and size. Select number of subwoofers and configuration.

[Selectable items] ~l ~j
~!mm ri!1iV1 t:u....aT·)
- ",'
~ §~_ _'"
[Selectable items]

•
~"'.'

~iUl~ . . .AiI &;k'M& _JII-l

.)? ••. , " •

Surround B
Select surround speakers B use and size. Subwoofer Configuration Subwoofer Connector
SW1
[Selectable items] .i;.J;j~;j lli:i.ii~~i
~Bi; "",J" ~4ill
It · \n lSP
L SW1
2SP LJR SW2
R
Surround Back 1 SW1
2SP MIX
2 SW2
Select surround back speaker use and size. L SW1

~i~:l ~iiil
[Selectable items] l¥tEU':b; r...
- ",w"" !-., ~w.l~;,~
3SP LJR/LFE R
LFE
SW2
SW3

Channel Level
liiillii.ii 3SP MIX
1
2
SW1
SW2
3 SW3
Crossover Frequency
&1:~~jJ
~
:Select this for a large speaker with strong bass
THX Audio Setup reproduction.

.
Surround Speaker &~I'ffi
N~.5~
:Select this for a smaller speaker with weaker bass When "2SP MIX" or "3SP MIX" is selected, "Subwoofer 1':
reproduction. "Subwoofer 2" and "Subwoofer 3" are each displayed.

Mode

.
Select bass signal for playing with the subwoofer.
• Select "Large" or "Small" not according to the physical size of the
speaker but according to the low frequency reproduction capabilities [Selectable items] ';iI~4;jli\laM!ii
based on the frequency set at "Crossover Frequency" (l3Fpage 31,
Front 32).
• When" Front" is set to "Small': "Subwoofer" is automatically set to
Select front speaker size. • THX recommends LFE-THX- mode so that bass interference is less

[Selectable items] a,.J liiMlt:1 "Yes':

.If "Subwoofer" is set to "No': "Front" is automatically set to
"Large':
likely to occur in the room.
• This can be set when the GUI menu "Speaker Configuration" -
"Subwoofer" is set to "Yes':
.If "Surround A" is set to "None': "Surround B" and "Surround Back"
Center • Play music or a movie source and select the mode offering the
are automatically set to "None':
strongest bass.
Select center speaker use and size. • When using just one surround back speaker, connect it to the left
• Select "LFE+Main" if you want the bass signals to always be
channel (SBL).
w•"1m,'
•~:l) t·C!!"'
[Selectable items] (I ;al[':1 ;:;u......X produced from the subwoofer.
~JJ!P,",:~ 0.1:'!!P~_d • To take full advantage of the performance of the Home THX certified
speaker systems, set the front, center and surround speaker size
parameters to "Small" and the subwoofer to "Yes':

30
 • The level of each channel should be adjusted to 75 dB (Cweighted,
slow meter mode) on a sound level meter at the listening position, If
a sound level meter is not available adjust the channels by ear so the
Mode sound levels are the same, Because adjusting the subwoofer level
test tone by ear is difficult. use a well known music selection and
Select test tone playback method,
Feet I Meters adjust for natural balance,
Select unit for distance, [Selectable items] fj'fiiil~lllMii • When the GUI menu "Speaker Configuration" - "Surround Back"
setting (raFpage 30) is set to "1 spkr~ the surround back speaker
display is set to "Surround Back ':
Step Surround

I
• Speakers set to" None" in the "Speaker Configuration" settings are
Select step, (smallest distance) Select surround speaker from which test tone is output. not displayed,
• "Surround" can be set when GUI menu "Speaker Configuration"
[Selectable items] [Selectable items] l.ii~~ljllklr'!r.!~~Br.:
..~ iili.mU -"Surround B" is set to "large" or "Small" (raFpage 30).
I:,lJf,{;J f!Jfti: Can be selected when " Feet" is set. • When using surround speakers, be sure to adjust the volume of the
different speakers,
Start
---; 1~.;'j,.4UY!!b: Can be selected when "Meters" is set. • When "Channel level" is adjusted, the adjusted values are set for
Output test tone, all the surround modes, To adjust the channel level separately for the
Default [Variable range] tl.i I,.... l - iJirl?tl,Ai different surround modes, use the operation see page 73.

Resets the settings to the default values,

~~<
* ;;'$'

W:':'~:"":':""":"';"~"W,
~m~~
. . ~

1Iil\\K0lZ
Distance measurement *: "OFF" can be set by pressing <l when the subwoofer's volume is
set to -12 dB,
Select the speaker you want to set, then set the distance,
Set the value closest to the measured distance, Default
[Variable range] Resets the settings to the default values. [Selectable items]

''11itU't~J!JIft;-~: Display when "Feet" is set. I~.;,J:

~~~~,: Display when "Meters" is set.
i.l1 Operating from the main remote control unit Set to the THX rated 80 Hz crossover frequency.
Adjusting with the main remote control unit using the test tones is K:,' . "_:~* ~E' "-'", t: ," ~~W ;~~;;:-.- -", :.'.': . ""201&,
. ,~: ~r/ :t t::
lIliM.....d,001 i.WMlh..ii g·...,,:l.%'t,_CIafl::.,r ,,1IIMb{: 1,.t8N7:J
'('WI"
. . ",. t . : : .
only possible in the "Auto" mode and only effective in the STANDARD b~~wJ~·~~~~~"4'~=n'um\~

Two surround back speakers are required to use the THX Ultra2
Cinema, THX Music mode and THX Games mode,
Set the surround back speakers so that the distance to the listening
position is the same for both the leh and right speakers.
It is also recommended that the deviations of the distance from the
listening position to land R channel speakers (front leh (Fl) and front
right (FR), surround leh (Sl) and surround right (SR). surround back leh
(SBl) and surround back right (SBR) is less than 2 h (60 cm).
-Nth8
Set the distance between the listening position and the various
speakers to no more than 20,0 h (6,00 meters),
(Dolby/DTS Surround) and HOME THX CINEMA modes. The adjusted
levels for the different modes are automatically stored in the
IlilJiiIi:
memory, Only the portion of the bass sound of the various speakers output
from the subwoofer that has a frequency below the frequency set
[Adjusting using test tones} here is output.
CD Press the TEST button. Set this according to the low frequency reproduction capabilities of the
Test tones are output from the various speakers, speakers you are using,
® Use the <J [> button to adjust so that the volume is equal for all
speakers.
® When the adjustments are completed, press the TEST button
Set the crossover frequency separately for the different speakers.
again.

31
 BGC (Boundary Gain Compensationl THX/OOLBY Game
• Please set all THX Certified speakers to small and the crossover to 80
Hz.
Adjust the bass volume when it feels too strong. [Selectable items] 1»:':4,.:)
• We recommend using with the crossover frequency set to "FIXED [Selectable items] ~ mpPft..j
- THX-'; but depending on the speaker, setting it to a different WIDE SCREEN
frequency may improve frequency response near the crossover
frequency.
[Selectable items] t:~~:~;;:+J liAtlbi
If the bass sound seems too strong:
• The "Crossover Frequency" can be set when there are speakers Set" BGC" to "ON ':This activates a filter that gently reduces very deep
that have been set to "Small" at GUI menu "Speaker Configuration" bass below 55 Hz to provide the flattest overall deep bass response. 7CH STEREO
- "Speaker Configuration" or when "Subwoofer" is set to "Yes" Select "ON" or "OFF" according to how strong you prefer the deep
1;,tlA';g]I.,i, iJdJ

•
(l2rpage 30). [Selectable items]
bass response to be.
• At the "Advanced" settings, if the GUI menu "Subwoofer Setup"
(l2rpage 30) setting is set to "LFE-THX-'; speakers for which SB Speaker Position OSP SIMULATION
"Speaker Configuration" is set to "Small" can be set. If set to
"LFE+Main'; the setting can be made regardless of the speaker Set the distance between the left and right surround back speakers. [Selectable items] l/~;li ,A i . ; ' ~:, ~.ftJ
size.
• For speakers set to "Small'; sound below the crossover frequency
is cut from the sound output. The cut bass sound is output from the
subwoofer or front speakers.
• Always set the crossover frequency to "80Hz': When using small
,.
[Selectable items] ItUM.1ftl b'~l. iQi!L.
• When two surround back speakers have been set in "Speaker
MULTI CH MODE
[Selectable items] I::i;t~;ii

speakers, however, we recommend setting the crossover frequency Configuration" (l2rpage 30). set the distance of the speakers. This
to a higher frequency. option is not available when '" spkr" is selected. iii!' Operating from the main remote control unit
• This setting is necessary to achieve the optimum effect in the
Press the SPKR button.
THX Surround EX, THX Ultra2 Cinema, THX Music mode and THX
Games mode. It is recommended that SBLJSBR speakers are placed r Surround A - Surround B ~
together as close as possible. L Surround A+B _.---~

THX Ultra2 Subwoofer

Set when using a subwoofer compatible with THX Ultra2 standards or • This can be set when GUI menu" Speaker Configuration" - "Surround
a subwoofer that can be properly played at low range. A" and "Surround B" are used (l2rpage 30).
• When using the pre-out connectors, select and use either" Surround
[Selectable items] @;f\i
• • l,sJ
MW~_:b f;;j'j,:*l
A/it,,·.,.· ;,<-~ THX/OOLBYlOTS Cinema g or "Surround B':
• Make the surround speaker settings when the input mode is set to

II "EXT. IN" at GUI menu "Manual Setup" - ':A.udio Setup" - "EXT. IN

Setup" (l2rpage 34).
• Make these settings when "Yes" is selected for the subwoofer in
the "Speaker Configuration" settings. This option is not available THX/OOLBVlOTS Music
About SpeakerType Setting when Using Both
when "No" is selected (l2rpage 30).
Surround speakers A and B
• When "Yes" is selected:
"BGC" can be selected and the compensation set to "OFF': If "Small" is set for either surround speakers A or B, the output is the
same as when "Small" is set for both A and B.

32
 •
GUI menu "HDMI Control" - "Control" is "ON': the "Amp" and "TV"
will switch with the operation of any television not related to this
setting.
Set HOMI control function ON/OFF.

[Selectable items]

II
~\~.Pd t;;n~0il
:m:~->',>:";--~·lt&~

•
Set as "OFF" when connecting with devices incompatible with the
HDMI control function.

Monitor Out Control Monitor

HOMI Control Select the interlocking monitor with the HDMI control.

[Selectable items] (~~J ,~

ii!i Operating from the main remote control unit II

This can be set when "Control" is set to "ON':
Press the M.SEL button.

-~:
==: Auto (Dual) - Monitor 1 ~ Power Off Control
L-- Monitor 2 ...o -----l Interlock power OFF with HDMI control.
When connected to a monitor with a DVI-D connector (HDCP [Selectable items] H;AN:~I·· J."~~
compatible) using an HDMI/DVI converter cable, the signals are output
in RGB format. regardless of this setting. • When "Monitor Out" is set to "Auto (Dual)': connections with
the MONITOR 1 or MONITOR 2 connectors are recognized • This can be set when "Control" is set to "ON':
automatically. • Please consult the operating instructions for each connected device
• If both the MONITOR 1 and 2 connectors are connected and to check the settings.
"Resolution" is set to "Auto"(Gf'page 44). the signals are output
with a resolution compatible with both monitors.
• If "Resolution" is set to something other than 'J;uto': check the
-N'U-
• When the "Control" setting has been changed, always turn off the
[Selectable items] rii!iJi!il ~ resolutions with which your monitor is compatible at GUI menu
"Information" - "HDMllnformation" - "Monitor 1" and "Monitor 2"
power to the connecting devices afterwards and then turn back on.
• The HDMI control function does not work when the power to the
II and set accordingly (Gf'page 54). equipment is off.
• For details, see "HDMI Control Function" (Gf'page 71).
When "YCbCr" is selected under "Color Space': "RGB Range" will
have no effect.

[Selectable items] 5iJJ;:'1 ;.:~Qff;i

33
 Setting
To change the settings, select" Custom ':

[Selectable items] l!!Pfc.j* ~!!l!!l • Set this to "ON" if the sound from the front speakers seems
distorted.
*: Use the same settings as in "Speaker Setup': • When not using the center speaker or surround speakers, the

•
playback sound is down-mixed and output from the front speakers.
Downmix Option Front
Auto Surround Mode Select front speaker size.
Manual EQ
[Selectable items] ~ rJiettl

Subwoofer --
~.

Select subwoofer use.

[Selectable items] '.\1£11%11_
Surround Speaker
Select the surround speakers to use.

[Selectable items] Ip,jtAl;,~.1

[Selectable items]

Subwoofer Mode
!i~iI.

Select low range signal to be reproduced by subwoofer.

•
• The auto surround mode function lets you store in the memory the
surround mode last used for playing the four types of input signals
listed below.
CD Analog and PCM 2-channel signals
[Selectable items] frBz,lJIJ'S,1 :;;:,':ii:m!:;t!
t;;ltf£:z:',
<V Dolby Digital and DTS 2<hannel signals
® Dolby Digital and DTS multi<hannel signals
This can be set when GUI menu "Speaker Setup" - "Speaker Crossover CD Multi<hannel signals other than Dolby Digital and DTS (PCM,
Configuration" - "Surround g and "Surround B" are used (!3rpage DSD, etc.)
30). Select crossover frequency from which subwoofer handles low range
• When playing in the PURE DIRECT mode, the surround mode does
signal.
not change even if the input signal is changed.
Subwoofer Level
Set the subwoofer level for playback.
Select according to the player in use.

[Selectable items] ~~. ~ ~1+l~8.. 1

Distance FL

We recommend setting to "+ 15 dB ': Set distance from listening position to front leh speaker.

[Variable range] iiliiii

Distance FR
Set distance from listening position to front right speaker.

[Variable range] ~

34
 ·ManualE
<~ju~tt~~1 q~alitl(
{i
n
...•
Adjust CH
Select speaker adjustment method.
Wired LAN settings
Make settings for wired LAN.
o
::
::
<> [Selectable items] ~._;~: ~&~;!?I Tum on theAVR·530SCI's power.
~.
:;

•
'" Select the speaker and frequency band and adjust the level.

[Selectable items]
The mode automatically switches to ·Wired~
~~cd [}~;~~.iOOH,z; M~jit~
'1i1ttu j
-_.~

[Variable range]
~R,l
;(~f - I¥QMiq - ~it&lB'i
,«~~./ i%tii~

Curve Copy
Copy the Room EO's "Audyssey Flat" correction curve. At the GUI menu ·Manual Setup· - ·Network
-~:
Setup· - ·Detail· setting. set ·DHCP· to ·OFF·
[Selectable items] ~ ; ,..;.,i and enter the IP address. subnet mask. default
gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS.

----j "Curve Copy" is displayed after the auto setup procedure has been
performed.

Default
Resets the settings to the default values. This setting is required when the network
is established via proxy servers.

At the GUI menu ·Manual Setup· - ·Network

:: Setup· - ·Proxy· setting, set ·Proxy· to ·ON w
'" and enter the address or domain name and
port numbers.

This completes the setting.

II Recheck the connections and settings if you cannot connect to the Internet (l2irpage 22).
Network Infonnation -N.na Knowledge about networks is required to make the IP address and proxy settings. For details. consult a network administrator.

35
Wireless LAN settings
Make settings for wireless LAN.

Tum on the AVR·5308CI's power.

Connection

The mode automatically switches to "Wireless~

Display GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Networt< Setup~

At the GUI menu "Manual Setup" - " Networt<

•
Setup" - "Detail"setting, set "DHCP" to "OFF"
and enter the IP address, subnet mask, default
gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS.

CD Input the SSID.

® If there is security, select
the encryption method.
® Input the encryption key.
@) If "WEP" was selected in
step ®, select the default This setting is required
key. when the network is
Normally select "1~ established via proxy
servers.

At the GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Networt<

Setup" - "Proxy" setting, set "Proxy" to "ON"
and enter the address or domain name and
port numbers.

This completes the setting.

Input the encryption key.
For WEP. also input the *: This is the flow for infrastructure type communications. For ad-hoc communications. set" Mode" at the
default key. "Detail"' settings to "Ad-hoc':

-N,il4 Knowledge about networks is required to make the IP address and proxy settings. For details.
consult a network administrator.

36
 Rhapsody Account
Set or change Username and Password.
"Listening to Rhapsody" (Erpage 68)
"'.•...
; ~

DEnter username : iY!l.~

Power Saving
Make setting for power saving when not connected to network.

[Selectable items] I~~~!'[~l :~~:,)l

• To use the web control function, set this setting to "OFF ':

Character
Set the character code type of the MP3 103-Tag played by USB.

[Selectable items] li&;-:;I flodin'.l fi~,,~

,"'~,~" ~_m M~._.;;~;:,,; ...; _..:'........;M
o Enter password: ltIWm.

o Clear Rhapsody account: i~~

If the characters are not properly displayed when set to "Auto': set to [Selectable items] ••
"Latin" or "Japanese':
Bass
Adjust low frequency range (bass).
PC Language
Select computer environment language.
The Account Number received is displayed during the 3CH:Jay free
trial.
[Variable range] tf~Mtl - L,w::l - ~+lMB~
Treble
Adjust high frequency range (treble).

[Variable range] ~. - hMl,jj - ~

HPF
When using speakers that cannot satisfactorily play low frequencies,
distortion of the bass sound can be reduced by setting "HPF" to
"ON':

[Selectable items] ~M~ !.Of,f,' ;1

i1.-
Lch Level
Adjust the left channel output level.

[Variable range] !<Mli;! - 11-.

The "Lch Level" and "Rch Level" can be set when "Channel" is set
to "Stereo':

37
 Rch Level
Adjust the right channel output level.

[Variable range] ~~ - LOd"lt1~';

The places where the surround amplifier and surround back amplifier
Channel are used can be set freely according to the usage environment. This
Switch between stereo and mono output. makes it possible to output sound to rooms other than the room
(the MAIN ZONE) where surround playback is performed (multi-zone
[Selectable items] k~.gJ ,Me playback) or play the sound with high quality using the front speakers
-N·n8

•
(bi-wiringlbi-amp connections).
When connected to the component video output connectors, the on-
When GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Option Setup" - ':Amp Assign" is screen display is not displayed.
set to "ZON E (MONO) '; "Bi & ZONE (MONO)" or "ZONE2/3 (MONO) ';
the "Channel" setting is automatically set to "Mono':

Volume Level
Adjust the main volume level.

~~.ri"',,\;l'
[Selectable items] Lo,m ~~, lI'j R&u:¥'js{~
",'\'''''6'·-·''::::·,:,'. i$'~:{iIl<4i:<~'
J?,....fl,s;;;;
'U

I) For details, see "Amp Assign/ Multi-Zone Connections and Operations"

(~page 84 - 88).
"Variable" is set when a power amplifier is assigned to the ZONE2/
ZONE3 output channel at GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Option Setup"
- "Amp Assign':
;.Vq.... ·:··
Volume Limit &,tih~MAt ,'
Make a setting for maximum volume.
Volume Limit
Make a setting for maximum volume.

This can be set when "Volume Level" is set to "Variable':

[Selectable items] 1_;;1 ~":1
Power On Level Power On Level
Define the volume setting that is active when the power is turned on. This sets the volume set when the MAIN ZONE's power is turned on.

[Selectable items] 1:;:IdIJ':l ~MZJ1. [Selectable items] lii'. •'U ~~;,;:~ ~_I ;',UfI1
Setup Lock Mute Level
This can be set when "Volume Level" is set to "Variable': Maintenance Mode This sets the amount of attenuation of the volume when the mute

Mute Level
Set the amount of attenuation when muting is on.
Finnware Update
Add New Feature
mode is set in the MAIN ZONE.

[Selectable items] li~li~1 '.JJ '\l!dd

[Selectable items] 1,"",111 ~.I$ ~IJ

38

iNtU.
-Input sources being used in the various zones cannot be deleted.
- Input sources set to "Delete" cannot be selected from GUI menu
"Source Select" or using the SOURCE SELECT knob on the main unit
Operating from the main unit
* The GUI menu is not displayed when performing this setting.
CD Press and hold the AUDIO DELAY and RETURN buttons for at least 3
seconds.
"Video Format" appears on the display.
@ Use the <l t> button to make the setting.
<J) Press the ENTER, MENU or RETURN button to complete the
setting.

•
or SOURCE SELECT button on the remote control unit. *Uideo FOrMat
< HTSC >

Text
Text information display.

[Selectable items] &;.~l

Screensaver
Make screensaver settings.
Master Volume
Use the screensaver to prevent burn-in on the monitor screen. Master volume display during adjustment.
When set to "ON '; the screensaver is activated if there is no activity
Setting with Respect to the Zone
for about 3 minutes. [Selectable items] Is3j:.;~
<,;;:';:1; .
''i"'Y IJJI.:
':,.> - When the power of the zone turned on/off, the trigger out turns on.
- Associated with the power supply of zones set to "ON ':
[Selectable items] 1:{:qN:;1 '~ NET/USB / iPod /Tuner
N
C
::l
Setting with Respect to the Input Source
This sets the time the on-screen display is displayed when an operation
" Wall Paper - When the input source set to on is selected, the trigger out turns
is performed.
Change the GUI background. on.
. ;,' "~li;i":;H '.' .;£
[Selectable items] iJ!!Itm ~ J11YI&1l9ft'i1

JI [Selectable items] 1m"" U!L.~i$lrIli~ tA.J - Associated with respect to the input source for zones set to "ON" at
"Setting with Respect to the Zone':

Fonnat
Select the video output signal format to match the monitor.

[Selectable items] hiii;1:; ~JI

idtU.
When a format other than the video format of the connected monitor
is set. the picture will not be displayed properly. Use the procedure
described below to change the video format.

39
Setting with Respect to the Surround Mode LPF
• When the surround mode set to on is selected, the trigger out turns Set the upper limit for the bass signal frequency outputted from the
on. transducer.
• Associated with respect to surround modes that are set to "ON ':
• This can be set if the "MAIN ZONE" setting at "Setting with Respect
to the Zone" is set to "ON ':
• Associated when an input source for which "Setting with Respect to
the Input Source" is set to "ON" is selected.
11
When using a 2-way remote control unit (RC-7000CI and RC-7001 RCI,
sold separately). set this to "Used':
Setting with Respect to the Monitor
-n·n.
• When the HDMI monitor set to on is selected, the trigger out turns
on.
• Associated with respect to HDMI monitor that are set to "ON':
• This can be set if the" MAl N ZaN E" setting at "Setting with Respect
to the Zone" is set to "ON ':
• Associated when an input source for which" Setting with Respect to
the Input Source" is set to "ON" is selected. -n·n.
The ZONE4 operations cannot be performed when set to "Rec
• When using the 2-way remote control unit. connect to the Port 1 RS-
232C connector.
• When the" 2way Remote" is setup as" Used': the RS-232C connector
cannot be used as the external controller. •
Select':

11 ~ Operating from the main unit

The Transducer Setup can be accessed through GUI menu "Speaker Press the DIMMER button.
Setup" - "Subwoofer Setup" is "lSP': "2SP UR" or "2SP MIX': The
transducer signal is outputted from "SW3':
r-- Bright - - Dim ~
L-- OFF _ Dark --l
Level 11
• When changing the remote ID, also change the AMP. iPod, TU and
[Variable range] NET/DTU modes of the main remote control unit at the same time
~!.j - ~;.::;;l - ·~!!ld~: (Grpage 78).
• When changing the remote 10, also change the sub remote control
Set the transducer level. unit at the same time (Grpage 83).

Turn the transducer output off.

40
 Check for Update When you purchase a new function and register your user information,
"Registerd" is displayed on this menu and you can proceed with the
You can check for firmware updates. You can also check approximately
upgrade.
how long it will take to complete an update.
• When "Setup Lock" is set to "ON'.' the settings listed below can Upon completion of the upgrade, you can start using the new
no longer be changed. Also, "SETUP LOCKED!" is displayed if you function.
Start
attempt to operate related buttons.
· GUI menu operations Execute the update process. Upgrade
· RESTORER When updating starts, the power indicator becomes red and the GUI
· Night Mode screen is shut down. Execute the upgrade process.
· Parameter The amount of update time which has elapsed is displayed during the When upgrading starts, the power indicator becomes red and the GUI
· Room EO update process. screen is shut down.
· Channel Level When updating is complete the power indicator becomes green and The amount of upgrade time which has elapsed is displayed during the
· Audio Delay normal status is resumed. upgrade process. .
• To cancel the setting, press the MENU button to re-display the" Setup When upgrading is complete the power indicator becomes green and
Lock" screen, then change the setting to "OFF':
* If the display reads as shown below, check the settings and network normal status is resumed.
environment, then update again.
* If the upgrade is not successful. an error message identical to those
in "Firmware Update" will appear on the display.
Updating failed Updating failed.
Login failed Failure to log into server.
Server is busy Server is busy. Wait a while then try again.
N Connection fail Failure connecting to server. • In order to use these functions, you must have the correct system
g This function allows a DENON serviceperson or installer to check the requirements and settings for a broadband Internet connection. For
" AVR-5308CI's status and make settings via the Internet. details, see pages 35 - 37.
• Do not turn off the power until updating or upgrating is completed.
-N'U- • Normally there is no need to use this function, aside from the cases
Only use this function if so instructed by a DENON serviceperson or described below.
installer. · Firmware Update: In the case of applying the latest firmware
updates (free)
· Add New Feature: In the case of future upgrades to add new
functions to the receiver (payment required)
· Information regarding the "Firmware Update" function and "Add
New Feature" will be announced on the DENON web site each
time related plans are defined.
• Even with a broadband connection to the Internet. approximately
1 hour is required for the updating/upgrading procedure to be
completed.
Once updating/upgrading starts, normal operations on the
AVR-5308CI cannot be performed until updating/upgrading is
completed.
Furthermore, updating/upgrading the firmware may reset the
backup data for the parameters, etc., set for the AVR-5308CI.
• When updating/upgrading the firmware, we recommend using
wired connections (Ethernet cable).

41
 ~ Operating from the main unit or main remote
~ control unit

Source Select
,~ [Operation on the main unit)
Turn the SOURCE SELECT knob.
* If "Rec Select" or "Video Select" is selected, press the SOURCE
button before turning the SOURCE SELECT knob.
Use this procedure to select the input source and make the settings
[Operation on the main remote control unit)
related to playing input sources.
Press the SOURCE SELECT button.
[Selectable items] !:§lIlisbj ,J.t'!i!' The desired input source can be selected directly.

Operating from the main unit

* The GUI menu is not displayed when performing this setting.
G) Press and hold the AUDIO DELAY and RETURN buttons for at least
3 seconds.
"Video Format" appears on the display.
CV Use the t:>. V button to set "GUI Language':
TUNER
PHONO
CD
(Main unit)
es PM'" p;:}
<£:_1 5 - . I'D
c:-I· .... II"'~
e;. Ia
'W/IQ
CD I''',;)
_lIN'

(Main remote control unit)

•
® Use the <l [> button to make the setting.
@) Press the ENTER, MENU or RETURN button to complete the
setting.

*GUI Language
DVD
HDP
TV/CBL
SAT
•
To operate the AVR-5308CI using the main remote control unit, set the
remote control unit to the AMP mode (GT'page 75 "Remote Control
Unit Operations").
< Et·lGLISH > VCR
DVR-1
DVR-2
V.AUX
NET/USB
XM

42
 ,

II ~ !

~ ....•1
o
II
Play
Preset Skip
A-G
III Antenna Aimin
"
""
TUNER
II Video
Select the preset channel(s) you do not want to display.
o
I ~
fJ
Play
Auto Preset
iii
•
Input Mode
Rename
[Input source] ITUNER I HD Radio I~
II Preset Skip [S electable items] ~:Ja"i:.~ "'," .,..... ,i i:.. ~. t4 cJ:" ~ "".i .,.. .,.,., ,', 'D.

I
~~jW~ ~.",,~~
III Source level
D Preset Name
II Video
HDRadio [Selectable items] I:PJil ~M;A
iii Input Mode
o Play
fJ Auto Preset
B Rename
When set to "All" to "Skip~ it is possible to skip entire preset memory
II Preset Skip
III Source level blocks (A to G).
PHONO
D Preset Name
II Video
II Video
iii Input Mode
iii Input Mode
• Rename
B Rename
--: III Source level
III Source level
CD, DVD, HDP-TV/CBL SAT, \/CR, DVR-1, DVR-2, V.AUX * :"Play" and "Playback Mode (iPod) " are displayed for input sources
N
c D Play* for which "iPod dock" is assigned. A1-G8
..,::>
-~:
iii Playback Mode (iPod) * Select the preset memory number.
III
II
Assign
Video
[Input source] ITUNER II HD Radio I
iii Input Mode
B Rename
[Input source]
III
NET/USB
Source level
ITUNER I NET/USB I[~] HD Radio I(I iPod I)
o Play
m Playback Mode
III Still Picture
II Video
Video Select
iii Input Mode
[Input source] ITUNER II HD Radio I

,.
Switch video input source while listening to audio signal.
B Rename
III Source level [Selectable items] ~ [Selectable items]
iuivn~ ~.II"'''~ ~:DiI~
~hrJ~~~'- ;1:41:0, l('uMI ;n~1! ,1PR&\'v .&IIY
,-,.-";~:~~~~~->,_.>_.~~¢

If an FM station cannot be preset automatically, select the desired !t.""l

station by tuning it in manually, then preset it manually.

43
il:J Operating from the main unit Resolution
Press the VIDEO SELECT button, then turn the SOURCE SELECT knob Make settings for resolution of HDMI video output signal.
until the desired picture appears.
* To cancel, press the main unit's VIDEO SELECT button, then turn the [Selectable items] lilitj~i_l~iilllliliIIIJ
main unit's SOURCE SELECT knob and select "SOURCE':
il:J Operating from the main unit Input Mode
-M·U- Press the SCALE button.
• It is not possible to select HOM I input signals. Set the input mode for this source.
Auto - - 480p / 576p - - 1080i ~
C
,.
• When playing HOM I video input signals, the analog video signal of
~.~---~ I TUNER II PHONO I(I iPod I)

•
another input source cannot be selected for the HDMI video output. ------ 1080p 720p [Input source]
• Input sources for which "Delete" is selected at "Source Delete"
cannot be selected.
[Selectable items] tlili:~jin:r ..
i·'::.II\I!
,,-,,$ ,~", ~«'%<i%~'

Video Convert • This can be set when "i!p Scaler" is set to anything other than [Input source] INET/USB II XM II HD Radio I
"OFF':
Automatically convert video input signal to monitor output format. • When the "i/p Scaler" is set to "A to H & H to H'; the resolutions can [Selectable items] l!ii~1 f~l
be setup to the analog video input signal and HDMI input signal.
[Input source] [Input source]
I DVD II HDP 11'TV-/CB-l
-- II SAT II VCR II DVR-l II DVR-ZII V.AUX I _kltn_
.It is not possible to convert "1080i" signals into "nop" format.
@]I DVD II HDP II TV/CBl II SAT II VCR II DVR-l II DVR-zi
[Selectable items] 1;I;glil;~ I V.AUX I
_Nti._
• It is not possible to convert "nop" signals into "1080i" format.

Progressive Mode [Selectable items]

• For optimum video performance, THX recommends that you set the
conversion mode to "OFF" to use video signals pass through system
without up conversion.
Example: The video input signals from the component video can
be enjoyed through the video output signals from the
Select optimum progressive mode for video material.

,.
[Selectable items] ~lIiIml ilii~ iIilI ,.
ili~li.~I.~ii~alfj

• When a digital signal is properly input. the "(QigJ" indicator lights on

component video. the display. If the "(QigJ" indicator does not light, check the digital
• When a non-standard video signal from a game machine or some This can be set when "i/p Scaler" is set to anything other than "OFF': input connector assignment and the connections.
other source is input, the video conversion function might not • The surround mode cannot be set if the input mode is set to "EXT
operate. If this happens, please set the conversion mode to "OFF: Aspect IN':

This sets the aspect ratio when outputting 480i/576i or 480p/576p

i/p Scaler input signals from the HOM I output connector. ~ Operating from the main unit or main remote
Make settings for i/p scaler function.

[Selectable items]
wB.
~
I:J;.;tI!,! ~i&.\··to';".A.HI·'.I:!.:
v " . " . - . - ; " , ' -•• , ;;'" iBh~"i:f;ft..%t~h'i;::w~, ,.
[Selectable items] ltlJlw'llDiIl control unit
Press the INPUT MODE button on the main unit or the INPUT button
on the main remote control unit.

Auto-- HDMI
.1
-- .Digital ~
.2

• This can not be set when "Video Convert" is set to "OFF':

• The "A to H & H to H" can be set to the input source assigned to the
This can be set when "i/p Scaler" is set to anything other than "OFF':
C ------ EXT IN - - - Analog

HDMI input connector. * 1: This can be selected for input sources for which the GUI menu
• "A to H & H to H" setting: "Assign" setting is set to "HDMI" (GT'page 45). Excluding CD.
• Deep color (10 bit/12 bit) signals are converted into 8-bit signals. * 2: This can be selected for input sources for which the GUI menu
• The i/p scaler function does not work if xvYCC or computer's "Assign" setting is set to "Digital" (GT'page 45) .
resolution signals are input.

44
 Decode Mode
Set the decode mode for this source.

[Input source]
Repeat
•
• With HDMI, the video and audio signals are transferred simultaneously.
To play the video signal assigned at" HDMI" combined with the audio
signal assigned at" Digital'; select" Digital" at the GUI menu "Source
~I DVD II HDP II TV/CBL II SAT II VCR II DVR-1 II DVR-ZI Select" - "Input Mode" (Gf"page 44).
Make settings for repeat mode. • When the AVR-5308CI and monitor are connected with an HDMI
I V.AUX I [Input source]
cable, if the monitor is not compatible with HDMI audio signal
[Selectable items] I~ Il~ i~: ~.i~ playback, only the video signals are output to the monitor.
~I DVD II HDP II TV/CBL II SAT II VCR II DVR-1 II DVR-zi • The audio signals input from the analog, digital and EXT. IN connectors
are not output to the monitor.

•
", I V.AUX I .~(.JI.
• This can be selected for input sources for which the GUI menu
'Assign" setting is set to "HDMI" or "Digital':
[Selectable items] This cannot be set for input sources for which "iPod dock" is assigned.
• Only set "PCM" and "DTS" when playing the respective signals.
Shuffle Digital
Make settings for shuffle mode. Select digital input connector to assign to this source.

[Input source] [Input source]

~I DVD II HDP I TV/CBL II SAT II VCR II DVR-1 II DVR-ZI @] DVD II HDP II TV/CBL II SAT II VCR II DVR-1 II DVR-ZI
I V.AUX I IV.AUX I
[Selectable items] [Selectable items]
!&!.·.•~Mi. 1I"",1;"'
-- .- "","'"jHi~"~"'~L;1
. -"l!~~l'=.:;,;.·' *
~,.. FAIIIr-1l7.,
~,~~ ~........

This can be selected for input sources for which "Assign" is assigned *: When a DENON DVD player and the DENON LINK have been
at the "iPod dock" setting. connected, be sure to make a setting to "DENON LINK':

Input source
Default setting

Inpul source
Defauh seltillg

For input sources for which "HDMI" or "Digital" are set at the GUI
menu "Assign" setting, the analog input level and digital input level
can be set separately.
HOMI -N·U8
• This cannot be set for input sources for which "iPod dock" is
Select HDMI connector to assign to this source. assigned.
• When" DENON LINK" is assigned at the GUI menu 'Assign" setting,
the PCM signals, network audio signals (Internet radio, music server
and USB), XM signals and HD Radio signals input from the digital
input connectors cannot be output from the ZONE2 and ZONE3
[Selectable items] ~k@ ilw:.iM audio output connectors and the analog REC OUT connectors.

Input source
Defauh setting

Input source
Defauh setting

45
Component
Select component video input to assign to this source.

[Input source] I NET/USB I [Input source] I NET/USB I

USB Select Slide Show
Select USB port to use. Make slideshow settings.
Input source
Default setting kf.'1 i,:!Ml,l [Selectable items] ~Ji!l!.Qf:f,1

•
[Selectable items]
Input source
Default setting Interval
Match the port to be used and the setting.

·n·na
This cannot be set for input sources for which "iPod dock" is assigned.
Repeat
Set the playback time per image.

n'ariable
l VI range] li~l~;;i~
;;·t·J.:~i''i ~ £;--\;
~I!ftM

Make settings for repeat mode.

iPod dock
Assign Control Dock for iPod to this source.
[Selectable items] LOiIt%\.,l
[Input source] Random
~I DVD II HOP II TV/CBL II SAT II VCR II DVR-' II DVR-2! Make random mode settings.
[Input source] ~
I V.AUX I
.. ._.. . . Satellite
[Selectable items] ~e~ ~.~
Direct Play Indicate satellite signal strength.
Set the folder to be played using the DIRECT PLAY button on the sub
• With the default settings. the Control Dock for iPod can be used remote control unit. Terrestrial
connected to the VCR (iPod) connector.
• Even if "iPod dock" is set to "Assign~ if the set is not connected to
[Selectable items] 1;~~J ~ Indicate terrestrial signal strength.

a Control dock for iPod. the input source can be used as the normal
input source.
••••
• 11
••
•

46
 .j.,>,.;.;;.",-... nat'; ;2>,;"j', ".
~ THX SURROUND EX
DOLBY DIGITAL
<E THX Ultra2 Cinema
~
5- Surround Mode
A
~
Dolby
Digital
(other than 2chl /
DOLBY DIGITAL EX
THX Music Mode
THX Games Mode
OWhen using a surround back speaker

[Selectable items] ~ tIlISNEti.• t1!I!B[i

'""'-··.·....i Source DOLBY DIGITAL Plus
THX Cinema
DOLBYTrueHD o When not using a surround back speaker
""
C
DTS (5.1 chI /
PLIIx C + THX
ES MTRX6.1 (* 1) [Selectable items] .JB~~I&M~ i. . .J
"'~"
C· HOMETHX CINEMA DTS
DTS-ES Discrete 6.1 / ES DSCRT6.1 + THX (* 2)
DTS-ES Matrix 6.1 / THX Ultra2 Cinema
B; THX surround mode to recreat8 authentic movie sounrltracks :The signals are decoded in DOLBY PLIIx or

•
Surround DTS 96/24/ THX Music Mode DOLBY PLII for playback.
Source DTS-HD High THX Games Mode
J

~'lIrrQundPjlaJ~aCk,ofaa~nnel:$oJ,a~~'1 r~~!tll!~ :This mode is suited for movie sources.

Resolution Audio THX Cinema
DTS-HD Master Audio PLIIx C + THX
[Selectable items]
THX SURROUND EX :
r~iJM!!!~~ff This mode is suited for music sources.
THX Ultra2 Cinema
DVD- THX Music Mode r~I1i!!!t~ :This mode is suited for games.
PCM (multi chI /
Audio,
SACD
DSD (multi ch)
THX Games Mode
PLIIx C + THX .,1e.itiI: This is the Pro Logic playback mode. This can
be selected when playing with a DOLBY PLII
M CH 5.1 + THX
MCH7.1+THX decoder. When this mode is selected, "DOLBY
PL:' is displayed.
* 1: This is displayed when the input signal is "DTS-ES Matrix 6,1" and
the AVR-5308CI's "AFDM" setting is set to "ON ': ~ Operating from the main unit
[Selectable items] * 2: This is displayed when the input signal is "DTS-ES Discrete 6.1',' The "Cinema': "Music': or "Game" modes can be directly selected
~[lfX ~~: with the CINEMA, MUSIC or GAME button on the main unit.
This mode is for decoding the input signals according to their format

'" 'eo""'" '0 DTS NEO. 1m

For details, see page 97.

i:~~:~",I'
and playing THX surround sound,
The display when the HOMETHX CINEMA mode is selected depends
on the input signal and surround back output playback mode. ifJ Operating from the main unit or main remote
control unit I',".,..J: This mode is suited for movie sources.

Press the HOME THX CINEMA button on the main unit or the THX
button on the main remote control unit.
~Ii~ :This mode is suited for music sources.

~ Operating from the main unit

Standard Playback
ThiS IS ltle standard moae for enloy,ng surround sGund accordmg
to tre proaranl ~('urce
To select these surround modes pressing the STANDARD button on
the main unit or press the STD button on the main remote control unit.
The mode switches each time the button is pressed.
The "Cinema" or "Music" modes can be directly selected with the
CINEMA or MUSIC button on the main unit.
~~k\!!.!:iii...,;;.~ :It is possible to play analog input signals and
PCM (2-ehannel, 48kHz or less) in the surround
mode.
This is the optimum mode for playing sources
recorded in XM HD Surround (@"page 94).

Select the "Cinema': "Music': "Game" and "Pro Logic" modes at GUI
menu "Parameter" - 'Audio" - "Surround Parameters" - "Mode"
(Grpage 49).

47
 18
• Press the DSP SIMULATION button on the main unit or SIMU button
on the main remote control unit to switch the surround mode. The
mode switches each time the button is pressed.
[Selectable items] • Depending on the program source being played, it may not be
lagjJ: [Selectable items] fijllliL.iiiilli possible to achieve a satisfactory surround effect. In this case, try
other modes to achieve a sound field suited to your tastes.
This mode is for decoding the input signals according to their format
and playing surround sound.
The display when the STANDARD mode is selected depends on the
II
When RECOUT mode is set to "SOURCE'; with this amplifier signals
Stereo Playback

•
input signal and surround back output playback mode. encoded in the Dolby Headphone mode can be output from the
recording output terminals and recorded on another recorder (@"page [Selectable items]
DOLBy~i~OLBY
(other than 2ch) /
DIGITAL
DOLBY DIGITAL EX
70).
llili:
This is the mode for playing in stereo. The tone can be adjusted.
Dolby DOLBY DIGITAL DOLBY DIGITAL+PLDx CINEMA Sound is output from the front left and right speakers and subwoofer.
DSP Simulation Playback
•
Digital EX DOLBY DIGITAL+PLDx MUSIC
Source DOLBY DIGITAL
Plus DOLBY DIGITAL + The desired mode according to the program source and viewing
situation can be selected from among 9 DENON on9111al surround When the main unit's DIRECT/STEREO button or the main remote
DOLBYTrueHD DOLBY TrueHD
modes control unit's D/ST button is pressed, DIRECT mode can be switched
DTS SURROUND
DTS (5.1 ch) / The surround parameters can be ad/usted ((F'page 95, 96) to to STEREO mode.
DTS+PLDx CINEMA
DTS-ES Discrete achieve an even more realistic, powerfUl sound field
DTS+PLDx MUSIC
6.1/
DTS+NEO:6
DTS-ES Matrix [Selectable items]
DTS DTS ES MTRX6.1 (* 1)
Surround
Source
6.1/
DTS 96/24
DTS ES DSCRT6.1 (* 2)
DTS 96/24 (* 3)
(1_11* 1 : This mode is for enjoying stereo sound from
all speakers.
DTS-HD High
Resolution Audio
DTS-HD HI RES ;tBillllll:
!~i:~&i?i ~"'"
'p
This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of
viewing a movie on a large screen.
;iWJ' y;. mf m:
DTS-HD Master
Audio
DTS-HD MSTR
iliiililiilili: This mode is suited for viewing sports
programs.
MULTI CH IN
DVD-
Audio,
PCM (multi ch) / MULTIIN+PLDx CINEMA l~iIIi"'Slil: This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of a
DSD (multi chI MULTI IN+PLUx MUSIC live concert In an arena.
SACD
MULTI CH IN 7.1
* 1: This is displayed when the input signal is "DTS-ES Matrix 6.1 " and
1IIIIill'j: This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of a
live concert in a jazz club.
the AVR-5308CI's "AFDM" setting is set to "OW
* 2: This is displayed when the input signal is "DTS-ES Discrete 6.1':
Iil!ci__V:
;"{ <. '-';~mW'~'\'~
This mode is for appreciating classical concert
programs.
*3: This is displayed when the input signal is "DTS 96/24':
lliii'IiiIIlViIl * 2: This mode is for playing monaural movie
II Wth ~ ~;%~' sources with surround sound.
'b -4 .'-. ,

For details, see page 97, 98. li• • •i~i: This mode is suited for achieving surround
sound with video games.

liil=J.liilr~111 : This mode lets you add a sense of expansion

to stereo music sources.
* 1: Can also be set by pressing the 7CH STEREO button on the main
unit. However, the GUI menu is not displayed.
* 2: When playing sources recorded in monaural in the MONO MOVIE
mode, the sound will be off balance with a single channel (left or
right), so input to both channels.

48
 Direct Playback ~

lTITIi
[Selectable items]
,m
iJJLm;:
In this mode the signals bypass the tone control circuitry for high Press the PURE DIRECT button on the main unit or the
Parameter ill i;
quality sound. PURf button on tile ~ ."..ote ~onH"ol unit. .
The display when the DIRECT mode is selected depends on the input Parameters can be called out directly by pressing the PARA button on
signal. the main remote control unit.
For multi-channel sources, the display depends on the surround back

•
output's play mode. • When in the PURE DIRECT mode, the GUI screen is not displayed
and the display on the main unit is turned off.
• If the HDMI input connector is selected, video outputs are output in
1·;,it02ii,,{/; .In~aiana' ~ .,.to:3q}i'S;t:~ DiapJay;:,i)'+;tf;~ ",:J
the PURE DIRECT mode.
Analog signal I
• The channel level and surround parameters in the PURE DIRECT
PCM (2ch) I
mode are the same as in the DIRECT mode.
Dolby Digital source I DIRECT
DTS source I
Other 2-channel digital signals
DSD (2ch) DSD DIRECT (*) • Surround Parameters
MULTI CH DIRECT II Tone
M DIRECT + PLIIx CINEMA .. Room EO
PCM (multi chI
M DIRECT + PLIIx MUSIC
II Dynamic EO
M DIRECT 71
(I RESTORER
DSD (multi chl DSD MULTI DIRECT (*)
II Night Mode
*:When DSD signals are converted to PCM signals as set by the II Audio Delay
audio parameters and speaker settings, "DIRECT" or "MULTI CH
DIRECT" is displayed.

For details, see page 98.

Mode
Select the mode according to the playback source.

o In the DTS NEO:6 mode

[Selectable items] ~lIatil ;I""';.
The "Music" mode is also effective for movie sources including a lot
of stereo music.

49
o In the THX mode (for 2-channel sources) DRC Dimension
[Selectable items] Compress dynamic range (difference between loud and soft sounds). Shift sound image center to front or rear, to adjust playback balance.

~~Jl'A;;ju~~Jte="".~~: [Selectable items] [;~q rt~ • •~ Ni.~ ii!lf~ [Variable range] ~Li'~ - 1';3.1 -
o In the THX mode (for Multi-channel sources)
[Selectable items]
Center Width
This can be set in the Dolby TrueHD mode.
Assign center channel signal to front left and right channels for wider
1.;liD~a! llfigu1i :.~i_~~!!itJ!l~j sound.
D.COMP
~m.~~ [ijltii,Q~MW ~if;; LME - 1;,3 .J -

•
Compress dynamic range (difference between loud and soft sounds). [Variable range]
~Ba~~d
[Selectable items] ~~J1ff1 ." d bJ1!i!;~; N' . Ji DelayTime
Decoder 1Ili!l.
Adjust delay time to control sound stage size.
Select this when playing analog, PCM or other 2 channel sources.
The signals are converted into multichannel signals using the decoders
When playing DTS sources, this is only displayed for compatible
software,
[Variable range] 1:111:1 - 1. . . 1 - tIOP. ...;
shown below and played in the Dolby Headphone mode.
Effect
o In the THX mode (for 2-channel sources) LFE
[Selectable items] Switch effect signal for multi-surround speakers on and off.
Adjust the low-frequency effects level (LFE).

M;"!ltJ ~ai&!l~~i~:~1~9~&ltltAl [Variable range] Bi'l - [Y. •Ai [Selectable items] tifiilillJDl
o In the DOLBY HEADPHONE mode Effect Level
[Selectable items]
For proper playback of the different program sources, we recommend Adjust effect signal level.
setting to the values below.
• Dolby Digital sources: "0 dB"
[Variable range]
• DTS movie sources: "0 dB"
• DTS music sources: "-10 dB"
Cinema EO Set to a lower level if the positioning and sense of phase of the
Center Image surround signals seems unnatural.
Soften the treble range of movie soundtracks for better understanding.
Assign center channel signal to front left and right channels for wider
[Selectable items] sound. Room Size

[Variable range] LCW - M - rri,1 Determine size of acoustic environment.

[Selectable items]
Panorama
~~:;;-::::::=:lli" >"
, II ;
' _ _,a. Iw-I .....· . I..... I~l,
"-=~ ~
,
Assign front LJR signal also to surround channels, for wider sound.

[Selectable items] ij~1 ~.j -N·"·

"Room Size" does not indicate the size of the room in which sources
are played.

50
 AFDM Subwoofer Att. Front
Auto-select surround mode by source. Attenuate subwoofer level when using EXT IN mode. Adjust each front channel tone.
This function only works for software containing a special identification
signal. [Selectable items] iBJ bm,j [Selectable items] ~!E~ ~T!!M!.i
!(.'.. ';---'-;,:_'::--·~1· - -",>\
If the software being played is recorded in Dolby Digital EX or DTS-ES,
[Variable range] ii!Il~\_
it is played in 6.1-ehannels. If not, it is played in 5.1-ehannels.
Set this to "ON" if the subwoofer channel level seems too high when
[Selectable items] 1~~:Qrti~i:1 playing Super Audio CD.
Center
Example: Playing Dolby Digital software (with EX flag) Adjust each center channel tone.
Subwoofer

•
[Selectable items] ~• • •~ "J"~
- When "AFDM" is set to "ON ': the surround mode is automatically
set to the DOLBY D + PLOx C mode. Turn subwoofer output on and off.
-To play in the DOLBY DIGITAL EX mode, set "AFDM" to "OFF" and [Variable range] ~:., .~_
"SB CH Out" to "MTRX ON':
Surround
IiJ Default
Adjust each surround channel tone.
Some Dolby Digital EX sources do not include EX flags. If the playback
mode does not switch automatically even when "AFDM" is set to Resets the settings to the default values.
"ON': set "SB CH Out" to "MTRX ON" or "PLOx CINEMA':
[Selectable items] ~i!ib-;\;; ~\t• •,;
m.w~*~; :~':M~;'~.~~

[Variable range] ~,_

SB CH Out (for Multi-channel sources)

Select playback mode for surround back channels. Surround Back

[Selectable items] Adjust each surround back channel tone.

l'~J!!!J.QIi~~CJf4.~* 1 tt~. Q'* 2 Tone Defeat

[Selectable items] ~'liiil"?lll",,,:'.~"",
ailBlJ * jB.:RiJi1* Turn tone adjustments off.
.~:~~

,.
3 4 [Variable range]
* 1: This can be selected when "Surround Back" is set to "2spkrs"
at the GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Speaker Setup" - "Speaker Subwoofer
Configuration" setting (a::irpage 30).
* 2: This can be selected when "Surround Back" is set to "2spkrs" The tone cannot be adjusted when in the DIRECT, PURE DIRECT and
Adjust each subwoofer channel tone.
or "lspkr" at the GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Speaker Setup"
-" Speaker Configuration" setting.
HOME THX CINEMA mode. [Selectable items] W'1&\~. . ti
'fi.MW,i;:;ill3!;;,,"Wol:

*
*
3: This can be selected when playing DTS sources.
4: This can be selected when playing DTS sources including a
Bass [Variable range] 1il1,*'1:
discrete 6.1-channel signal identification signal. Adjust bass for all channels together.

SB CH Out (for 2-channel sources) [Variable range] ~~;:i!ti This can be set individually for the separate surround mode other than
PURE DIRECT, DIRECT and Home THX Cinema mode.
Determine whether to use surround back speakers.
Treble
[Selectable items] .~~I.:~ ~~ Adjust treble for all channels together.

[Variable range] IMi'JitU

"Bass" and "Treble" can be set when "Tone Defeat" is set to "OFF':

51
 • Such compressed audio formats as MP3, WMA (Windows Media
Audio) and MPEG-4 AAC reduce the amount of data by eliminating
signal components that are hard for the human ear to hear. The
[Selectable items]
RESTORER function generates the signals eliminated upon
:
~;£i:it~.R!MI;d;££~ Optimize frequency response of all speakers. compression, restoring the sound to conditions near those of the
original sound before compression. It also corrects the sense of
iiAi!¥H,I,lm.t~ :Optimize frequency response of speakers
~ Operating from the main unit volume of the bass to obtain richer sound with compressed audio
except front Land R speakers. Press the DYNAMIC EO button.

•
signals.
:
8!Rl.cd!!!~;l Optimize frequency response of all speakers to • This is displayed on the GUI menu and can be set when the input

•
flat response. source is set to "XM': "HD Radio" or "NET/USB': or when analog
• "Dynamic EO" is displayed when selecting 'f\.udyssey': 'f\.udyssey signals (including AM/FM signals) or PCM signals (fs = 44.1/48
li::::i..~ilJ!'!!I!I!i.~Billi :Apply frequency
response set with "Manual Flat" or "Audyssey Byp.LJR" in the "Room EO" setup. When set to kHz) are input.
EO" (@"page 35).
"ON': the "I~~I" indicator is lit.
:Turn equalizer off.
• When the audio setup measuring results have changed, "~~"
lights.
~ Operating from the main unit or main remote
control unit
Press the ROOM EO button on the main unit or the EO button on the
main remote control.
C OFF - Audyssey - Audyssey Byp. LJR ~
~ Operating from the main unit or main remote
Manual .. Audyssey Flat. -----l control unit
When 'f\.udyssey" is selected, "I~YI" lights. [Selectable items] Press the NIGHT button on the main unit or the NGT button on the

.,
When "Audyssey Byp. LJR" or 'f\.udyssey Flat" is selected, or when main remote control unit.
the auto setup measuring results have changed, "~~Y" lights. The "1mmiI" indicator lights when "Low': "Middle" or "High" is
ilial (RESTORER 64) selected.

IIJ,i1 (RESTORER 96) C

OFF-LOW - Middle~
• "Audyssey:' 'f\.udyssey Byp. LJR" and "Audyssey Flat" can be %. ~:'<~;,5;:~':::;:: /K: ------ High •
selected after the auto setup procedure has been performed. iIII!.iI (RESTORER HO)
• If the settings of the speakers for which" None" has been determined
at "Auto Setup" are changed, "Audyssey': 'f\.udyssey Byp. LJR" and The default setting for "NET/USB" and "iPod" is "Mode3': All others
"Audyssey Flat" cannot be selected and measurements have to be are set to "OFF':
taken again to include the newly-added speakers.
• When using headphones, "Room EO" is always set to "OFF': ~ Operating from the main unit or main remote
control unit
During playback, press the RESTORER button on the main unit or the
RSTH button on the main remote control unit.
When set to something other than "OFF': "1lIia" is displayed.

C OFF
- Model -
(RESTORER 64)
Mode2
(RESTORER 96)
Mode 3
(RESTORER HOI

52
 Delay audio.
This sets the delay time for audio signals.

[Variable range] I&P:.';,I -j'JM...lli

Information
.•
~
~
'
, ,.:. 0';·'"' !iAJ!t!t$l;;;;liM

~ Operating from the main unit or the main

I
remote control unit
'* The GUI menu is not displayed when carrying out this setting.
CD Press the AUDIO DELAY button on the main unit or A. DLbutton on
the main remote control unit.
® Use the <I [> button to set.
MAIN ZONE
ZONE2/3/4
• This cannot be adjusted when playing in the EXT. IN, DIRECT or
STEREO mode (with "Crossover Frequency" set to "FIXED-THX-':
"Front" set to "Large': "Tone Defeat" to "ON" and "Room EO" to
"OFF").
-~. • The adjustment range is 0 to 100 ms when the Auto Lipsync
Correction function is activated.

[Variable range] III - iii

DNR
Enhancer
Sharpness

• When the input signal is 1080p the "Picture Adjust" setting will be
ineffective.
• Adjusting the "Contrast': "Brightness': "Chroma Level" and "Hue"
settings does not affect the HDMI input signal.
• "Hue" can be adjusted for composite video and S-Video signals.
• The adjustment values are stored for the individual input sources.
• "DNR:' "Enhancer': and "Sharpness" are each effective with HDMI
output. However. they are ineffective with 480V576i output.

53
 Quick Select
Quick Select 1
[Items to be checked]

•
Quick Select 2
l!iiJl~!iil!ilj: The currently set surround mode is displayed.
Quick Select 3
: The input signal type is displayed.
[Items to be checked]
: The input signal's sampling frequency is
1~~!lE ~1Mtl'!:jl~!: ll.:lClt

.,
displayed.
~~I~~~i.~~Illi: The number of channels in the input signal (front,
surround, LFE) is displayed. ~~~"ai~~".,!.l:
••llsll.: The
il~;I~J dialogue normalization correction value is
displayed. For instructions on storing settings at Quick Select 1 to 3, see page
"MATRIX" is displayed if the input signal has 73.
undergone matrix processing, "DISCRETE" if the r--
input signal has undergone discrete processing.

Dialogue Normalization (Dial Norm) is a feature of Dolby Digital,

which is used to keep the programs at the same average listening
level so the user does not have to change the volume control
between Dolby Digital programs. When playing back software
which has been encoded in Dolby Digital, sometimes you may see
a brief message in the front panel display which will read "Dial
Norm X dB" (X being a numeric value). The display is showing
how the program level relates with THX calibration level. If you
want to play the program at calibrated theatrical levels, you may
wish to adjust the volume. For example, if you see the following
message: "Dial Norm + 4 dB" in the front panel display, to keep the
overall output level at THX calibrated loudness, just turn down the
volume control by 4 dB. However, unlike a movie theater where the
playback loudness is preset. you can choose your preferred volume
setting for best enjoyment.

[Input source] I TUNER II XM II HD Radio II NET/USB I

Di a 1•
Offset
t~Orl~
+ 4dB

.,
[Items to be checked] li&.~

When the STATUS button on the main unit is pressed, the set's status
can be checked on the display.

54
 <TUNING PRESET> Turning Off the Sound Temporarily (Mutingl
SOURCE SELECT <PHONES> MASTER VOLUME Press [MUTE].

o
Playback

6 Preparations
To cancel, press [MUTE] again. Muting can also be canceled by adjusting
the master volume.

.•
Plug the headpbonesinto <PHONES>.
'1' Press <POWER>. . . The sound from the speakers and pre-out connectors is automatically
The power inqicator lights red and t/1epower is set to the standby cut.
mode.'

I <ON/STANDBY> <POWER>
2 Press <ON/STANDBY> or [POWER ON].
Thepower indicator flashes green and the power turns on.
.~(.)
Be careful not to set the volume too high when using headphones.

•
,,'.~ . - " : ;: - '.'.'~ " . ' . . . ) c.: : .,: :.',.:;;.: ,': - '" • -:.. :.: _. :; ;;_:".;','- c., ". "::, .: ,:.~

•• • •
; ': .:' I
~
~'~O::
;,~~
(I. To operate the AVR-5308CI using the main remote control unit, set the
ITU]
remote control unit to the AMP mode (Gf'page 75 "Remote Control
(iDEV11 model Unit Operations"!.

1a:J.m.>p..t-r[A - G] Turning the Power Off 1PrqJare theequipmenL

--~:
[POWER ON] ~----<
"'J.!•.. . : . ,'/
-
.
,~LA']
--

"'. '" _~'"

-\. . [MEMO]
[MODE]
Q)Press <ON/STANDBY> or [POWER OFF].
The power is set to the standby mode.
@Press <POWER>.
The power indicator turns off, and so does the power.
<DLoad the DVD, CD or other software in the player.
(J:;g"See the operating instructions of the respective devices.)
@To play a vid~o device. switch the monitor input..
[POWER OFF] Ii .' _. ,_ . Hr,.,.'} 'I
-,.' :1
[BAND]
·n·h- .(Gf'See the. monitor'soperating instructions.)

::~~ l,;_~ e ~
2..'.... ,remote
Power continues to be supplied to some of the circuitry even when the opera~
'fQ usipg the mamremQfe control unit, set the
leNANNEW
power is in the standby mode. When leaving home for long periods of
time or when traveling, either press <POWER> to turn off the power,
cQnti"Ol unit AMP mode.
to the

If~l ~r'iC51"
j' (J:;g"page 75 "Remote Control Unit Operations")
or unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
SOURCE
SELECT ---:G-I· - 1,0;:::):
;i-,:~-
~"-';)'"
I'?Y.-'/- [1 - 8]
3 U~SOURCE SELECTto select the input source.
.t§.L:.r.:z!· ~,~-:->:;:;. [TUNER],
(AMP model ( ImID : ·Source Select· (Gf'page 42, 43) )
[SHIFT] Adjusting the Master Volume
Either tum <MASTER VOLUME> or press . [MASTER. Start playback. .
<
About the button names in these explanations
> : Buttons on the main unit VOLU,..El·
;..:
4 . (r:rSee the operating instructions of the respective devices.)

[ I : Buttons on the remote control unit

Button name onlv:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

55
 Listening to FMIAM Broadcasts . '.~
Operation on the Main Unit

Either tum <SOURCE SELECT> or press [TUNER] Press <TUNING PRESET>, then tum <SOURCE SELECT>
1 (AMP mode) tQ select 'ffUNE~". 1. iJl
1'ime the b~~t station YOJIiwant to p~t. tQ sel~ the preset radio station.

2 Press [MEMO]. Operation on the Main Remote Control Unit

o Recalling preset stations from the remote control
2 Toremote
operate using the remote control
main
control unit to the TUNER
set the
mode.
(IDIV'!)
unit,
unit
(l3"page 75 "Remote Control Unit Operations")
3 Press [A - G) to select the block in which the station is
1 Press [A - G) to the memory block. select
3 Press [BAND] to select ''FM'' or "AM".
I
. to be p~t,
then press [CHANNEL] or [1 - 8] to select
the preset number.

4 Tune in the desired broadcast station.

* 2 =~~ANNEL] or [1 - 8] to select the desired preset
The memory block can also be selected by pressing (SHIFT).

(DTo tune in automatlcaUy (AutoTUlling)

4T [MEMQ] awun to complete the seUin~ o Default
Press [MODE] to light the "AUTO" indicator on the display, then
~87.5/89.1 /98.1 / 107.9/90.1 /90.1 /90.1 / r< >rr.,
'p
.~,,:
use lA TJto select the station you want to hear.
@To tune in manually (Manual Tuning)
II Al -A8
- To preset other stations. repeat steps 1 to 4. 90.1 MHz
Press [MODE] to turn off the display's "AUTO" indicator, then use - Stations can be preset automatically at GUI menu "Source Select"
520/600/1000/1400/1500/1710 kHz.
lA T] to selectthe station you want to hear. - "TUNER" - "Auto Preset" ((jFpage 43). Bl - B8
90.1/90.1 MHz
-N·na Cl - C8 90.1 MHz
Preset stations are erased by overwriting them. 01 - 08 90.1 MHz
-It is also possible to switch to "FM" or ':AM" in step 1 by pressing
El - E8 90.1 MHz
[TUNER]
- If the desired station cannot be tuned in with auto tuning, tune it in Fl - F8 90.1 MHz
manually. Gl - G8 901 MHz
- When tuning in stations manually, press and hold LA 'I to change
frequencies continuously.
- The time for which the GUI menus are displayed can be set at GUI
menu "Manual Setup" - "Option Setup" - "GUI" - "Tuner" ((jFpage
39).

56
 <SOURCE SELECT> ~ \7<H>

(5 Either tum <SOURCE SELECT> or pl'e$S [TUNER]

(~ mode) to select ''TUNER''.

To operate using the main remote control unit, set the

Program Type (PTY!
PTY identifies the type of RDS program.
2 remote control unit to the TUNER <IDav,1) mode.
(r:Fpage 75 "Remote Control Unit Operatjons~')
The program types and their displays are as follows:
News 3 Press [SEARCH] to select "RDS".

I
I.===~""..;..j Information
Sports
Press [CHANNEL].
Talk
Rock 4* The search for RDS stations begins automatically.
If no RDS stations are found with the above operation, all the
Classic rock
reception bands are searched.
Adult hits
Soft rock
* W1wnlilbroadcast ~tation is found. that station's name appears on
thedi~lay. ..
Top 40
Country
~;::;:::::;':';';;::;,:;,.,j Oldies
5 To continue searching, .-epeat steps 2 to 3.
N U:::~=~.lJ Soft ... If no RDS station is found when all the frequencies have been
g searched, "NO RDS" is displayed.
"
----1 Traffic Program (TP!
TP identifies programs that carry traffic announcements.
This allows you to easily find out the latest traffic conditions in your
area before leaving home.

Radio Text (RT!

RT allows RDS stations to send text messages that appear on the
display.

-M·n-
The operations described below using [SEARCH] will not function in
areas in which there are no RDS broadcasts.

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit
[ I : Bunons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Bunons on the main unit and remote control unit

57

To operate using the main remote control unit, set the
2 remote control unit to the TUNER (IDEv11) mode.
(t:rpage 75 "Remote Control Unit Operations")
3 Press [SEARCH] to select "PTY".
Watching the display, press D.\l to call out tile desired
4 program type.
5 Press [CHANNEL].
PTY search begins automatically.
* If there is no station broadcasting the designated program type
with the above operation, all the reception bands are searched.
* The station name is displayed, on the ,display after searching
stops.
6 To continue searching, repeat steps 2 to 4.
* If no station broadcasting the designated program type is found
when all the frequencies have been searched, "NO PROGRAMME"
is displayed.
To operate using the main remote control unit, set the
2 To operate using thenUlin remote control unit, set the
remote control unit to the TUNER (IDEV11) mode.
2,remote control unit to the TUNER (IDEY1n mode.
(t:rpage 75 "Remote Control Unit Operations")
(t:rpage 75 "Remote Control Unit Operations")
3
3 Press [$EARCtt] to select "TP"~
Press [SEARCH] to select "RT".
*
I
While receiving an RDS broadcast station, the text data broadcast
,from the station is displayed.
4
,
Pre$s [CHANNE~].
TP search begins automatically.
* To turn the display off, press <l [>.
* If no text data is being broadcast. "NO TEXT DATA" is displayed.
*If noTPstation is found With the above operation, all the reception
bands are searched.
* The stlltioppame .is.displayed, 9n the display after se(j(ching
stops.
5 To continue ~hing' repeat stePS 2 ~ 3,
* If no otherTP station is found when all the frequencies have been
searched,"NO PROGFlAMME" is displayed.
58
 Note: The XM Radio ID does not use the letters ''I'; "O~ "S" or
<SOURCE SELECT> <STATUS> Listening to XM Satellite Radio "F': Activate your XM Satellite Radio service in the U.S. online at

6
http:// activate.xmradio.com or call 1-800-XM-RADI0 (1-800-967-
Programs 2346). Activate your XM Satellite Radio service in Canada online at
https:!! activate.xmradio.ca or call 1-877-GET-XMSR (1-877-438-9677).
ABOUT XM RADIO You will need a major credit card. XM will send a signal from the
XM Radio offers an extraordinary variety of commercial-free music, satellites to activate the full channel lineup. Activation normally takes
plus the best in premier spons, news, talk radio, stand-up comedy, 10 to 15 minutes, but during peak busy periods you may need to keep
children's and entenainment programming. XM is broadcast in superior your XM Ready home audio system on for up to an hour. When you
digital audio from coast to coast. From rock to reggae, from classical to can access the full lineup on your XM Ready home audio system you
hip hop, XM has something for every music fan. For U.S. customers, are done.
information about XM Radio is available online at www.xmradio.com.
For Canadian customers, information about XM Canada is online at
www.xmradio.ca.
l·$~.f;()per8iioijZ~ ... :?> '. I
I
,',
~ \l <ll> ENTER
XM READY® LEGAL
tum <SO.URCE. SELECT> or press [SAT TU]
XM monthly service subscription sold separately. XM Mini-Tuner
and Home Dock required (each sold separately) to receive XM
1. Either
(A¥P mode) select ''XM''.
to
service. Installation costs and other fees and taxes, including a one-
( ~ : -Source Select- (@"page 42, 43) )
time activation fee may apply. All fees and programming subject to
T99per8te using tho.e main remo~ control unit,. set the
change. Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with
2
:ct~~:) . an XL. Channel blocking is available for XM radio receivers by calling
1-800- XMRADIO (US residents) and 1-877-GETXMSR (Canadian
residents). For a full listing of the XM commercial- free channels and
... rem~ con~1"91 unit to the TUNER (ID.vzl)
(~page 75 "Remote Control Unit Operations")
mode.

ENTER~~:~'I'
advertisingsupponed channels, visit lineup.xmradio.com (US residents) Use [AT] to select the station.
or xmradio.ca (Canadian residents). Subscriptions subject to Customer
3
,.
When the station is tuned in, the name of the track and artist
Agreement available at xmradio.com (US residents) and xmradio.ca . are displayed. .
-----i [A T] (Canadian residents). Only available in the 48 contiguous United States

~ a ~\l<ll>
and Canada. ©2007 XM Satellite Radio Inc. All rights reserved. All
. other trademarks are the propeny of their respective owners.

~rl • The channel switches continuously when lA 'fl is pressed and held.
[SEARCH)
. ,
!~ ..
• •.
[SATTU]
(AMP mode)
XM READY® SUBSCRIPTIONS
Once you have installed the XM Mini-Tuner Dock, inserted the XM
Mini-Tuner, connected the XM Dock to your XM Ready® home audio
system, and installed the antenna, you are ready to subscribe and
• XM Radio stations can be preset using the same procedure as for
FM!AM stations (@"page 56 "Presetting Radio Stations (Preset
Memory)" and "Listening to Preset Stations").
• The anist name, track name, category and reception level can be
checked by pressing <STATUS>.
[NUMBER]~ begin receiving XM programming. There are three places to find your
• The time for which the GUI menus are displayed can be set at GUI
eight character XM Radio ID: On the XM Mini-Tuner, on the XM Mini-
~ Tuner package, and on XM Channel O. Record the Radio ID in the
menu "Manual Setup" - "Option Setup" - "GUI" - "Tuner" (@"page
39).
following eight squares for reference.

About the button names in these explanations

DDDDDDDD
< > : Buttons on the main unit
[ I : Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

59
 Listening to HD Radio ™ Stations
HD RadiO stations offer higher sound Quality than conventional
FM/AM broadcasts. It IS also possible to receive data services and
Either tum .<SOURCE SELECT> or press TUJ [S~T select broadcasts from among Lip to eight multicast programs
1(AMP nwde) select+'lM'\
to XM040 DeepT"ks
L_-.£CA!iT!..!'!..-B.R£;oc~k~==::f--
Channel category Using the HD Radio Receiver
2 ~:'y~STATUS> until "SIGNAL" appears qn tile Use <II> to selectt1lecat~ory,«ttm 1I8e A"V to select
HD Radio technology provides higher quality sound than conventional

The display will switch as shown below, depending on the

reception conditions.
2. the desired station. . .'
broadcasts and allows reception of data services.
• FM sounds as sensational as CDs
• AM sounds as rich as analog FM stereo
• A variety of "data services ': including text-based information, song
title, artist name, album name, genre, etc. can be received.
GOOD Signal strength is good
MARGINAL
WEAK
NO T
Signal strength is marginal
Signal strength is weak
No signal

Adjust the position. of. the. ante....a until ''SIGNAL: 2~lNU~~EflJ then input the Station'scba~~4
Furthermore, in addition to conventional broadcasts, with HD
Radio broadcasting it is possible to choose from up to 8 multicast
programs.
For detailed information on HD Radio technology, please go to "www.
ibiquity.com ';
I
3.. GOOD" is shown on the display.
Exall1ple:·· Accessing. station "XM123";
H?)RadioiP)

4 ~:::';~~=;"~~i~t:~;::: you~ant tOCl1ec~ .• .•...••..••.•....... [11~[2J~(~1 •..•.•.. i .... •••.....•

*If no button is Pressed within several seconds, the station
HD Radio™Technology Manufactured Under License From iBiquity
Digital Corp. U.S. and Foreign Patents. HD Radio™ and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp.
automaticallyswitcl'Jes totheone;WlJose nUfllber nas bElen input.

5 [A 'J and select channel 0 (XMOOO).

.
Press
The radio 10 is shown on the qisplay.
3 ~·E.NTER to set that station., •.•.•
... . • • .
." ... ReCl:lptipn switcnesto the select7cl .station.

Radio 10
• "LOADING" is displayed while stations or data are being received .
• "UPDATING" is displayed while the encoding code is being
updated.
The strength of both the XM satellite and terrestrial signals can be
• "XM 0 is displayed if the selected channel cannot be used.
0 0"

checked at GUI menu "Source Select" - "XM" - "Antenna Aiming"

(GT'page 46).

60
 <SOURCE SELECT> <STATUS>

6
: : :~----r------T"'-'
Press [SEARCH] of,A"V to select the audio program.
If the station you are listening to has multiple audio programs, "HD 1"
To operate usiJlg the main remote control unit, set f.he

r~ 2 is indicated on the display. If it only has one audio program, "HD" is

. remote control unit to the NET/DTU (IDavzl) mode. indicated;·
!t:rpage 75 "Remote Control Unit Operations")

3 Press [BAND] to select"FM" or "AM". If an audio program from HD2 to HDB has been interrupted. HDl is

I
<ON I STANDBY> ENTER .6. "V <II> automatically selected after about 20 seconds.

4 Tune the in d~broad~ station.

[IZ=:J :0 CDTo wnein au~Uy (Auto Tuning' .
NET/DTU]~ Press (MODE] to sEjlect "HD Auto" Or ~Auto': then use ~ J'l to
(!DEVZ) mode) •IIl1 "" ... ",,' Seleclthe st~tionYOlJ~ann()hear. ','" i ..
~. .l1le;"[jJrJ" indicator lights on the display when an HD Raqio Press <STATUS> wbile an HI) Radio broadcast is being
station is tuned in> . .... received. .... . . . . .
[:D:~~;i'.
--.lJj'.................,•.
[BAND]
• When "HD Auto." (tuning model is' selected, only' HD Radi.o
stations are toned in.
The current reception information is shown on the display.
CD Normal . .

N
g
/:::.V
I'~; "
.
.If"Aut07 (tuning model is selected, both HD Radio and analog
stations are tuned in,
®Totune In manually (Manual Tuning'
,j.
® Frequency f Signal strength
,j.
'" Press (IitODE) toselect" Manual7 then use ~ J'l. @ Long station name /Program and Program type
[SEARCH] \ 2 ,j.
@ Title name / Artist name
-It is also possible to switm to "FM" or "AM" at step 1 by pressing
J.
[DTU]~~;';";;;
(AMP mode) I. (.~, ;" .~ [DTU).
- If the desired station cannot be tuned in with auto tuning, tune it in
manually. inln-
(Main remote control unit)
- When tuning in stations manually, press and hold [! 'I to change If the station signal weakens while receiving a digital broadcast (while
frequencies continuously. "[][)" and text is displayed), the mode automatically switches to the
- HD Radio stations can be preset using the same procedure as for analog reception mode (the reception frequency is displayed).
FM/AM stations (Gf"page 56 "Presetting Radio Stations (Preset Because of this, the "[][)" indicator and text may flicker if the station
Memory)" and "Listening to Preset Stations"). In addition, with HD signal level is weak and unstable.
Radio, multicasts can also be preset.
- The time for whim the GUI menu is displayed can be set at GUI menu
"Manual Setup" - "Option Setup" - "GUI" - "Tuner" (Gf"page 39),

(Sub remote control unit)

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit
[ I : Buttons on the remote control unit
Bulton nlme only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

61
o Default .-
iPod® Playback
The musIC on an IPod can be played by uSing the Control Dock for
,.
• With the default settings, the iPod can be used connected to the VCR
Al -A8 87.5/87.9/89.1 /933/97.9/98.1 /98.9/100.1 MHz 'Pod (ASD-l R, sold separately) (iPod) connector.
101.9/102.7/107.9/90.1/901/901/90.1/901 The operation can also be periormed USing the buttons on the mam • Use the RESTORER mode to expand the low and high frequency
Bl - B8
MHz unit or remote control Uilit while watchlllg the GUI menus components of compressed audio files and achieve a richer sound.
Cl - C8 530/600/930/1000/1120/1210/1400/1710 kHz The default setting is "Mode3':
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. • Press <ON/STANDBY> or [POWER OFF] and set the AVR-5308Cl's
01 - 08 90.1 MHz
and other countries. power to the standby mode before disconnecting the iPod. Also
90.1 MHz
El
Fl
-
-
E8
F8 90.1 MHz
* The iPod may only be used to copy or play contents that are not switch the input source to one to which the GUI menu "iPod dock"
copyrighted or contents for which copying or playback is legally is not assigned before disconnecting the iPod.
Gl - G8 90.1 MHz permitted for your private use as an individual. Be sure to comply
with applicable copyright legislation. -N·n4
• Depending on the type of iPod and the software version, some

I
functions may not operate.
• DENON will accept no responsibility whatsoever for any loss of iPod
data.
.1•. ~e tlte~~~~~ . ~~~ratiOIl$'
CDSet the iPodin th~PENON Cpntrol Dock for iPod.
tJ3"See the <:qntrol DOCk for iPod's oper<ltinQin~wuctior~.)
u.se ~.' 'V to .se
. led. th.e menu, then press ENTER or I>
(Vf,ssign the~8PtrRI Peel< .
for iroC!} inplJt.·· .
.1. .Wselect the music file to be played.
IQ!!.!I: -Source Select- - "(input source)" - -Assign--

2 Press ENTER or 1>.

-iPod dock- (J3"page 46)
•.. ·ffl<lYbackstarts. . •..

tum <S()URCE$ELECT~orPress [iPodJ (AMP

2......' Either
mode) ~o sel~t9tei"PIl~ so~~~~igll.e4 i" step~~®
abov~
Stopping playback temporarily
During playback, press ENTER or [~).
Press again to resume playback.
Fast-forwarding or fast-reversing
During playback, either press and hold t::.. (to fast-reverse) or \l (to
fast-forward). or press [....] or [~).
To cue to the beginning of a track
During playback, either press t::.. (to cue to the previous track) or \l (to
cue to the next track), or press [~] or [~].

* If' the screens (lboveare notgisplayed,the .iPod may not be

To stop
During playback, either press and hold ENTER or press [.].
properly conOelited. Tiy<;onnectinQ aQain. Playing repeatedly
Press [CHANNEL -] or [REPEAn on the sub remote control unit.
IQ!!.!I: -Source Select" - "(input source)" - "Play-
(Gf'page 43) [Selectable items]11'~u~ ii";;
~&~~;<l:i~
i1.*1
-··-·X·""-'''"",.

IgyU: -Source Select- - "(input source)- -

To ope.rate. us...i.ng t.he m
3. . am
remote control unit to the iPoci mode.
... controlU.Jlit,s.. •et.tIle
.• '.' .rem..ote
. (l3f' page 75 "Remote .<:ontr0lUnit Operations")
. ,
-Playback Mode (iPod)- - "Repeat- (Gf'page 45)

62
 Shuffling playback
b. V <] l> ENTER <STATUS> Press [CHANNEL +] or [RANDOM] on the sub remote control unit. Playing Network Audio, USB
Memory Devices or Rhapsody
[Selectable items] f"J~ mJ This procedure can be lIsed to plav Internet radiO stations or mUSIC
or still picture iJPEG) fries stored on a computer or USB memory
~: -Source Select- - -(input source)- -
deVice or Rhapsody.
-Playback Mode (iPod)- - -Shuffle- (r:g-page 45)

Searching up or down pages

o About the Internet radio function
.Internet radio refers to radio broadcasts distributed over the
Press [SEARCH], then press <l (down) or l> (up).
Internet. Internet radio stations from around the world can be
To cancel, press f::,. 'V or [SEARCH).
tuned in.
To switch between the Browse and Remote modes The AVR-530BCI is equipped with the following Internet radio
Either press and hold [SEARCH). functions:
· Stations can be selected by genre and region.

I • The title name, artist name and album name can be checked by
pressing <STATUS> during playback.
• On the AVR-530BCI, folder and file names can be displayed as
titles. Any characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with" .
· Up to 56 Internet radio stations can be preset.
· Internet radio stations in MP3 and WMA (Windows Media Audio)
format can be listened to.
· Your favorite radio stations can be registered by accessing an
exclusive DENON Internet radio URL from a Web browser on a
computer.
(period)':
• The time for which the GUI menus are displayed can be set at GUI
'* The function is managed for individual users, so you must
provide your MAC or e-mail address.
menu "Manual Setup" - "Option Setup" - "GUI" - "iPod" (r:g-page
Exclusive URL: http://www.radiodenon.com
--' 39).
'*The radio station database service may be suspended without
notice.
• The AVR-530BCl's Internet radio station list is created using a radio
station database service (vTunerl. This database service provides a
-----i list edited and created for the AVR-5308C!.

o Media server
This function lets you play music files and playlists (m3u, wpll
',.'.,1". ,:press and hold [SEARCH) to ~t tb~ Remote mode. stored on a computer (media server) connected to the AVR-5308CI
URemot~if'od" is displayed Qothe AVR-530BCrs di~play.' via a network.
With the AVR-530BCI's network audio playback function, connection

(Main remote control unit) 2~~:~o~;i:r~.:~·'··'screell'.~··A V ,·• . to$decf to the server is possible using one of the technologies below.
· Windows Media Player Network Sharing Service
· Windows Media DRMlO
:3"Press ENTER until, tbe image you ""ant to view is
displa,ed. " ,
[Album art function)
When a WMA (Windows Media Audio), MP3 or MPEG-4 AAC file
includes album art data, the album art can be displayed while the
~~[RAMDOM] music files are playing.

"TV Out" at the iPod's "Slideshow Settings" or "Video Settings" must

be set to "On" in order to display the iPod's photo data or videos on
For music files in WMA (Windows Media Audio) format, the album art
(Sub remote control unit) the monitor. For details, see the iPod's operating instructions.
is only played when using Windows Media Player ver. 11.

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit
[ I : Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

63
 [Slide show function] [Compatible formats] o Rhapsody
Still picture (JPEG) files stored in folders on a music server can be Intemet Rhapsody is a paid music broadcast service of RealNetworks.
Music server* USB* When you first listen to Rhapsody. take advantage of the "30-day
played as slide shows. radio
The time for which each picture is displayed can be set.
------------
WMA (Windows
Media Audio)
0 0 0*
free trial': When the free trial period has expired. it is necessary to
subscribe to a Rhapsody account at the Rhapsody homepage and
register this machine. See the Rhapsody homepage for details.
MP3 (MPEG-l
When still picture (JPEG) files are played on the AVR-5308CI, they are Audio Layer-3)
0 0 0 www.rhapsody.com/denonlsignup
played in the direction in which they are stored in the folder. so store WAY - 0 0
in them in the direction in which you want them to play.
MPEG-4AAC - 0* 0*
FLAC(Free
wt Lossless Audio - 0 0
CDIf Windows XP Service Pack 2 has not yet been installed. either Codec)
download it free of charge from Microsoft or install it via a JPEG - 0 0

I
Windows update installer.
@ Download the latest version of Windows Media Player ver. A server or server software compatible with distribution in the
11. either directly from Microsoft or using a Windows update corresponding formats is required to play music files via a network.
installer. *:Only files that are not protected by copyright can be played on the
* When using Windows Vista. there is no need to download a new AVR-5308CI.
version of Windows Media Player. Contents downloaded from pay sites on the Internet are copyright
protected. Also. files encoded in WMA format when ripped from a
o USB memory devices CD. etc.. on a computer may be copyright protected. depending on
A USB memory device can be connected to the AVR-5308CI's USB the computer's settings.
port to play music and still picture (JPEG) files stored on the USB
memory device.
* Music server and USB
• The AVR-5308CI is compatible with MP3 ID3-Tag Ner. 2) standards.
. Only USB memory devices conforming to mass storage class and • The AVR-5308CI is compatible with WMA META tags.
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) standards can be played on the
AVR-5308CI. [Playable formats]
. The AVR-5308CI is compatible with USB memory devices in Sampling
"FAT16" or "FAT32" format. Bit rate Extension
frequency
[Album art function]
When an MP3 music file includes album art data. the album art can
------------
WMA (Windows
Media Audio)
32/44.1/48 kHz 48-192 kbps .wma

be displayed while playing the file. MP3 (MPEG-l

32/44.1/48 kHz 32-320 kbps .mp3
Audio Layer-3)
[Slide show function] WAY 32/44.1/48 kHz - .wav
Still picture (JPEG) files stored on USB memory devices can be 32/44.1/48 kHz 16-320 kbps .aac/.m4a/.mp4
MPEG-4AAC
played as slide shows.
FLAC(Free
The time for which each picture is displayed can be set.
Lossless Audio 32/44.1/48 kHz - .f1ac
Codec)
When still picture (JPEG) files are played on the AVR-5308CI. they are WAV format Ouantization bit rate: 16 bits.
played in the direction in which they are stored in the folder. so store
in them in the direction in which you want them to play.

64
 Stopping playback temporarily
<SOURCE SELECT> ENTER t:. V <I I> During playback, press ENTER.

~--- ---
1 Mak~ the necessary pre~tions.
Press again to resume playback.

CD Check the network environment. then turn on the AVR-5308Cl's
power. (Gr'page 22 "Network Audio")
® If settings are required, make the network Settings.
(Gr'page 35 -37 "Network Setup:')
Q) Prepare the computer. (Gf"Computer's operating instructions)
Install "Windows Media Player,ver. 11 ':
To stop
During the play or pause mode, press and hold ENTER.
Searching up or down pages
Press [SEARCH). then press <1 (down) or l> (up).
To cancel. press t::.. \l or [SEARCH].
Searching by first letter (Character search)

2'Eitherm04e)<SOURCE
This operation is convenient for choosing items from the menu screens
tum SELECT> or press [NETJUSB] for Internet radio stations or files stored on the computer.
(AMP select ~ ~'NETIUSB". CD When the menu screen is displayed, press [SEARCH] twice.

I ® Use <1 l> to select the first letter you want to search for.
If there are multiple items starting with the selected letter, they are
displayed in alphabetical order.

., If it is not possible to search the list. "unsorted list." is displayed.

To cancel. press or t::.. \l or [SEARCH].

4'.,toVset:. Vthe fikseIectthe

• Use the RESTORER mode to expand the low and high frequency
to menu,theJi Press ENTER or l> components of compressed audio files and achieve a richer sound.

:.. selec~ you want play..

to The default setting is "Mode3'~
• The time for which the GUI menus are displayed can be set at GUI

=EW-
,,C'
menu "Manual Setup" - "Option Setup" - "GUI" - "NET/USB"
t:. V <II>
[SEARCH]
. . _,'
---!-e ' ,:.'
:
ENTER
5 ENTER or 1>.
Press
, Playback starts.. (Gr'page 39).
• The display can be switched between the artist name, track name,
", ;.,,: :<' album name.
Playing repeatedly
Press [REPEAT] on the sub remote control unit.
~
[1-8]~: [Selectable items] Iii ~ [.~
I:~~~:IJ~I ~~~~~o~~] ~: MSource SelectM- MNETfUSBM- MPlayback ModeM-
MRepeat M(Gr'page 46)
(Main remote control unit)
Playing in random order
Press [RANDOM] on the sub remote control unit.

[Selectable items] ~~
L...:..-.;~[RAMDOM]
Imlll: -Source Select- - -NETfUSB- - -Playback ModeM -
-Random- (Gr'page 46)
(Sub remote control unit)

About the button names in these explanations The repeat mode and random mode can only be used when playing
< > : Buttons on the main unit tracks recorded in USB/Media Server/Rhapsody.
[ I : Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

65
 Presetting Internet Radio Stations Registering Internet Radio Stations as Your Favorites
Preset Internet radio stations can be selected directly. Favorites are listed at the top of the menu screen, so when a station
Use.6. "V to select "Internet Radio", then press ENTER
1 or t>.
While the Internet radio station you want to preset is
1 playing, press [MEMO].
is registered as a favorite it can be tuned in easily.

Press [MEMO] while the Internet radio station you

Use .6. "V to select the item you want to play, then
2 1 want to register is playing.
2 press ENTER or t>.
The station list is displayed.
Use .6. "V to select "Preset", then press ENTER.
2 Use.6. "V to select ''Favorites'', then press ENTER.
Press [A ... G], then press [1 ... 8] to select desired. the
Use .6. "V to select the station, then press ENTER or
3 t>. . 3 preset number. . '
3 Press <3 to select ''Yes''.
The Internet radio station is now preset. The Internet radio station is registered,
Playback starts once buffering reaches" 100% ': If you do not want to register it, press l>.

-n·na
• There are many Internet radio stations on the Internet, and the
quality of the programs they broadcast as well as the bit rate of the
tracks varies widely.
Generally, the higher the bit rate, the higher the sound quality, but
If registered at a number that has already been preset, the previously
registered setting is cleared. o Listening to Internet Radio Stations Registered in
Your Favorites
Use .6. "V to select "Favorites", then press ENTER or
I
o Listening to Preset Internet Radio Stations
depending on the communication lines and server traffic, the music
or audio signals being streamed may be interrupted. With fheinput sourc~ set to "NETIUSB", pr~!> [A ... G],
1 t>.
Inversely, lower bit rates mean a lower sound quality but less then press [1 ... 8}. . . Use .6. "V to select the Internet radio station, then
tendency for the sound to be interrupted.
• "Server Full" or "Connection Down" is displayed if the station is
The AVR-5308CI automatically connects to thelntetnet and playback
begins. . ., '.
2
. . press ENTER Or t>.
The AVR-5308Clautomatically connects to the Internet and
busy or not broadcasting.
playback begins,
• On the AVR-530BCI. folder and file names can be displayed as
titles. Any characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with" .
(period)':
o Clearing Internet Radio Stations from Your Favorites
o Recently Played Internet Radio Stations
Recently played internet radio stations can be selected from
'1 t>.
u~ .6. "V to select ''Favorites'', then press ENTER or
"Recently Played" in top menu.
Use .6. "V to select the In..ternet radio station you want
1 Use .6. "V to select "Recently Played", then press
ENTER ort>. 2 to clear, then press [MEMO}.

Press <3 to select ''Delete''.

2.
Use .6. "V to select the item you want to play, then
press ENTER or t>. 3 The selected Internet radio station is cleared.
To cancel the operation without clearing the station, press l>.
-N·na
Up to 20 stations stored in "Recently Played':

66
 Use ~\l to select "Media Server", tIlen press ENTER

; : ','
1.~~ .

~ ~~: ~-~
'. . Use the music
2 ~\l to
select the host name of the computer on Basic Operation

. .,.- ., :>r- -· · _· · _· ·~-~I~I-:_· ~-"·_· · _· _· · _·' ·. ·_

· ·--r--orJ
~bich
pRSS ENTER or
file you want to play located, then
[>.>. .
is
1 Make the necessary preparations.
. • Set the USB port tobe used.

~ \l <II> ENTER 3 ~~~~rt~~e1llfl the ~ .tern or fo~der, then p~ I~.": MSource SelectM- MNET/USB M- MPiayback ModeM-
MUSB SelectM(Gf'page 46)

I
• Connect the USB memory device to the set USB port.
Use ~\l to seI.ect the file, then pRSS ENTER or [>.
4:. . Playback starts once i:luffering reaches "'00%:' 2 Use ~ \l to select ''USB", tIlen pRSS ENTER or 1>.

Selecting tracks
During playback, either press 1:::,. (previous track) or \l (next track!. 3~~~~r~~ect the search.tern or folder, then pRSS

• When playing still picture (JPEG) files, files can also be selected
using the operation described below.
During playback, either press [.AJ (previous file) or r'J
(next file).
4· Use Do \l to select the file, tb.en PRSS. ENTER or [>.
Playback starts once buffering reaches .. 100% ~

• Connections to the required system and specific settings must be

ENTER made in order to play music files (Gf'page 22).
~\l<ll> • Before starting, you must launch the computer's server software
and set the files as server contents. For details, see the operating
instructions of your server software.
• Depending on the size of the still picture (JPEG) file, some time may
be required for the file to be displayed.
(Main remote control unit)
• By default, the front panel's USB port will be used.
• Depending on the size of the still picture (JPEG) file, some time may
be required for the file to be displayed.
Selecting tracks
During playback, either press 1:::,. (previous track) or \l (next track).

Playing files that have been Preset or Registered in

Your Favorites
Files can be preset, registered in your favorites and played using the
same operations as for Internet radio stations.
_u·n8
• Presettings are erased by overwriting them.
• When the operation described below is performed, the music
(Sub remote control unit) server's database is updated and it may no longer be possible to play
preset or favorite music files .
• When you quit the music server and then restart it.
About the button names in these explanations
• When music files are deleted or added on the music server.
< > : Buttons on the main unit
• When using an ESCIENT server, place "ESCIENT" before the server
[ ) : Buttons on the remote control unit
name.
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

67
 Search From Rhapsody Latest Information
• When playing still picture (JPEG) files, tracks can also be selected
using the operation described below.
During playback, either press W (previous file) or [T] (next file).
Preparations 1 u.press
se. A..\1 to sel.eet "Rhapsody Music Guide", then
ENTER orl>.
• If the USB memory device is divided into multiple partitions, only the
top partition can be selected.
1g:.~V'~~lect"~~psody~', tben press ENTER or 2'. tIlen
use.A \7 to se.leet the infonnation for track seleetion,
press ENTER or l>.
• The AVR-5308CI is compatible with MP3 files conforming to "MPEG- After selecting, the information is displayed.

2.. use.·. A\1to..

1 Audio Layer-3" standards.
·If [USB] on the sub remote control unit is pressed when the USB
memory device or folder is selected, all the tracks on the USB
''Start
. seIeet...
3O..day trial",
free
ve a Rh
'.'.100
...•... acc.
press ENTER or
tIlen
y
apsod.. . . lJIlt"
0
l>.
or
3 Use A \1 to seleet the track, then press ENTER or l>.
memory device or in the folder are played.
When. Sltlec:ti.'on9 ·' have.. a. Rlla.I)$.0<1Y~U?r
-NIUa '
3.
CD..
. Enter UserO<!me and Password. •... .
Select"oK:' then' pr~ss ENTE'"

I
• The AVR-5308CI is equipped with two USB ports, one each on the
® When setecting·Start 3(kIaV free trial" Enter a Character Search For the Track You Want to
front and rear panels. It is not possible to use the set with USB
memory devices connected to both the ports at the same time. .. Select'}>.ccept" then pres;> ENTER. Listen to
Select the USB port you want to use at the "Source Select" - "NET/
USB" - "Playback Mode" - "USB Select" menu.
capp~I, ~wl~t'~Reject;th~neres~

CJ Username :
ENTE".
_
1pseA\1 to seI~t "Search", then press ENTER or l>.
• DENON will accept no responsibility whatsoever for any loss or
damage to data on USB memory devices when using the USB
memory device connected to the AVR-5308CI.
• USB memory devices will not work via a USB hub.
[Input characters]
2 ~;l>~ \1 to seleet ~ search item, then press ENTER
The search displilY apPears.
• DENON does not guarantee that all USB memory devices will operate
or receive power. When using a USB connection type portable hard *Vou can search by artist O<!me,album name or track O<!me·
disk of the type for which power can be supplied by connecting an
AC adapter, we recommend using the AC adapter.
• It is not possible to connect and use a computer via the AVR-5308Cl's
CJ Password :
[Input characters]
_
3 EPter the c~~ters, theJl press ENTER.
USB port using a USB cable.
• The AVR-5308CI is not compatible with the iPod shuffle.

• The password should be no longer than 99 characters.

• The password may not contain underscores ( _ ).

68
 Search From the Rhapsody Internet Radio Station

II SOURCE SELECT Surround mode INPUT MODE

1 ENTERt::. '1 t>.
u.se. to select "Rhapsody Channels", then press

6~~
or
~
~
(')

"::::
....... ;
1 Cbecktb,e ~WR·5308CI's lP address.

i·z
l~f-:_::~';q~~r"'I_1
'-,.-1.,r--->_ _ . .......--r"
Registering Tracks in My Library
'1 Press t> whiJethe track you
. playing. .' .
wisb to ~ter i$
1&lU1: MManual Setup· - MNetwork SetupM -
MNetwork Infonnation M(Gf'page 37)

Input the AVR-S308CI's IP address in Internet

2 Explorer.

I
u.se t::. '1 to select "Add to My Library", then press
<ZONE2/3/4/
REC SELECT>
ENTER t::. '1 <l t> 2 ENTER.'
.' The track is enter~ in t!1e Library.
Example: ''http://192.168.x.xl'' (The "x" is digits.)
The AVR-530SCI can be operated in the same way as with regular
Interl)et browsing.
o Listening to Tracks Registered In My Library
II
1 U~4,!
t>.
or
$~~t".l\1YLi~~",~«;n p~ E~ER
to
. To use the web control function, set the GUI menu "Manual Setup"-
"Network Setup" - "Other" - "Power Saving" setting to "OFF"
·2.ENTER.
t::. '1 to
Use p~
select the information or track, then
" .
(Gf'page 37).

After selecting~ the information is displayed.

-~:
Displaying the Track Menu During Play
~~r-"""""-ENTER
t::.'l<lt>
2.Use ~'l.
" or [>•."
to '~~.~.~~$~i~,tb,en~~.ENTER
>' :.'." : : . . . . .

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit
( I : Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

69
 II
• To cancel. press <ZONE2/3I4/ REC SELECT>, then turn <SOURCE
SELECT> until "ZONE3 SOURCE" is displayed,
Other Operations and • Make a test recording before starting the actual recording,
Functions • Signals are only output to the analog REC OUT connectors when
the digital signals input to the digital input connectors (OPTICAl)
Press <20NE2/3I4/ R~~ SELECT>. COAXIAl) are PCM (2-ehannel) signals,
"ZONE3S0URCf;" is shown ontqedisplay,
• Digital audio signals input to the DENON LINK or HDMI connectors
Other Operations t. .. . ···t
lONE3 SOURCE -lONE3 TUNER _ ,......... lONEJ HO Radio are not output to the REC OUT connectors, so connect using the
OPTICAL or COAXIAL connectors,
• Sources selected with the REC OUT mode are output from ZONE3
RECOUT HO Radio ......RECOUT XM ..........,. - RECOUT SOURCE
as well.
.In the REC OUT mode, the remote control unit's ZONE3 mode
Assign "DENO~ LINK" or "HDMr' at the '~igital"
1 or "HDMI"settmg (r;t='page 45). ... 2 ;ru~ <SOURCE SELECT> 1JDtil "RECOUT SOURCE"
IS dISplayed. .'. .. . ".
buttons cannot be operated,
• When the "Digital Out" setting is set to "ZONE4 Select': the
OPTICAL4 output connector becomes the ZONE4 output When
Either tum <SOURCE SELECT> or press [SOURC~
The "lila" indicator lights. " '. . using for recording, set to "Rec Select':
2
. . SELECT] to s,lect the inp1Jt source assignecl instep ·1•••.. SE~CT> to choose the. ~put sou~e
• The "XM" and "HD Radio" digital audio output signals are not output
The . . . . . . or "_"indicator lights on the display,
3 Turn <SOURCE
to be recordecl.. . .' .
from the OPTICAL2, OPTICAL3 or OPTICAL4 output connectors,
Also, network audio signals (Internet radio, music server, USB,
Rhapsody) are not output if they are copyright-protected,

3.
.
Use l~rUT MODE tosel'.ct the inputmocle(~pa.ge
"~ .. . ' . . . ' ... 4.·~i~~t~i=t:~~;er·· • t; • •t:: .r:spective .equipment's
-N,lia
Select the input mode according to the prografl1S0urCe to bEl operating instructions: . . • Recordings you make are for your personal enjoyment and should
played.. . To rec;ordFMor4Mbroadcasts, select thebr()adc<:ist (~P<lge not be used for other purposes without permission of the copyright
56). . . . holder.
Select the surround mode (l2j"'page 47 7" 49). • When "DENON LINK" is assigned at the GUI menu "Assign" setting,
4 We recommend playing in the DIRECT mode, . .•.
5 ~~::~di:~uctions, refer to the resPElctive equipment's
the PCM signals, network audio signals (Internet radio, music server,
USB and Rhapsody), XM signals and HD Radio signals input from the
Start playing tbe Super Audio CD. digital input connectors cannot be output from the analog REC OUT
5 The "li!§QJ" indicator lights on the display,
For operating instructions, refer to the respective equipment's
.operating instqJctions, . ..
connectors,
• Input sources for which "Delete" is selected at "Source Delete"

,.w. operating instructions.

• When playing DSD signals in the DIRECT or PURE DIRECT mode,

cannot be selected.

the DSD signals are converted as such into analog signals, When
playing in other surround modes, the DSD signals are first converted
into PCM format, then into analog signals,
• "DSD DIRECT" is shown on the display when playing DSD 2-channel
signals in the DIRECT mode, "DSD MULTI DIRECT" is shown on
the display when playing DSD multi-channel signals in the DIRECT
mode,

70
 Convenient Functions

<PHONES>

I
When using these functions do not assign the "HDMI" to "TV/CBL':

Dolby Headphone recording Connections

When REC OUT mode is set to "SOURCE'; with the AVR-5308CI it
Player compatible Television compatible with
is possible to output signals encoded in the Dolby Headphone mode with HOMI control HOMI control function
from the recording output terminal and record them on a separate function
recorder. HOMI
HOM!
OUT IN
The Dolby Headphone play mode is set when
1 headphones arec:onnected to <PHONES> during
playback in the STANDARD(DOLBYIDTS Surround)
N
mod~ .
""
'"
_ _..1 When this is done, signals encoded in· the Dolby Headphone
mode are automatically output from the recording output
terminals (analog and digital) and can be recordec.!.

Select the parameters and set the desired mode.,

2 Start recording.
Refer to the" Dolby t1~adphone'~ (aar'page 48).·
...

-N·n*
Do not disconnect the headphones during recording.
"
to

71
Operations

1 Connect the HOMI to theAVR-S308CI with equipment

compatible with the HOMI control function.
If the AVR-5308CI does not work please check the following.
-Is the GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "HOMI Setup" - "HOMI Control"

2:::: :;;;r:;.wer on fqr all the equipment connected to

- "Control" lGT'page 33) set to "OW?
-Is the GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "HOMI Setup" - "HOMI Control"
- "Control Monitor" (GT'page 33) set for the monitor output
connected to television?
-Is the GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "HOMI Setup" - "HOMI Control"
the settings for the equipment connected to
3. Check all
the HDMI and make HOMI available them. to
- "Power Off Control" (GT'page 33) set to "ON"?
- Is the control function used for the television HOMI properly set?
* Please consult the operating instructions for the connected (Check the television operating instructions for details.)
- Should any of the operations below be performed. the interlocking
equipment to check the settings.
* Operations 1-3 do not have to be repeated Ol)ce started.
* Carryout Operations 2· and 3 should any of the equipment be
function may be reset. in which case. repeat Operation's 2 and 3.

I
• GUI menu "Source Select" - "Assign" - "HOM'" (GT'page 45)
plugged out. setting has changed
• There is a change to the connection between the equipment and
the HOM I. or an increase in equipment.
Switch the television input to the HOMIcqnnected. to
4 the AVR-S308CI. . . . .. • AVR-5308CI GUI menu "Manual Setup" -"HOMI Setup" -"Monitor
Out" (GT'page 33) is changed.

Switch the AVR-S308CI input to the HOMI input

5
. source and ~ck if the picture from th~ playe.. is ok.
cl..

6 ~~~~::~~: :~e~:~~dI>Y and check if the

72
 ~
IE <STANDARD> <HOME THX CINEMA> QUICK SELECT
~

~L
~
~
........•
Set the input source, input mode, surround mode,

Use t::. V or CH SELECT to select the s~er.

1 . roolD E:Qset~ and volume to the conditions you

'<0 2 The speaker that can be set switches .each time one of the
buttons is pressed. .
want to store.

and hold the desired QUICK SELECT.

3 Use<J ~ to adjust the volume.
2 Press
Keep pressing the bu.tton until the quick select indicator lights.

I
[Quick Select Defaults]
* "OFF" can be set by pressing <1 when the subwoofer's vQlume
Inout Source Volume
is set to-12dB.
<POWER> CH SELECT .6. 'l <J l> Quick Select 1 DVD -40 dB

.,
Quick Select 2 TV/CBl -40 dB
Qu ick Select 3 VCR -40 dB

• To call out the settings. press QUICK SELECT at which the desired
settings were stored.
• The Quick Select name can be changed (!2rpage 39).

2 Press .6. V or ~H $ELECT to select ''Fader''.

-N·..4
Input sources stored with the quick select function cannot be selected
:::;
if they have been deleted at GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Option
~ Setup" - "Source Delete" (!2rpage 39). In this case. store them
"~, again.

3 (<1.se....front.l>t>.~rear)
U 8djliS...t. ~e.vol~eor the ~ers.
e
:::;
<J.

.••

II
• The fader function does not affect the subwoofer.
• The fader can be adjusted until the volume of the speaker adjusted
to the lowest value is -12 dB.

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit
[ I : Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

73
 ·1 Tum ~ff the power using <P0vv,ER>.

The surround parameters. tone control. room EO settings and the

volumes of the different speakers are stored for the individual surround
.2..Press <POWER>whilesimuItaneously . pre8S
<ST~NDARI)~ ~d <H9r.tE THX Clfll~r.tA>~ .
. . . ing
modes.
·. .....Qllce ~flaslJingat jnterv~

,.
the display of about 1
3 U,t~
.secolld, release two buttop.s.. . .

If in step 3 the display does not flash at intervals of about 1 second.

start over from step 1.
I

74
 I~Dper~li~g ,DE'bNAudi,,';~mpQo.6t$I"1
Remote Control Unit Operations 1operated.[MODE SELECTOR] for the component to
Press.
. be

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

Main Remote Control Unit

The indicator for the component to be operated flashes.
~: AMP I ZONE21ZQNE3/zqNE41
SYSTEM GALL .. , '" . •. . ~
9· ,'iPod 1 preset.
- On the main remote control Ulllt, the display sWitches according a:=' ,TUNER (FM/AMl I XM ... G: DVD player (recorder) I Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
to the device belllg operated and the mode Iiiii;I - Cp.player (recorder) 2 The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.
-In modes other tllan iPod, the mode sWltr:hes between"~" IRI' NElWORK/USB I lm_. : VCR I.TAPE
DIGITAL TUNER (HD Radio)
and "~" ear:ll time tile [MODE SELECTOR) IS pi essed. Press [NUMBER] and input the S-digit number of the
-In the AMP. TUNER, NET/DTU and IPod modes, when the remote
, , : Satellite Receiver IC~l>!e 1V t;;t TV 3 brand of the component to be preset. The numbers
ID IS set, the A\lR-5308CI can be used rndependently even In an
environment containing multiple DEr,ION ampl,frc'rs * The mode switches each time [AMP] is pressed.
are shown in the Preset Code Table (Gf"End of the
this manual).
[AMP mode) [ZONE2 m9d4tJ (ZONE3 mode)
When the code is registered, the signal transmission indicator

~~
.. ". ~~i~:~~:nsmission ....
flashes twice.

•.! -•
I
When the preset code is transmitted, the mode indicator for the

[I._.IAMP] .""--J~-'"'I1f!/.
,~j~~~; '. ' [MODE SELECTOR]
.,
~
':'
iii
2
til'
liiJ
I
-
~

"
iii
.!
IP 2
til'
liiJ
I··.",

-
~

"
iii
.!
2
lIl'
liiJ
. cOmponent to which that code belongs flashes.
!@! The input mode is canceled if no button is operated for 10

n
...
... 1 , ...
m til til [jJ 1Il lD D
seconds.
c:;?~t:;? ~Dt:;? I
. <;;;?~~ ~~~
cr;;,J1~J1,~

c,;;;1~~
0==
.. -- -
'iiOI~~
Some brands have more than one preset code. If the component does
not operate, try inputting a different code.

t t I'''Iiu.r·tl·ng,Dr·......
[SYSTEM CALL mode)
, . (ZONE4 mode] .;~;J"'i~!"'''''''.~~~.~"'R9J1I",
..p'
~ n~' . '...' . ts'" '. ,,;. ;;.,;·;;,,\.1(:1>"'1
,t;'·'/::·;k';;':
Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the component to be
[HOME] ---;.~ !l: W 2
til'
I··'· ~ W 2
9
1.. •·operated.
':'
; .! ':" .! . . . ; The mode indicator of the devjceto be operated flashes.

---at II II
liiJ 4 iii liiJ

ra~
2.Operate the colllwoent.
.....

'~--.!.- [RC SETUP] * For details, refer to the component's operating instructions.
29Pentte th~ component.

., * Fordetails, refer to thecompOnenfs operating ins~ructions.

•
$V"":R.

Depending on the model and year of manufacture of your equipment,

some buttons may not operate, [HOME] is used to return to the AMP mode (AMP. ZONE2, ZONE3,

-N·n*
The device mode r!DEV1I" or "IDEVZI") cannot be changed while the
ZONE4 or SYSTEM CALL) when in any mode other than AMP.

setting is being made.

75
Functions of Buttons by Component

ELDisplay
MODE SELECTOR DVD VCR iPod
Device Mode IDlv,1 IDlnl IDEV,I (DEnl IDIV,I
[~],
DVD CD
~~1 Device operated
(Default setting)
DVD Recorder
(Default settingl
CD Recorder VCR TAPE iPod
[.... ~],[II],
[-], .... ~ Playback Playback Playback Playback Playback Playback PlaybacklPause

....
Auto search Auto search Auto search Auto search Auto search Auto search Auto search
~
(cue) (cue) (cue) (cue) (cue) (cue) (cue)
Manual search Manual search Manual search Manual search Manual search Manual search Manual search
~ , (fast-reverse/ (fast-reverse/ (fast-reverse/ (fast-reverse/ (fast-reverse/ (fast-reverse/ (fast-reverse/
.I
fast-forward)
Pause
fast-forward)
Pause
fast-forward I
Pause
fast-forward)
Pause
fast-forward)
Pause
fast-forward)
Pause
fast-forward)
-
i
"j • Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop
SOURCE ON Power on Power on - - Power on - -

!j
I
.~OURCEQff Power off Power off - - Power off - -
.. ' .....•.... . ..
Buttons
MENU Menu/guide Menu/guide - - Menu/guide - Menu
.t. V <H> Cursor Cursor - - Cursor - Cursor
ENTER Enter setting Enter setting - - Enter setting - Enter
Page forward
screen / Browse/
:Buttons SETUP/SEARCH Setup Setup - - Setup - Remote mode
. _--. _-----~----_._---------------------------_ .._---- -------" switching (Press
and hold)
RETURN Return Return - - Cancel - Return
l-track/album
CH +/ SHUfflf - - - - Switch channels -
shuffle play
l-track/AII-track
CH·/REPfAT - - - - Switch channels -
repeat play
0- 9. +10 Select track Select track Select track Select track - - -
Special Remarks CD,@ CD CD CD -

[Special Remarks)
CD Only one component can be preset for each mode. If a new code is preset. the previous code is automatically cleared.
@ The names of the functions for the DVD remote control buttons differ from brand to brand. Check beforehand.
• ~[.u •
• Preset a DVD player or DVD recorder for the" DVD" (JDEV,1l mode. Preset a CD player or CD recorder for the" DVD" (JDEvlll mode.
• Preset a VCR for the "VCR" (JDEV,1l mode. Preset a tape deck for the "VCR" lIDEnll mode.

76
 t""- -- - - - - ..- - - - - - - - - ---- -- ---- --- --- ----

~L Display I . ! MODE SELECTOR lY

ELDisplllY
Salellile IIeceiver / Callie lY
I [MOOE' ,. ·r~;;---~-~( i DlIVice Mode !DEY1! (DEY! IDEY1! JDEY21

.......
! SELECTOR] -trl';';., ; ] '£I: [~L l Device oDera18d TV (HITACHI) TV (SONY) SAT SAT
:• ~:~ ;~:g .,:~~:~;,~~. ~ I ............... ~L !•
~--_._ •••--" L'~ ............

.:
i '; U @ I!i [ .....
,:. ~].[II]. ,.i ...

............
~
, ,

[.],: Punch through Punch through Punch through Punch through

! 1:: i ;~ (SOURCE ON]. j II
: :: ;
~:=:::::::::::::::, ._?::_:..:;;_:~--_:: .. ::=::::::::::=:::=:~
'." . [SOURCE OFF] !
• .

. [MENU]
[SETUP]
(:.!.. .
.
~'';''''~(D1SPlAY]
o.~.>
.,;. .'/ . [.
.. ENTER]
[A "7<11>] !i
i
.....
SOURCE ON
SOURCE OFF

MENU
.

.....
Power on
Power off

Menu/guide
..
Power on
Power off
BuU8IIs
Menu/guide
Power on
Power off

Menu/guide
Power on
Power off

Menu/guide
£'V'<lr.> Cursor Cursor Cursor Cursor

[CH +/-] ... .: ID 1--

~~,!,; 8./' , . . I
. ENTER . ' Enter setting Enter setting Enter setting Enter setting

·lii.&-~
I
SETUP Set up Set up Setup Set up
..
j ... DISPLAY , Display Display Display Display
i.:.'.~,=.,,:. '.:.•. . . . (0 9.+10] i ·····.CH+/-'" Switch channels Switch channels Switch channels Switch channels
[TVNCR]~~. . : " .
. i
t
1'-'9.+111 ....
..... lYNCH
Channel selection Channel selection Channel selection Channel selection
i
Switch inputs Switch inputs - -
:Buttons . , j Special Remarks CD,Q) CD,Q) CD,Q) CD,Q)
N
~---.---- . _. _---~-_ . _-----_..-_._•._._---..-----.;.-_.I (Special Remarks)
5 CD Only one component can be preset for each mode, If a new code is preset, the previous code is automatically cleared,
'" Q) The CD, VCR or DVD buttons (one only set) can be assigned to the TV, satellite receiver and cable TV mode (GT'page 79 "Punch Through
Function"),
....
.... ., ..
ELDisIIlay
MODE S~LECTOR
.... ...
TU ,. ,
NET/DTU
DlWice- , ,
i.'DaY1! .. !DeY2! . IDeY11 .·IDeY21
.Device operated ., Analog tuner 1M NET/USB HD Radio
A;,G . Preset memory block selection Preset memory block selection Preset memory block selection Preset memory block selection

f·..--·....-----.. . . . -....··
'
..
••
BAND
...;

, ..
.....

Tuning +/-
AM/FM switching
Channel selection
-
-
-
Tuning +/-
AM/FM switching

! MODE
MEMO
Switch search modes
Preset memory registration
-
Preset memory registration
-
Preset memory registration
Switch search modes
Preset memory registration

! <J r.> •
....
-
8lIUGIls
Category search
....

Cursor Multicast switching I£, "V)

i £, '''V
ENTER
,
- - Enter, Playback/Pause -

!
: .. /
. ' SEARCH
etf +/- .....
, RDS search
Preset channel selection
Direct search
Preset channel selection
Search
Preset channel selection
Multicast switching
Preset channel selection
! Preset channel selection

i O~9
Preset channel selection
(1-81
(1 -8)/
Direct channel search
Preset channel selection
11 -8)
Preset channel selection
(1 - 81

I ?uttons
~_._--_ ••_ _..._ - - - - _ .._ •• _ _ ..- - - - - _.._---_. _ _ .....-_.1 SHIfT Switch memory block
10- 9)
Switch memory block - Switch memory block

77
 ~
POint. the main remo.te control units directly at ea.ch
SELECTOR
AMP
TUNER

IDEY11 IDEYzl iPod

IDEY11
NET/DTU

IDEYzl
5 other and press and hold tbe button on the other
device's remote control unit that you want to learn.
[SAMP] (MAINI
(Analog (XM)
[.. 'TU] (Net (HD OnGe learning is completed normally, the display lights and the
TUNER) signal transmission indicator flashes twiCe.
Remote ID Audio) Radio)
(I. 'NET/DTU]
1
(Default)
81001 52863 52864 72815 62865 62840 l
2 82001 52795 52812 72816 62837 62841
3 83001 52800 52813 72817 62838 62842
4 84001 52805 52814 72818 62839 62843
~

~VR.5308Cr,
_~[.li_

• When changing a setting, be sure to set the same remote ID as the

AVR-5308Cl's (GT'page 40).
"";"
control unit IRC-l067)
"m'>t'
• When changing the AMP mode's remote 10, also change the
"TUNER'; "iPod" and "NET/DTU" remote ID at the same time. * If you want to learn other buttons. repeat steps 4 and 5.
* The mode can be switched by pressing [MODE SELECTOR).
• Set the remote ID of an analog tuner for "TUNER" (IDEY1H, the XM
*

I
remote ID for "IDEyzl': The signal transmission· indicator lights once for a long time if
. learning was not possible

Press IUld hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

6
•. ... . The signal transmission indicator flashes twice and the setting
.. is completed.

1 :~ [~ODE S~LECTO~] for the devi~e you ~ant to

•
• With some remote control units, the signals cannot be learned or the
device will not operate properly even when the signals have been
learned. In this case, use the device's own remote control unit. ~
• Learned buttons have priority over the preset memory. If you no ~
longer need the learned setting, reset the learning function (GT'page o:>
[AMP] to s.e.t the Jn~ reDl0te control URI.:t. tOthe. and hold in [RC SETUP] for at Itla$t 3 seconds. _ _ ..
1 Press
AMPJnode. .. .... . . .. . ...••. •.
2 Press The sig!1al transmission indicator flashes twice. ..
80).

-n·n-
bold in [RC SETUP] for at ltla$t3 secon~. fress [9], rnlUld [51~irtthat~rcle~ . .. . ...
2 Pre$S 1Ul<1
• [HOME] cannot be learned.
. .. The signal transmission indicator flashes twice. 3
..•... . . . ThesignaltransmissiQnindiC<\torflashestwic.e and the learning
. mode is Set..
• Do not learn any remote control signals at [RC SETUP).
• The AMp' ZONE2, ZONE3, ZONE4 and SYSTEM CALL modes cannot
be learned.
Refer to the ta .... B.ER.J. t Q.
.. ble a.t.the rigb. t..lUld u.se. [NUM . ' .,

Press the button to be set.

3.. input the S·digit number corresponding to the remote
In to be chlUlged. 4
· The. main remo~e.control unit's dIsplay turns oft
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice. *If a button that cannot be learned is pressed; the signal transmission
indicCltor lights but the signal !srotlearned.
.Press [TU],[iPod] odNETIDTU] to select the Jnode to
4 be set. .

5 Repeat steps 2 to 4 to set the remote IDs for aU Jnodes.

78
 a Calling out
Signal
~
'":::
transmission - - - - - , 1 Press [AMP], to select ''SYSTEM CALL".

[r.~:::;; rg~il [MODE

2· were registered.
~
~ [SYSTEM CAll] (1, 2
Press or 3) at which the signals
l~~~~l
.......•
SELECTOR]
The registered signals are transmitted in the registered

[SYSTEM CALL] Jr~;} sequence.

Registering
~...,...;- [POWER ON]
--;
1 Press [MODE SElECTOR]
. register.
for tlui device you want to

2 =~r::l~i:i!~~~~~~s~~~~~t 3 seconds.
-tB ~::: ~.
I 3· Press [9],transmissi.~)nindiCCl~?r ~hesystem 1•· .
[CHANNEL+/-]
··i
I~
(7] [8],and iQthat ol'der.i .'
Press·. [M. . ODE. ELE..CT.Oft] S. for the .device you want to
•.•. ..... The signal flash.l:ls twic.e and punell tbl"ough (CD, DVD or VCR).
[NUMBER] call registration mode is set. . .
:~
~l ...~ [RC SETUP] ·4
' Press [SYSTEM
re~ter
CAll] (1~ 2 3)
signals.
the .
or
. . '" .
2 Press
at which YOU wan.t to
in [ftC SETUP]
and hold for at least 3 seconds.
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.
N
g [9], [8] [4],
Press and in that order.
'" Press the buttons yoo want tOrePter in the'same
5',The as e»periltions
.. sequence the you want to perfonn. ..
3 .The signal transmission indiGCltor flashes twice and the punch
.' through setting mode is set.

4·
signal transmission indicator lights. When" a button is
.pressed,' ~. . Press the button you want to punch through (.,-,
~41!"'P~. ':. Press (Po\NER ON).
, .• ,J.' ...•..•.•... .. ~~, ......,"'orll)•

.. PtesslMOP~
"'J .,. .. SE~CTOR]-:[DVD).
. .. Press.··... [MODESEL..EcrOft] for the deyice you want to
[......
[~],
],[~], Press~l
* The mode can be switChedby pressing [MODE SElfCTOR).
5.... punch through (TV or SAT/CBL).

.* Perform the registration procedure for all the buttons you want to Press and hold in [ftC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
[~],[~],
[II], [_]
register. 6 The signal transmission indicator flashes twice and the setting
.is completed.
and hold in [ftC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds. ..
6 Press
. . The signal transmission indicator.flashes twice and the. setting
. is completed. . ....

79
 Punch-through function
.Press [MODE SELECTO.R] for the device you want to
Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seoonds. Learning Function 1. reset (IV or SAT/CBL).
1 The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.
(Resetting button by button)
Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

2 Press [9], [1] and [~], in that order.

The signal transmissionindicator flashes twice and the backlight
1:=[MOi)ESELECTOR) for tlie device. you .want to 2 The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

3 Press [9], [8] and [4], in that order.

on time setting mode is set.
~sand hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 secoJlds. . The signal transmission .indicator flashes twice.

3 Set the Ught on time.

The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.
2 ". The signal transmission indicator flashes ~wi<:e ..
Press and bold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seoonds.
[Settable times] : (1] : 5 sec. 4. signal tranSmission indicator flashes twice,
(2]: 10 sec. (Default)
,.
(3]: 15 sec. ,

All settings
(4]: 20 sec. · · · Press the button you want to reset twice.
(5] : 75 sec. .4' The signal trllnsrni~sion indicat()r flas~~~t""ice. Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seoonds.
1••.•. The sillnal transmission indicator flashes twice.

1
Press and hold in [RC SEJUP] for at least 3 secon.ds•
The signal transmission indicator flashes twice." '.
(Resetting by device mode)

2
.
1 :=[~O~~~Et.E~~R] .for the~evi~eyouwant to

Press and bold i" [IIC SETUP] for at least 3 seooQds.

. The signa! transmjssjonindicator flashes twice.
2 Press [9], [8] and [1], in that order.
'. The signal transmission indicator flashes 4 times.
. All the settinlls are restored to their defaults,
I
2 Press [CHANNEL +] or [CHANNn -].
The display gets one step bri9hter when (+] is pressed.
The display gets one step darker when (-] is pressed.
4.=t~~~E.§E~~~R]for the ~evice you want to
3 Press [RC SETUP] to complete the setting. The' signal·trllnsrnissionindicatorflashes.twice.

System call function

Press and hold in [RCSETUPlfor aUeast 3se,conds.
1 The signal t~an~missionindicator t~shes twice. . .

·Press[9], [7] and [8], in that order.' ...

2 .' The signal transmission indicator flashes twice.

3 Pr~lSYSTE~ C~~ (1,2 or 3) Yo~. want to reset.

Press and bold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.
4. The signal transmission indicator flashes tWice.

80
 Functions of Buttons by Component
Sub Remote Control Unit Operations
• The sub lerne,te control U1l1t IS equipped with hequently used " OW. HOP. TV I C8L OVR-t. OVR-2. VCR. TUNER OTU
Device operIt8d
buttons, so It can be lIsed for s""ple remote control unit V.AUx. SAT, CD. PHONO IAMIFM) (HORadio)
operations, Zone selec:tion M I Z2 I Z3 Z4 M I Z2 I Z3 Z4 M I Z2 I Z3 Z4
• The sub remote control LlIllt can also be used tor multi-zone, so ZONE SELECT '.
Zone operation mode selection Zone operation mode selection Zone operation mode selection
you can use It to control the AVR-5308CI tram other looms, . ZONE.OFF Power turned off (*1) Power turned off (*1) Power turned off (*1)
• The operations listed below can be performed wrth the sub . ZONE ON Power turned on (*1) Power turned on (* 1) Power turned on (*1)
remote control unit.
• SWitching the Iflput source
!,' SOURCE SELECT Input source selection (*2) Input source selection - Input source selection -
• Adjusting the volume CHANNEl+/- - Preset channel selection - Preset channel selection -
• Tunel IAM/FMi, Xt"l. HD Radio and IPod operalions ."
Preset channel memory Preset channel memory
SHIFT - - -
• NET/USB d"ect play block selection block selection
• GUI menu and ZONE2 on-screen dlspla'y' opelatlons VOLUME+/- Adjustment of volume (*1) - Adjustment of volume (*1) - Adjustment of volume (*1) -
• Zone power on/oli MUTE Muting (*1) - Muting (*1) - Muting (*1) -
• It IS not pOSSible to operate devices othel It'lan the amplifier. MENU Selected zone menu - Selected zone menu - Selected zone menu -
AS1<ll> - - Multicast switching (A 'V) -

r:::· . 9; .......
...,. SEARCH - RDS search Multicast switching -

I [ZONE SELECn
[ZONE OFF] ~;~ [ZONE ON]

r~-e~~Sl
t()j):O~
[B-O_Oi
[SOURCE SELECn
,i
TUNING. T
USB
AU.MUSIC·
(Music server only)
,FAVORITES •
*3

*4

*5
-
-
-
-
Tuning

*3

*4

*5
-
-

-
Tuning

*3

*4

*5
-
-

-
-

~~~
* 1: Affects the currently selected zone.
*2: In ZONE4, it is not possible to select "XM': "HD Radio': or sources with no digital input signals ("TUNER:' "PHONO': "iPod': etc.l.
Network audio signals (Internet radio, music server, USB) can be played as long as they are not copyright-protected.
*3: The input source switches to "NET/USB" and the files on the USB memory device are played.
[CHANNEL +I-I [VOLUME +1-] *4: The input source switches to "NET/USB" and the files in "All Music" on the music server are played.
[MUTE] I - ., I [SHim *5: The input source switches to "NET/USB" and the files in "Favorites" are played.
[MENU] . I [ENTER] Whether ':A.II Music" or "Favorites" is selected depends on the "Direct Play" setting (Grpage 46).

[~ \1 <][>] [RETURN]
. ...L [~ ~], [_], [~/lI],
• Playback is possible in the mode selected at GUI menu "Source Select" - "NET/USB" - "Playback Mode" - "Direct Play':
[SEARCH] /""'.'. . ._ FAVORITES: Playback starts from the first track registered in the favorites.
:!?:~:Sr~~ I [TUNING ~ T] ALL MUSIC: Playback starts from the first track registered in the "All Music" folder.
[REPEAn c:.f2.. t:~ [ALL MUSIC], [FAVORITES]
I
[RANDOM] l ~N;:'~ [USB]
• When [USB) is pressed, playback starts from the first track on the USB memory device.

-d'U-
When the music server is stopped or restarted, it may no longer be possible to play tracks stored in the favorites.

81
 SATTU
Device operated NET/USB iPod
IXMI
Zone selection M I Z2 I Z3 Z4 M I Z2 1Z3 Z4 M I Z2 I Z3 Z4
ZONE SELECT Zone operation mode selection Zone operation mode selection Zone operation mode selection
ZONE OFF Power turned off (*1) Power turned off (*1) Power turned off (*1)
ZONE ON Power turned on (*1) Power turned on (*1) Power turned on (* 1)
SOURCE SELECT Input source selection - Input source selection (*2) Input source selection -
CHANNEL+/- Preset channel selection - Preset channel selection -
Preset channel memory
SHIFT - - -
block selection
VOWME+/- Adjustment of volume (*1) - Adjustment of volume (*1) - Adjustment of volume (*1) -
MUTE Muting (*1) - Muting (*1) - Muting (*1) -
MENU Selected zone menu - Selected zone menu - Selected zone menu -
tI'V<l1> Category search - File operations - File operations -
ENTER - File operations - File operations -
Page forward screen /
Page forward screen /

I
SEARCH Direct access of channel Browse/Remote mode -

...
Character search
switching (press and hold)
RETURN - File operations - File operations -
~
TUNING! ,
Channel selection - Track search Track search -

..•".
- Stop Stop -
.. - Play/pause Play/pause -
. REPEAT - 1-tracklAII-track repeat play (USB) 1-tracklAII-track repeat play -
RANDOM - Random play (USB) Song/album shuffle play -
USB *3 - *3 *3 -
All MUSIC·
*4 - *4 *4 -
(Music server onlyl
FAVORITES· *5 - *5 *5 -
*1 :Affects the currently selected zone.
*2: In ZONE4, it is not possible to select "XM': "HD Radio': or sources with no digital input signals ("TUNER': "PHONO': "iPod': etc.).
Network audio signals (Internet radio, music server, USB) can be played as long as they are not copyright-protected.
*3:The input source switches to "NET/USB" and the files on the USB memory device are played.
*4: The input source switches to "NET/USB" and the files in "All Music" on the music server are played.
*5:The input source switches to "NET/USB" and the files in "Favorites" are played.
•. Whether ':0.11 Music" or "Favorites" is selected depends on the "Direct Play" setting (J3rpage 46).

82
 Multi-zone indicatorfu
I --
~I [ZONE SELECn
[ZONE OFF] Jr= I~;'" [ADVANCED SETUP]
'1. with
While pressing [MENU], press [ADVANCED SETUP)
the tip of a pen.

1·'" u..
The multi-zone indicator corresponding to the currently selected
se.···thetiPofaPe.n.. to press. [I\i)VANCED SETUP]. remote 10 flashes.
All the multi-zone indicators light ...

Select the multi-zone to be set. 2 Select the remote ID to be set.

2 '. .The sel~ed multi-zone indicator lights.
Q)To set to "MAIN~PNE- : Press [REPEAT]. Q)To set to 1 : Press (REPEAT].
(VTo set to "ZONE2" : Press (RANDOM]. The "M" indicatorflashes.
@To setto "ZONE3" . Press (USBi. .. (VTo set to 2 : Press (RANDOM).
@To set to "40NE4" : Press (AlL~USICJFAVORITES). . The "Z2" indicator flashes.
@To set to 3 : Press (USB).

I 3.
. - .
The "Z3" indi.cator flashes.
Use the tip of ~pen to. press ~~~YANFED SEWf]. @To set to 4: Press (ALL MUSlClFAVORlliS).
•..•. The ?,l)lti-z,me,incli~t()rturns off: •••..•..•..•......•..••... < .:. The "Z4" indicator flaShes.

While pressing [MENU], press [ADVANCED SETUP)

To Cancel
'1•. Use the tip of a pen to press [ADVANCED SETUP].
3. with the tip of a pen.
The multi-zone indicator turns off.
. The currently selected multi-zone indicator Ijghts.
.~(.ij.
Press [ZONE SELECn. .
2 AIUhe multi-zone indicators light When changing a setting. be sure to set the same remote ID as the
AVR-5308Cl's (r:Ypage 40).

3.. u..se... th.e tip. of.·~ . pe.·.•·.n.. to p.' ress [~VANC. E.DSETUP)•
. Themvlti-zone incjicator turns ...'. ' ( ..

~1J9
Press [ZONE SELECn.
1
. The currently sel~ted multi-zone indicator lights. While pressing [ZOttlE Off], press [ADVANCED SETUP]
with the tip of a pen. .

2.SELECn
While the multi-zone indicator is light, press [ZONE All the multi-zone indicators flash 4 times. then all the settings are
to select the zoqe to be operated. restored to their defalJlts.
The currently selected multi-zone indicator lights.

83
 Amp Assign I Multi Zone Connections and
Operations
The AVR-530SCI is compatible with the following types of playback:
• Multi·zone playback (ZONE2 81 ZONEJ)
• Bi-amp playback (front speaker)
• Bi-wiring playback (front speaker)

-N-U-
• For bi-amp and bi-wiring playback. use speakers compatible with that type of connection.
• When conducting bi-amp or bi-wiring playback. remove the short-circuiting boards (or wires) from the
speaker terminals.

Multi-Zone Settings with the Amp Assign Function

The amp assign function lets you assign the amplifiers for the different channels built into the AVR-530SCI
to the speaker outputs for the different zones.
,.
Both A and B can be installed for SR and SL.

Select the desired playback environment from among "Setting '" to "Setting S': then set the corresponding
o Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker

I
':L'>.mp Assign" mode at GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Option Setup" - "Amp Assign" (raT'page 3S).
Connect the speakers as described at ':L'>.mp Assign mode settings and speakers connected to the various terminals
speaker terminals':

•
Speaker terminal SURR. SURR-Bf
FRONT SURR-A AMP ASSIGN-2
CENTER BACK AMP ASSIGN

W ith "Setting ''', "Setting 2", "Setting 5", "Setting 6': it is possible to switch the Amp Assign mode R L R L R L R L R L
between the 9.' f 7'-channel mode and the multi-zone mode without changing the speaker connections.
FR FL C SR-A Sl:A SBR SBL SR-B Sl:B
Z2R Z2L
------- -------
Z3R Z3L
FR FL C SR-A SL-A SR-B SL-B -------
Z3 Z2
(MONO) (MONO)

84
 Amp Assign
mode:
-'?9NP/ZgNf;}

•
• When the ZONE2 ON/OFF button is set to "ON" and the ZONE3 ON/OFF button is set to "OFF'; the MAIN
ZONE is set to 5.1-channel playback.
• When the ZONE3 ON/OFF button is set to "ON'; the MAIN ZONE is set to 3.1-channel playback.
a Amp Assign
terminals
mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker

I
SURR. SURR-Bf AMP ASSIGN
FRONT SURR-A
CENTER BACK AMP ASSIGN -2
a Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker
terminals R L R L R L R L

Speaker terminal SURR. SURR-Bf

FRONT SURR-A AMP ASSIGN-2 SR-B SL-B
CENTER BACK AMP ASSIGN
FR FL C SR-A SL-A
R L R L R L R L R L
SBR SBL SR-B SL-B
FR FL C SR-A SL-A SBR SBL
Z3R Z3L Z2R Z2L
FR FL C ------ ------ -------
Z3 (MONO) Z2 (MONO)

85
 Amp Assign
MAIN ZONE mode:
For 2-channel
iZ;~'· K bi-amp ..... 2CH Bi-Amp
~ .. j--- - Bi& playback
i.'
ZONE2
71ch Multi Channel I
Surround
For 2-channel
Bi& bi-wiring ..... 2CH Bi-Wiring
ZONE3
playback
Bi&ZONE
·(MQNO!
o Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker
I) terminals
Both A and B can be installed for SRand Sl. Speaker terminal SURR. SURR-B/ AMP ASSIGN
FRONT SURR-A
BACK AMPASSIGN -2

I
CENTER
o Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker
Amp Assign mode R l R l R l R l R l
terminals
FR Fl C SR-A Sl-A SBR SBl
Speaker terminal SURR. SURR-B/ R l
FRONT SURR-A AMP ASSIGN-2
CENTER BACK AMP ASSIGN
FR Fl C SR-A Sl-A SBR SBl
R l R l R l l R l

FR Fl C SR-A Sl-A SBR SBl

Z2R Z2l
- - -. _.. . _.. _..
Z3R Z3l
FR Fl C SR-A Sl-A
Z3 Z2
(MONO) (MONO)

86
 :$,ttti.09 '7:,;; ...
.~.1-ebann,.I·Pljy.ck.

o Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker
tenninals

Amp Assign mode: SURR. AMP AMP

FRONT SURR-A SURR-B
CENTER BACK ASSIGN ASSIGN-2
..... Normal !---,r---4 f---,r----+--,.--+--r--+---r--+--,--~
R l R l R l R l R l R l
Fl Fl Fl FL Fl Fl Fl FL Fl
FR FR FR FR FR FR FR FR FR
C C C C C C C C C
o Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker Sl-A Sl-A Sl-A Sl-A Sl-A Sl-A Sl-A Sl-A Sl-A
terminals

:s:
SR-A SR-A SR-A SR-A SR-A SR-A SR·A SR-A SR-A

SURR. SURR-Bf AMP ASSIGN - SLoB SLoB SLoB SLoB SLoB SLoB SLoB SLoB SLoB
FRONT SURR-A
CENTER BACK AMP ASSIGN 2 SR-B SR-B SR-B SR-B SR·B SR-B SR-B SR-B SR-B
Amp Assign mode
.".,,,,,t.,.
R I l R I l R I l R I l R I l SBl SBl SBl SBl SBl SBl SBl SBl SBl

:' FR I Fl C SR-AI Sl-A SBR I SBl SR-B I SloB I SBR SBR SBR SBR SBR SBR SBR SBR SBR

I Z2l

Z3l
Z2l
Z2R Z2R
Z3l
Z3R Z3R
Z2l
Z2R
Z3l
Z3R
Z2l

Z3l
Z2l
Z2R Z2R Z2R
Z3l
Z3R Z3R Z3R
Z2l

Z3l
Z2l

Z3l
Z3R
Z2l
Z2R Z2R
Z3l
Z3R
Z2l
Z2R
Z3l
Z3R

* The above is an example of the selectable channels when "Stereo" is set for the ZONE2 and ZONE3
channel setting.
If "Mono" is selected. "Z2M" and "Z3M" are displayed.

87
 Multi-Zone Settings and Operations
- For ZONE2, it is necessary to set in sequence with the signal connected to either the power amplifier or bit stream amps.
The amp should be the power amplifier in the case of ZONE3, and the bit-stream for ZONE4.

----
-If the signal inputted to ZONE2 is analog, change to PCM(2-ehannel} signal, and output it from ZONE2 optical output connectors.

Connectors for audio output Audio signals Connectors for video output
ZONE2 PRE OUT Stereo ZONE2 VIDEO OUT.
ZONE2 ZONE2 S-VIDEO OUT.
ZONE2 OPTICAL OUT Bit-Stream ZONE2 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
ZONE3 ZONE3 PRE OUT Stereo ZONE3 VIDEO OUT
ZONE4 ZONE4 OPTICAL4 OUT Bit-stream -

I ZONE2
I Monitor
........................ ~

~O ~
MAIN ZONE (7.1-channel system) ZONE4
Monitor

~ 0 ~ ~
~O ~
FL sW FR

FL

DVD player

.. ..
sw

~
FR

AVR-5308CI ZONE2 video

output
~BO~············
Inpu~;;: '" ••••• ••••••• ~
I§]oo
ZONE2 audio
output
JFF I§]0
Power amplifier 0 or

@ .·....
SL
ZONE2 digital output
AV amplifier
""0.. =':J-

I
_'0'
~
FL sw
~
AVamplifier
(.0 =101
0· ....... _:~:
FR

I
ZONE3 video
output
··
:
ZONE3
Monitor
@ ~
@ g.... ·............. .•......... ~
~ ·
1

63
Remote .
control unit
se
~ I§] ~mplifier I§] Power
L

-
c:p
ZONE3 audio output I ZONE4
digital output

.
- When only using one speaker for ZONE2 or ZONE3, set to "Mono': In this case, the ZONE2 (ZONE3) monaural output is output from the
ZONE2 (ZONE3) pre-out Land R connectors, so connect as desired.
- Separate power amplifiers are needed for ZONE2 and ZONE3.
••••••••••• : Multi-zone video cable
_ _ _ _ : Multi-zone audio cable

88
 SOUR~LECT <ZONE2/3I4I REt S''lECT~ME Multi-Zone Operations l,ril11j.,sl'~ff~,$cl~~d TemROllirily.:,;;:j· 1;1
In the zone mode for which you want to mute the sound, press
[MUTE).
The sound is reduced to the level set at GUI menu "Manual Setup"
- "Zone Setup" - "(select the zone)" - "Mute Level" (Gipage 38).
To cancel, either adjust the volume or press [MUTE] again.

~:;'0,J~~[l
The setting is canceled when the zone's power is turned off.

[Operation on the remote control unit]
In the zone mode you want to operate, press [ON) or [OFF).
<ZONE2 ON/OFF> <ZONE3 ON/OFF> <ZONE4 ON/OFF>
[Operation on the main unit]
<D Press <ZONE2J3/4/ REC SELECT> and select the zone to be adjusted.
• The source selected for ZONE3 is also output from the recording
output connectors.
• For ZONE2, the "Zone Setup" can be made while watching the on-
screen display. Also, when ZONE3 is operated, the on-screen display
appears on the ZONE2 monitor, so operation can be performed
watching this on-screen display.
)
INPUT :OVO

'. 1::,'
I-~~::

,
[ON]
i"/ [OFF]
@ Turn <SOURCE SELECT>.
[Operation on the remote control unit]
In the zone mode you want to operate, press [SOURCE SELECT).
SIGNAL:ANALOG
VOL.
>Bass
Treble
:-40dB
OdBI
OdB I
t
>Channel
Vol.Lev.
VA I. L imi I
P. On Lev.
~STEREO.
~ VAR •
~ OFF
LASH
•

',- I (ZONE3 or HPF

Lch Lev.
OFF
OdBI
I toAule Lev. 4 FULL.
ZONE4 mode)

I
";v
• Rch Lev. OdBI

V~~~~E~ I .f·] ; ~
SOURCE li~! [Operation on the main unit] .~(.JI.

SELECT -r.~i; <D Press <ZONE2J3/4/ REC SELECT> and select the zone to be adjusted. • When connected to the component video output connectors, the
@ Turn <VOLUME> to adjust. on-screen display is not displayed.
(Main remote control unit) • The digital signal from the digital input connectors (OPTICAl)
[Operation on the remote control unit] COAXIAl) are output to the analog audio connectors in ZONE2 and

MUlti.-zone
indicator
-GI 0 0

-~'.-
o~ [ZONE SELECn
I
In the zone mode whose volume you want to adjust, press [VOWME].

[Variable range) iI!ii -I~;.IJ-IY

ZONE3 in the case of PCM (2-ehannel) signals only.
• Digital audio signals input from the DENON LINK or HDMI connectors
~;,;.9f-!--1 [ON] cannot be played in multi-zone.
[OFF] .;z.:a:.......
·~6..IOI
• "XM" or "HD Radio" cannot be selected with digital output
(OPTICAL) in ZONE2. Copyright-protected Network audio signals

lp":o-:oL SOURCE SELECT • The volume can be adjusted when GUI menu "Manual Setup" (Internet radio, music server, USB, Rhapsody) cannot be output.
.In ZONE4, it is not possible to select "XM~ "HD Radio': or sources
!B-°:81
''7'"'\.0- '
- "Zone Setup" - "(select the zone)" - "Volume Level" is set to
"Variable': The volume can be increased up to the value set at with no digital input signals ("TUNER': "PHONO': "iPod': etc.).
Network audio signals (Internet radio, music server, USB, Rhapsody)

!.~I~~j I VOLUME
GUI menu "Manual Setup" - "Zone Setup" - "(select the zone)"
- "Volume Limit" (~page 38). can be played as long as they are not copyright-protected.
• When certain digital signals are being input, noise may be output
[MUTE] --UJ..9lITl
I ",'.; . /
• The volume for ZONE2 and ZONE3 can be adjusted with the remote
control unit. from the ZONE2 and ZONE3 audio output connectors.
• When" DEN ON LINK" is assigned at the GUI menu "Assign" setting,
(Sub remote control unit)
the PCM signals, network audio signals (Internet radio, music server,
USB and Rhapsody). XM signals and HD Radio signals input from
About the button names in these explanations the digital input connectors cannot be output from the ZONE2 and
< > : Buttons on the main unit ZONE3 analog audio output connectors.
[ J : Buttons on the remote control unit
Button name only:
Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

89

Other Information
About Speaker Installation
The THX Surround EX format adds new "Surround Back" (SB)
channels to the conventional 5.1 channel system. This makes it easy
to achieve sound positioned directly behind the listener, something
that was previously difficult with sources designed for conventional
multi surround speakers. In addition, the acoustic image extending
between the sides and the rear is narrowed, thus greatly improving
the expression of the surround signals for sounds moving from the
sides to the back and from the front to the point directly behind the
listening position.
Change of positioning and acoustic image
with S.t-channel systems
r!11ll!JITl !ill
Change of positioning and acoustic image
with G.t-channel systems
r!11ll!JITl Gl
Movement of acoustic image from
SR to SB to SL
In addition to sources recorded in 6.1-channels, the surround effect of
conventional 2- to 5.1-channel sources can also be enhanced.
Speaker(s) for one or two channels are required in order to achieve
a THX Surround EX system with the AVR-5308CI. Adding these,
however, allows you to achieve stronger surround effects not only
with sources recorded in THX Surround EX, but also with conventional
2- to 5.1 channel sources. The WIDE SCREEN mode is a mode for
achieving surround sound with up to 7.1 channels using surround back
speakers, for sources recorded in conventional Dolby Surround as well
as Dolby Digital 5.1 channel and DTS Surround 5.1 channel sources.
Furthermore, all the DENON original surround modes (l3f'page 48)
are compatible with 7.1 channel playback, so you can enjoy 7.1 channel
Placement of the surround left and right channels
when using surround back speakers
Using surround back speakers greatly improves the positioning of the
sound at the rear. Because of this, the surround left and right channels
play an important role in achieving a smooth transition of the acoustic
image from the front to the back. As shown on the diagram above, in a
movie theater the surround signals are also produced from diagonally
in front of the listeners, creating an acoustic image as if the sound
were floating in space.
To achieve these effects, we recommend placing the speakers for the
surround left and right channels slightly more towards the front than
with conventional surround systems. Doing so sometimes increases
the surround effect when playing conventional 5.1 channel sources in
the THX Surround EX mode. Check the surround effects of the various
modes before selecting the surround mode.
Below we introduce examples of speaker layouts. Refer to these to
arrange your speakers according to their type and how you want to
use them.
(1) ForTHX surround EX systems
(Using surround back speakers)
CD When mainly playing movies

I
sound with any signal source. Recommended when your surround speakers are single or 2-way
speakers.
Number of surround back speakers
With THX Surround EX, the surround back channel consists of one
channel of playback signals, but we recommend using two speakers.
The modes that use the new ASA technology from THX (l3f'page 93)
Movement of acoustic image from SR to SL are most effective when using two monopole type surround back
speakers placed close together.
Using two speakers results in a smoother blend with the sound of the Surround Surround back
Surround,.....",.--.,<_
surround channels and better sound positioning of the surround back speaker "'" ...:peaker
speakers
Front speaker 1.J~ _
channel when listening from a position other than the center.
[j------U------- 2 to 3 feet / --

M
50 to 90 em

(As seen from above) (As seen from the side)

90
@ Setting for primarily watching movies using diffusion type
speakers for the surround speakers Surround
For the greatest sense of surround sound envelopment, diffuse The AVR-5308CI is equipped with a digital signal processing circuit
radiation speakers such as bipolar (THX) types, or dipolar types, that lets you play program sources in the surround mode to achieve
provide a wider dispersion than is possible to obtain from a direct the same sense of presence as in a movie theater.
radiating speaker (monopolar). Place these speakers at either side
of the prime listening position, mounted above ear level.
Path of the surround sound from the
speakers to the listening position

Point slightly
Dolby Digital
downwards
I Dolby Digital is a multichannel digital signal format developed by Dolby
Surround
_
.............._--"'"..................... .....
speaker B
Laboratories.
A total of 5.1-channels are played: 3 front channels ("Ft:' , "FR" and
"C"). 2 surround channels ("St:' and "SR") and the "LFE" channel for
Surround
speaker "n-n
Surround back
speaker
low frequencies.

Front speaker 'lUJJ _-

2 to 3 feet! -
(As seen from above) (As seen from the side)
Because of this, there is no crosstalk between channels and a realistic
sound field with a "three-dimensional" feeling (sense of distance,
60 to 90 em movement and positioning) is achieved.
[2] When not using surround back speakers
A real, overpowering sense of presence is achieved when playing
movie sources in AV rooms as well.

Surround back speakers Dolby Digital Plus

[As seen from above) (As seen from the side) Dolby Digital Plus is an improved Dolby Digital signal format that is
compatible with up to 7.1-channels of discrete digital sound and also
@ When playing movies and music improves sound quality thanks to extra data bit rate performance. It
To activate the appropriate speakers for movies and music, we is upwardly compatible with conventional Dolby Digital, so it offers
Surround speaker
suggest that during setup, choose Dolby DigitaVDTS with THX and
Surround Speakers A (the bipolar or dipolar speakers mounted at
the sides of the listen ing position).
Front speaker ""0
2 to 3 feet/
greater flexibility in response to the source signal and the conditions
of the playback equipment.

Choose Dolby DigitaVDTS without THX and Surround Speakers B 60 to 90 em

Dolby TrueHD
(the direct radiating speakers mounted at the rear corners of the
listening room). Then, by simply activating the THX function (used DolbyTrueHD is a high definition audio technology developed by Dolby
during movie playback, the Surround A speakers are automatically Laboratories, using lossless coding technology to faithfully reproduce
Surround speakers the sound of the studio master.
activated. For multi-channel music listening (Dolby Digital or DTS
music programs), turn off the THX enhancements by touching the (As seen from above) (As seen from the side) This format is compatible with a maximum sampling frequency of 96
THX button on the remote control. and the Surround B speakers kHz and up to 7.1-channels, so it is used for applications particularly
will be automatically activated. prioritizing sound quality.
Example: Movie sources (Dolby, DTS Surround, etc.)
"THX" or "THX Cinema" mode ... Speakers A
Music sources (DVD video, DTS CD, etc.)
"Dolby/DTS Surround" ... Speakers B
The speakers can be switched at the touch of a button by turning
HOME THX CINEMA on when playing movies and off when playing
multi-channel music.

91
Dolby Pro Logic II
Dolby Pro Logic IJ is a matrix decoding technology developed by Dolby
Laboratories.
Regular music such as that on CDs is encoded into 5-channels to
achieve an excellent surround effect.
The surround channel signals are converted into stereo and full band
signals (with a frequency response of 20 Hz to 20 kHz or greater)
to create a "three-dimensional" sound image offering a rich sense of
presence for all stereo sources.
Dolby Pro Logic IIx
Dolby Pro Logic IJx is a further improved version of the Dolby Pro Logic
IJ matrix decoding technology.
Audio signals recorded in 2-channels are decoded to achieve a natural
sound with up to 7.1-channels.
There are 3 modes: "Music" suited for playing music, "Cinema"
suited for playing movies, and "Game" which is optimized for playing
games.
Dolby Headphone
This is a three-dimensional sound technology developed jointly by
Dolby Laboratories and Lake Technology Ltd. of Australia for achieving
surround sound using regular headphones.
Previously, when using headphones all the sounds resonated inside
the head and it was uncomfortable to listen with headphones for long
periods of time. Dolby Headphone simulates speaker playback in a
room and places the sound at the front or the sides, outside the head,
to achieve a powerful sound like the sound of movie or home theaters.
This technology is mainly for multichannel audio/video equipment with
Dolby Digital or Dolby Pro Logic Surround decoding functions and
works with a high performance digital signal processing (DSP) chip.
Dolby Headphone is effective not only for multichannel sources but
also for stereo programs.
On the AVR-5308CI, it is possible to output signals encoded in the
Dolby Headphone mode from the recording output terminal and record
them on a separate recorder.
* Sources recorded in Dolby Surround
Sources recorded in Dolby Surround are indicated with the following
logo marks.
Dolby Surround support mark: [ J ) I - - I
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
"Dolby': "Pro Logic" and the double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
DTS Digital Surround
DTS Digital Surround is the standard digital surround format of DTS,
Inc., compatible with a sampling frequency of 44.1 or 48 kHz and up
to 5.1-<:hannels of digital discrete surround sound.
DTS-HD High Resolution Audio
DTS-HD High Resolution Audio is an improved version of the
conventional DTS, DTS-ES and DTS 96/24 signals formats, compatible
with sampling frequencies of 96 or 48 kHz and up to 7.1-channels
of discrete digital sound. High data bit rate performance provides
high quality sound. This format is fully compatible with conventional
products, including conventional DTS digital surround 5.1-channel
data.
DTS-HD Master Audio
DTS-HD Master Audio is DTS, Inc's lossless audio format compatible
with up to 96 kHz/7.1-channels. The lossless audio coding technology
faithfully reproduces the sound of the studio master. It is fully
compatible with conventional products, including conventional DTS
digital surround 5.1-<:hannel data.
DTS-ES™ Discrete 6.1
DTS-ESTM Discrete 6.1 is a 6.1-channel discrete digital audio format
adding a surround back (S6) channel to the DTS digital surround sound.
Decoding of conventional 5.1-channel audio signals is also possible
according to the decoder.
DTS-ESTM Matrix 6.1
DTS-ESTM Matrix 6.1 is a 6.1-<:hannel discrete digital audio format
inserting a surround back (S6) channel to the DTS digital surround
sound through matrix encoding. Decoding of conventional 5.1-channel
audio signals is also possible according to the decoder.
DTS NEO:6™ Surround
DTS NEO:6™ is a matrix decoding technology for achieving 6.1-
channel surround playback with 2-channel sources. It includes "DTS
NEO:6 CINEMA' suited for playing movies and "DTS NEO:6 MUSIC"
suited for playing music.
DTS 96/24
DTS 96/24 is a digital audio format enabling high sound quality
playback in 5.1-<:hannels with a sampling frequency of 96 kHz and 24
bit quantization on DVD-Video.
Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942;
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,226,616; 6,487,535 & other
U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS is a registered
trademark and the DTS logos, Symbol, DTS-HD and DTS-HD
Master Audio are trademarks of DTS, Inc.© 1996-2007 DTS, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
THX is an exclusive set of standards and technologies established
by the world-renowned film production company, Lucasfilm Ltd. THX
grew from George Lucas' personal desire to make your experience of
the film soundtrack, in both movie theaters and in your home theater,
as faithful as possible to what the director intended.
Movie soundtracks are mixed in special movie theaters called dubbing
stages and are designed to be played back in movie theaters with similar
equipment and conditions. The soundtrack created for movie theaters
is then transferred directly onto Laserdisc, VHS tape, DVD, etc., and is
not changed for playback in a small home theater environment.
THX engineers developed patented technologies to accurately
I
translate the sound from the movie theater environment into the
home, correcting the tonal and spatial errors that occur. On the AVR-
5308CI, when the Home THX Cinema mode is on, THX post-processing
is automatically added after the Dolby Pro Logic, Dolby Digital or DTS
decoder:
Re-EQTM IRe-Egualization)
The tonal balance of a film soundtrack will be excessively bright and
harsh when played back over audio equipment in the home because
film soundtracks are designed to be played back in large movie
theaters using very different professional equipment. Re-Equalization
restores the correct tonal balance for listening to a movie soundtrack
in a normal home environment.
92
 Timbre Matching TM
The human ear changes our perception of a sound depending on the
direction from which the sound is coming. In a movie theater, there
is an array of surround speakers so that the surround information is
all around you. In a home theater, only two speakers located to the
side of your head are used. The Timbre Matching feature filters the
information going to the surround speakers so that they more closely
match the tonal characteristics of the sound coming from the front
speakers. This ensures seamless panning between the front and
surround speakers.
Adaptive Decorrelation TM
---: In a movie theater, a large number of surround speakers help create an
enveloping surround sound experience, while in a home theater there
are usually only two speakers. This can make the surround speakers
sound like headphones that lack spaciousness and envelopment. The
surround sounds will also collapse into the closest speaker as you
move away from the middle seating position. Adaptive Decorrelation
slightly changes one surround channel's time and phase relationship
with respect to the other surround channel. This expands the listening
position and creates-with only two speakers-the same spacious
surround experience as in a movie theater.
---;
THX Ultra2™
N
Before any home theater component can be THX Ultra2 certified,
g
it must incorporate all the features above and also pass a rigorous
'"
I
series of quality and performance tests. Only then can a product
feature the THX Ultra2 logo, which is your guarantee that the Home
Theater products you purchase will give you superb performance for
many years to come. THX Ultra2 requirements cover every aspect
of the product including power amplifier performance, pre-amplifier
performance and operation, as well as hundreds of other parameters
in both the digital and analog domain.
In addition to improvements to the power amplifier with respect to
previous THX Ultra standards, three surround modes have been
added: the THX Ultra2 Cinema mode, THX Music Mode and THX
Games Mode.
93
THX Ultra2 Cinema
THX Ultra2 Cinema mode plays 5.1 movies using all 8 speakers giving
you the best possible movie watching experience. In this mode, new
THX processing blends the side surround speakers and back surround
speakers providing the optimal mix of ambient and directional surround
sounds.
DTS-ES (Matrix and 6.1 Discrete) and Dolby Digital Surround EX
encoded soundtracks will be automatically detected in Ultra2 Cinema
mode if the appropriate flag has been encoded.
Some Dolby Digital Surround EX soundtracks are missing the digital
flag that allows automatic switching. If you know that the movie that
you are watching is encoded in Surround EX, you can manually select
the THX Surround EX playback mode, otherwise THX Ultra2 Cinema
mode will apply processing to provide optimum replay.
THX Music Mode
For the replay of 5.1 multi-channel music the THX Music Mode should
be selected. In this mode new THX processing is applied to the
surround channels of all 5.1 encoded music sources such as DTS and
Dolby Digital to provide a wide stable rear soundstage.
THX Games Mode
For the replay of stereo and multi-channel game audio the THX Games
Mode should be selected. In this mode THX ASA processing is applied
to the surround channels of all 5.1 and 2.0 encoded game sources
such as analog, PCM. DTS and Dolby Digital. This accurately places all
game audio surround information, providing a full 360 degree playback
environment. THX Games Mode is unique as it gives you a smooth
transition of audio in all points of the surround field.
ASA (Advanced Speaker Array)
ASA is a proprietaryTHX technology which processes the sound fed to
2 side and 2 back surround speakers to provide the optimal surround
sound experience. When you set up your home theater system using
all eight speaker outputs (Left, Center, Right, Surround Right, Surround
Back Right, Surround Back Left, Surround Left and Subwooferl placing
the two Surround Back speakers close together facing the front of the
room as shown in the diagram will provide the largest sweet spot. If
for practical reasons you have to place the Surround Back speakers
apart, you will need to go THX Audio Set-up screen and choose the
setting that most closely corresponds to the speaker spacing, which
will re-optimize the surround sound-field.
ASA is used in three new modes; THX Ultra2 Cinema, THX Music
Mode andTHX Games Mode.
Boundary Gain Compensation
If your chosen listening room layout (for practical or aesthetic reasons)
results in the most of the listeners being close to the rear wall, the
resulting bass level can be sufficiently reinforced by the boundary
that the overall sound quality becomes "boomy':THX Ultra2 receivers
and controllers contain the BGC (Boundary Gain Compensation)
feature to provide an improved bass balance. BGC can be selected
by choosing "THX Ultra2 Subwoofer-Yes" from the "Boundary Gain
Compensation" section of the THX Audio setup menu.
THXand Re-EO, THXTimbre Matching, THXAdaptive Decorrelation,
and THX Advanced Speaker Array are trademarks ofTHX Ltd. THX
may be registered in some jurisdictions. All rights reserved.
In 1999, a new surround system was launched simultaneously
with the release of the movie "Star Wars Episode I': "Dolby Digital
Surround EX" is a new movie sound track that greatly enhances
the sense of spatial expression and the positioning of the surround
channel sound. The result is 360 degrees of movement and moving
sound effects that seem to pass right over the listener's head. This
system was developed jointly by THX and Dolby Laboratories, fusing
THX's idea of improving spatial expression and achieving a uniform 360
degree sound positioning with Dolby Laboratories' matrix encoding
technology. Emphasis was placed on compatibility with the existing
system Dolby Digital 5.1 channel, and the new" surround back (SB)
channel" was added to achieve improvements over the conventional
5.1 channel system in terms of the positioning of the sound at the
rear, the acoustic image of sound moving from the two sides to the
back as well as sound moving from the front to the center rear with
the multi surround speaker systems used in movie theaters, thereby
enabling various types of surround sound. The surround back channel
signal is a matrix-encoded signal inserted into both the Dolby Digital
SL (surround left) and SR (surround right) channels. Upon playback, the
signals are decoded by a high precision digital matrix decoder within
the Dolby Digital decoder into the SL, SR and SB channels and output
as 6.1 channels of signals. With the AVR-5308CI, the signals further
undergo Home THX Cinema processing to achieve a THX Surround
EX system. Even without the proper environment for playing the SB
channel, Dolby Digital Surround EX signals are 100% compatible with
existing 5.1 channel playback systems, so they can be played as SUCh.
In this case, the SB channel signal is produced as a monaural signal
from both the SL and SR channels, so none of the signal components
are missing. The effects specific to THX Surround EX (the sense of
spatial expression and the positioning of the sound), however, are the
same as with conventional 5.1 channel surround systems.

THX and Ultra2 are trademarks ofTHX Ltd. THX may be registered
in some jurisdictions. All rights reserved. Surround EX is a
trademark of Dolby Laboratories. Used with permission.
1·.Neura~ Surrqu.,..d:i<~.:.
Neural Surround™, a breakthrough in audio technology, will bring the
excitement of surround music to more of America's listening audience.
It provides the rich envelopment and discrete image detail of surround
sound in a format 100 % compatible with stereo. With superior
spectral resolution and channel separation, Neural Surround™ draws
the brain's attention to sonic details in musical instruments, vocals,
and ambience that are typically masked by other playback systems.
This allows the listener to fully experience the richness and subtleties
in recorded performance as never before. As the chosen format for XM
Satellite Radio's new XM HD surround programming, Neural Surround
will help deliver more surround music to more listeners than any other
broadcast format. XM Satellite Radio will be the first radio company to
broadcast surround sound on the radio 24 hours a day and will offer
three channels fUlly dedicated to Neural Surround™ music. This alone
will amount to more than 25,000 hours of Neural Surround™ music
each year.
o !:1u~~r:~~
This product is manufactured under license from Neural Audio
Corporation.
D&M Holdings Inc. hereby grants the user a non-exclusive,
nontransferable, limited license right exercisable to use the NA
SURROUND Technology and other US and World Wide Patents
Pending technology.
"Neural" and "Neural Audio" and "Neural Surround" are
trademarks of Neural Audio Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Audyssey MultEQ® Xl
Audyssey MUltEO® XT is the first technology to properly measure sound
information throughout a listening area, then combine this information
to accurately represent the acoustical problems in the room. Based on
these measurements, MultEO XT calculates an equalization solution
that corrects for both time and frequency response problems in every
seat. Audyssey MultEO XT not only corrects frequency response
problem in a large listening area but also performs a fully automated
surround system setup.
For a detailed description, see page 27.
Audyssey Dynamic EQTM
Audyssey Dynamic EO solves the problem of deteriorating sound
quality as volume is decreased by taking into account human perception
and room acoustics. Dynamic EO selects the best possible frequency
response and surround levels moment-by-moment as volume is
changed. The result is bass response, tonal balance and surround
impression that remain constant despite changes in volume. This is
the first technology to combine information from incoming source
levels with actual output sound levels in the room, a pre-requisite for
delivering a loudness correction solution. Audyssey Dynamic EO works
in tandem with Audyssey MultEO to provide well-balanced sound for
every listener at any volume level.
~~UDYSSEYrJ
MULTEQ XT
DYNAMIO EQ
Manufactured under license from Audyssey Laboratories. U.S. and
foreign patents pending. Audyssey MultEO® XT is a registered
trademark of Audyssey Laboratories. Dynamic EOTM is a trademark
of Audyssey Laboratories.
For more information, visit www.audyssey.com.
HDCD® is an encoding/decoding technology that greatly reduces
the distorlion that occurs upon digital recording while maintaining
compatibility with the conventional CD format, thus expanding the
dynamic range and achieving a high resolution.
Conventional CDs and HDCD compatible CDs are identified
automatically to select the optimum digital processing.
II-CX:DI®, HDCD®, High Definition Compatible Digital® and
Microsott® are either registered trademarks or trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation, Inc. in the United States and/or other
countries. HDCD system manufactured under license from
Microsoft Corporation, Inc. This product is covered by one or more
of the following: In the USA: 5,479,168, 5,638,074, 5,640,161,
5,808,574, 5,838,274, 5,854,600, 5,864,311, 5,872,531, and in
Australia: 669114. Other patents pending.
DENON LINK is a unique digital, balanced transfer type interface
developed by DENON. It offers high speed, high quality transfer of
digital audio data with low signal loss. It can be used together with
DENON DVD players equipped with a special DENON LINK connector
using a single cable to enable playback with high sound quality.
It allows digital transfer of the 192 kHzl24 bit 2-ehannel digital signals
of DVD-Audio discs, PCM multi-ehannel signals, etc. Full-spec digital
transfer of the audio contents of Super Audio CD is possible by
connecting a player equipped for DENON LINK 3rd Edition.
Equipped with -Advanced AL24 Processing- time axis region
information volume expansion
In addition to the existing "AL24 Processing Plus" bit expansion
technology, DENON has also developed "Advanced AL24 Processing"
that dramatically improves information volume in the time axis region
using high-speed signal detection and processing technology. In
addition to expanding original 16-bit digital data to 24 bits, "Advanced
AL24 Processing" uses data interpolation along the time axis or up-
converted sampling to achieve natural interpolation without losing the
original data. A digital filter is used to further expand adaptability and
perform optimum filtering calculations for ringing-free pulse response.
I
pulsive music data and attack sounds.
This results in the reproduction of such spatial information as the
delicate nuances in the music, the positions of the performers. and
the breadth, height, and depth of the concerl hall. "Advanced AL24
Processing" is conducted for all channels and modes other than DSD
DIRECT.
94
 Signals and adjustability in the diHerent modes
HDMI is a digital interface standard for next generation lYs based Channel output Parameter (default values are shown in parentheses)
Surround Mode
on DVI (Digital Visual Interface) standards and optimized for use in Surround Surround Subwoofer D. COMP DRC LFE AFDM SB CH Cinema
consumer equipment. Front LlR Center
LlR Back LlR "1 "2 "3 "lOut EO
Non-compressed digital video and multi-channel audio signals are PURE DIRECT, DIRECT o x X X o (OFF) 0 (Auto) 0 (0 dB) x x X
transmitted with a single connection. X X X X X X X X X
DSDDIRECT O. I ... X
HDMI is also compatible with HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Contents o (0 dB)
Protection), a technology for protecting copyrights that encrypts digital
DSD MULTI DIRECT o © © © X x X o X

video signals in the same was as with DVI.

MULTI CH DIRECT o 0 o o ." X X o (0 dB) o (ON) o X
STEREO o x X X o (OFF) o (Auto) o (0 dB) X X X

Deep Color EXT. IN I 0 o x X X X X X

MULTI CH IN o () X X o (0 dB) o (ON) o X
Eliminates on-screen color banding, for smooth tonal transitions and
subtle gradations between colors.
WIDE SCREEN o o ,0 (OFF) o (Auto) o 10 dB) X o o (OFF)
HOMETHX CINEMA
Enables increased contrast ratio. (2ch)
o © X X X X o X
Can represent many times more shades of gray between black and
white.
HOMETHX CINEMA
15,lch)
' . o o X X o (0 dB) o ION) o X
At 3D-bit pixel depth, a four times improvement would be the minimum, I
and the typical improvement would be eight times or more.
DOLBY PRO LOGIC Ilx o © o (OFF) o (Autol x x o o (NOTE1)
P9LBY f;'ROJ.()GIC II o o (OFf) o (Auto) x x o o (NOTE2)
xvYCC DTS NEO:6 o © © o (OFF) o (Auto) x x o o (NOTE1)
---: DOLBY DIGITAL o .... 0 _.y. 1 P .0 (OFF). o (Auto) o (0 dB) o ION) o o (OFF)
Next-generation "xvYCC" color space supports 1.8 times as many DTS SURROUND o o © o (OFF) o (Auto) o (0 dB) o (ON) o o (OFF)
N
g
colors as existing HDlY signals. neural o o o X X X X o X
Lets HDlYs display colors more accurately. 7CH STEREO o o © o (OFF) o (Auto) o (0 dB) X o X
'" Enables displays with natural. vivid colors.
o o o o (OFF) o (Auto) o (0 dB) o

I
SUPERSTADIYM X X

Lip Sync ROCK ARENA o © © o (OFF) o (Auto) o 10 dB) X o X

JAZlCLUB .. \ o O. o IOFF) OIAuto) o 10 dB) X o X

Because consumer electronics devices are using increasingly CLASSIC CONCERT o o © o (OFF) o (Auto) o (0 dB) X o X
complex digital signal processing to enhance the clarity and detail of
MON910 0VI E :.•.•. '0"'''''1 o O.IOFF) o (Auto) o (0 dB) X o X
the content, synchronization of video and audio in user devices has o (OFF) o (Auto) o (OdBI
o © © © o
0",.
VIDEO GAME X X
become a greater challenge and could potentially require complex end-
user adjustments. HDMI 1.3 incorporates an automatic video/audio
MATRIX. o I. 0 o (OFF) ·O.(Auto) o (0 dB) X o X

synching capability that allows devices to perform this synchronization

DOLBY HEADPHONE o x x x x X X x x X X

automatically with total accuracy. 0: Signal! Adjustable

X : No signal! Not adjustable
0: Turned on or oH by speaker configuration setting
"HDMI '; "HDMllogo" and" High-Definition Multimedia Interface" NOTE1: This parameter is availabe when the GUI menu "Parameter" - "Audio" - "Surround Parameters" - "Mode" is set to "Cinema"
are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing (r:rpage 49).
LLC. NOTE2 : This parameter is availabe when the GUI menu "Parameter" - "Audio" - "Surround Parameters" - "Mode" is set to "Cinema"
or "Pro Logic" (r:r page 491.
NOTE:
",
"2:
: When playing Dolby Digital and DTS signals.
When playing DolbyTrue HD signal.
"3: When playing Dolby Digital, DTS, DVD-Audio and Super Audio CD.

95
 Signals and adjustability in the different modes
Parameter (default values are shown in parentheses)
NEO:6
Surround Mode PRO LOGIC DlIlx MUSIC mode only MUSIC EXT IN only
Dynamic
Mode Decoder Room Size Effect Level DelayTime Subwoofer mode only Tone Night Mode Room EO RESTORER
EO-
Center Center Subwoofer
Panorama Dimension
Width Image All,

PURE DIRECT, DIRECT x x x x x 0 x x x x x x o (OFF) o (NOTE5) o (NOTE5) 0

DSDDIRECT x X x x x 0 x x x x x x x x X x
DSD MULTI DIRECT x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
MULTI CH DIREc;r x x x x x x x x x x x x o (OFF) o (NOTE5) o (NOTE5) x
STEREO x x x x x x x x x x x o (0 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

EXT IN x x x x x X X X X x 0 x x x x x
MULTI CH IN x x x x x x
I·..····
x x x x x o (0 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) x
WIDE SCREEN x x x o (ON, 10) x x x x x x x o (OdB) o (OFF) 10 (OFF) o (OFF) 0

HOMETHX CINEMA
o (PLIlx C) 0 X X X X X X X x x x o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0
(2ch)
HOME THX CINEMA
x X X X X X X X X X X X o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) x
(5.1ch) , ,

o (0 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF)

"

DOLBY PRO LOGIC Ilx o (Cinema) X X X X X o (OFF) 0(3) 0(3) X X 0

DOLBY PRQ I,OGiC II o (Cinema) X X X X x o (OFF) I.: 0 (3) 0(3) X x o (OdB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

DTS NEO:6 o (Cinema) X X X X X X X X 0(03)

'"
X 0(0 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

DOLBY DIGITAL X X X X X X X X X X X o (0 dB) I

o (OFF)
'
o (OFF) o (OFF) x
DTS SURROUND X X X X " X X X X X X X o 10 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) x
neural x X x x x x x X x x x o (OdBl o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

7CH STEREO x X x X X X X X X X X o (0 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF)

I
SUPER STADIUM ,',
X X o (Medium) 0(10) X X X X X X X o (NOTE3) 0

ROCK ARENA x X o (Medium) 0(10) X X X X X X X o (NOTE4) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

JAllCLUB X X o (Medium) o (10) x X X X X X X o (0 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

CLASSIC CONCERT X x o (Medium) 0(10) X X

"
X X X X X o (0 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

MONO MOVIE X X o (Medium) o nO) x X X X X X X o (0 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

VIDEO GAME x x o (Medium) 0(10) X x X X X X X o (0 dB) o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

MATRIX x X X X o (30msl X X X X X X o (0 dB} o (OFF) o (OFF) o (OFF) 0

o {OFF} o (OFF)
,

DOLBY HEADPHONE X 0 x x X X X X X X X o (0 dB) o (OFF) 0

0: Signal/Adjustable
x : No signal/Not adjustable
NOTE3 : BASS +6 dB. TREBLE 0 dB
NOTE4 : BASS +6 dB. TREBLE +4 dB
NOTE5: Can be used according to the "Direct Mode" selling,
*: Can be set when GUI menu "Parameter" - "Audio" - "Room EO" (I<rpage 52) is set to "Audyssey'; "Audyssey Flat'; "Audyssey Byp.UR':

96
 ,- Differences in Surround Mode Names Depending on the Input Signals
~. Button Input signals
IE
(j)
WMA DTS DOLBY DIGITAL DVD-AUDIO Super Audio CD
g LINEAR
(Windows
~ Note Media Audiol DOLBY
DTS ES DTS ES DOLBY DOLBY DOLBY DOLBY DVD- DVD-
Surround mode ANALOG PCM/ DTS DTS DIGITAL EX DSD DSD
/MP3/ DSCRT MTRX DIGITAL EX DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL Audio Audio
WAY 15.'ch) 96/24 (With no (multich) (2ch)
MPEG-4 (With Flag) (With Flag) IWith Flag) (5. '15/4ch) (4I3ch) (2ch) Imultich) (2ch)
Flag)
AAC/FLAC
HOMETHX CINEMA
ES DSCRT6,1 + THX -, x x x 0 .. x x x x x x x x x x x x
ES MTRX6.' + THX ., x x x x 0 0 0 x x x x x x x x x
THX SURROUND EX ., x x x x X x ...... X 0 0 0 0 X 0 X 0 x
---: THX Ultra2 Cinema ·2 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0 x 0 x
THX Music Mode.
THX Games Mode
-2
·2
X
0
.
X
0
X
0
0
0
. I ..·.· 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
0
-. 0
0
x
0
0
0
x
0
THXCinem.a X X X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0 x 0 X
PLllxC + THX ·3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
>
PLllC+THX
"'
.. I 0 0 .0 .x
x x
• X' > >•• X
x
o

x
0<
X
x
X
x
. X
x
X
x
0 X
x
0 X
x
0
DOLBY PL + THX 0 0 0 0 0 0
NEO:6 +THX o .0, 1.•••.
0 X ~ X ..•..... X X X X X 0 X 0 X 0
MULTI CH 7' + THX X x x x x x x x x X X X X X 0 X
---:
MULTI CH 5,' + THX X
'"
X x X X x~ X X X X X X 0 X 0 X
STANDARD
N
o DTS SURROUND
"'" DTS ES DSCRT6.' ., x x x .0 X X X X X X X X X X X x
-, .0

I
DTS ES MTRX6,' x x x x x x x X x X X X X X x
DTS SURROUND
DTS96/24
x
x
x
X
x
X
0
X
0
X
• .. •
X
x x
x
x
X
x
x
x
X . •.
x
X
x
X
x
X
x
X
x
X
DTS + PLllx CINEMA ·2 X x x 0 0 0 0 x X x x x x x x x
DTS + PLllx Mi-ISIC ., X X X 0 0 0 X X X
.X X X X X X
DTS + NEO:6 ., x x x x 0 '. 0 0 x x x x
'.'

x x x X x
DTS NEO:6 CINEMA· , 0 0 X X. X X X X
. X X 0 X 0 X 0
DTS NEO:6 MUSIC 0 0 0 x x x X x x x x 0 x 0 X 0
NOTE: . : Mode selectable in initial status
.,: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to "None': 0: Mode fixed when ':AFDM" is "ON"
·2: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to .. 1spk,., or "None'" 0: Selectable mode
*3: For input signals other than 2 channel signals, this mode cannot be selected when surround back speaker is set to X: Non-selectable mode
'" spk,., or "None-"

97
 Button Input signals
WMA DTS DOLBY DIGITAL DVD-AUDIO Super Audio CD
(Windows
LINEAR DOLBY DVD- DVD-
Note Media Audio) DTSES DTS ES DOLBY DOLBY DOLBY DOLBY DSD DSD
Surround mode ANALOG PCMI DTS DTS DIGITAL EX Audio
1MP31 DSCRT MTRX DIGITAL EX DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL Audio (multi chI (2chl
WAV (5.1chl 96/24 (With no (2ch) (multi chI (2ch)
MPEG-4 (With Flag) (With Flag) (With Flag) (5.1/5/4chl (4I3ch)
Flag)
AAC 1 FLAC
STANDARD
DOLBY SURROUND
0 0 X X X
DOLBY DIGITAL EX *1 X X X X X X X 0 0 X X

DOLBY DIGITAL
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLlIx CINEMA *2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
x .0
0
•0
•
0
•
0
x
x
X
x
X
x
X
x
X
x
0 0 0 X X X X
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLlIx MUSIC *1 x x X X X X X 0 X

DOLBY PRO LOGIC IIx CINEMA

DOLBY PRO LOGIC IIx MUSIC
0
0
0
0
0
0
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

'X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X

X
•
0
X

X
0
0
X
X
0
0
DOLBY PRO LOGIC IIx GAME 0 0 0 X X X X X X X X 0 X 0 X 0
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II CINEMA 0 0 0 X X X X X X X X 0 X 0 X 0
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II MUSIC 0 0 0 X X X X X X X X 0 X 0 X 0
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II GAME 0 0 0 X X X X X X X X 0 X 0 X 0
DOLBY PRO LOGIC 0 0 0 X X X X X X X X 0 X 0 X 0
DOLBY HEADPHONE *4 0 0 0 0 0 o c· 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
neural 0 0 0 x x x X x X X X X X 0* X X

MULTI CH IN
MULTI CH IN
MULTI IN + PLlIx CINEMA *2
X
X
x
X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
•
0 X
X
•
0
x
X

x X X X X X X X X X 0 X 0 x
MULTI IN + PLllx MUSIC *1 X X
.0(7.1) X X X
MULTI CH IN 7.1 X X X X X X
-
X X
.... X X X X

DIRECT
DIRECT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 0 X 0
DSD DIRECT X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0
X X X X X X X X X X X 0 x
DSD MULTI DIRECT X X X
'.
c.

MULTI CH DIRECT x X X X X X X X X X X X 0 X 0 X

MD)RECT -+: PLllx CINEMA *2 x x X X. X x X >s X X X X 0 X 0 X

I
X X X X X X X X 0 X 0 x
M DIRECT + PLlIx MUSIC *1 X X X X

M DIRECT 7.1 x x X X X X··· X X X X X X 0 X X X

NOTE: . : Mode selectable in initial status

*1: This mode s not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to "None': ©: Mode fixed when "AFDM" is "ON"
*2: This mode s not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to "lspkr" or "None': 0: Selectable mode
*4: This mode s not available when headphones are connected to the PHONE jack. x: Non-selectable mode

98
 Button Input signals
WMA DTS DOLBY DIGITAL DVD-AUDIO Super Audio CD
(Windows
LINEAR DOLBY
Note Media Audio) DTS ES DTS ES DOLBY DOLBY DOLBY DOLBY DVD- DVD-
Surround mode ANALOG PCMI DTS DTS DIGITAL EX DSD DSD
I MP31 DSCRT MTRX DIGITAL EX DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL Audio Audio
WAY (5.1ch) 96/24 (With no (multich) (2ch)
MPEG-4 (With Flag) (With Flag) (With Flag) (5.115/4ch1 (413chl (2ch) (multi chI (2ch)
Flag)
MCI FLAC
PURE DIRECT
PURE DIRECT ,. 0 0 0 0 <;) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0 x 0
DSD PURE DIRECT x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0
DSD MULTI PURE x x x x x x x x x x x x x x () x
"'
MULTI CH PURE DIRECT x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 x 0 x
M PURE D + pLllx CINEMA *2 x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 x 0 X

M PURE D + PLnx MUSIC '1 x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 x 0 x

M CH PURE DIRECT 7.1 x x. x x . x x x x x x x· x 0 x x x
DSP SIMULATION
7CHSTEREO '5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
WIDE SCREEN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
SUPER STADIUM. .: Q 0 0 0 co', .' 0 0 .... , 0 Q 0 0 Q 0 0 0
ROCK ARENA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
JAZZCLU8. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
CLASSIC CONCERT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MONO MOVIE 0 0 ·0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
VIDEO GAME 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MATRIX 0 0 0 0 0 .- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
STEREO

I • • • • •
STEREO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
NOTE: . : Mode selectable in initial status
'1: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to "None': 0: Selectable mode
'2: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to "1spkr" or "None': X: Non-selectable mode
'5: If the surround back speaker setup is set to "None'; then "5CH STEREO" is displayed.

99

About Networks
This is a media player distributed free of charge by Microsoft
Corporation.
It can be used to play playlists created with Windows Media Player
Ver. 11 as well as files in such formats as WMA, DRM WMA, MP3
andWAV.
This is a free online contents server for Internet radio. Note that usage
fees are included in upgrade costs.
For inquiries about this service, visit the vTuner site below.
vTuner website: http://www.radiodenon.com
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of
Nothing Else Matters Software and BridgeCo. Use or distribution of
such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license
from Nothing Else Matters Software and BridgeCo or an authorized
subsidiary.
• DLNA and DLNA CERTIFIED are trademarks and/or service marks of
Digital Living Network Alliance.
• Some contents may not be compatible with other DLNA CERTIFIEDTM
products.
A copyright-protected technology developed by Microsoft.
• Windows Vista and the Windows logo are trademarks of the
Microsoft group of companies.
• The PlaysForSure logo, Windows Media and the Windows logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.
• Content providers are using the digital rights management technology
for Windows Media contained in this device (WM-DRM) to protect
the integrity of their content (Secure Content) so that their intellectual
property, including copyright. in such content is not misappropriated.
This device uses WM-DRM software to play Secure Content (WM-
DRM Software!. If the security of the WM-DRM Software in this
device has been compromised, owners of Secure Content (Secure
Content Owners) may request that Microsoft revoke the WM-DRM
Software's right to acquire new licenses to copy, display and/or play
Secure Content. Revocation does not alter the WM-DRM Software's
ability to play unprotected content. A list of revoked WM-DRM
Software is sent to your device whenever you download a license
for Secure Content from the Internet or from a PC. Microsoft may,
in conjunction with such license, also download revocation list onto
your device on behalf of Secure Content Owners.
Wi-Fi®
Wi-Fi Certification assures tested and proven interoperability by the
Wi-Fi Alliance, a group certifying interoperability among wireless LAN
devices.
IEEE 802.11b
This is one wireless LAN standard set by the 802 working group
that establishes LAN technology standards at the IEEE (Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers) of the United States. It uses the
2.4 GHz band usable freely without a radio frequency license (ISM
band), enabling communications at a maximum speed of 11 Mbps.
The value indicated above is the maximum theoretical value for the
wireless LAN standard, and does not indicate the actual data transfer
rate.
IEEE 802.119
This is another wireless LAN standard set by the 802 working group
that establishes LAN technology standards at the IEEE (Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers) of the United States, and is
compatible with IEEE 802.11b. It also uses the 2.4 GHz band, but
enables communications at a maximum speed of 54 Mbps.
fI
The value indicated above is the maximum theoretical value for the
wireless LAN standard, and does not indicate the actual data transfer
rate.
Infrastructure Communications
"Infrastructure Communications" refers to networks using wireless
LAN access points.
This function can be used to connect to the Internet or a wired LAN
via a wireless LAN access point. Wireless LAN access points include
wireless broadband routers.
Ad-hoc Communications
Signal transferthrough wireless interconnection of computers is referred
to as "ad hoc communications': With such ad hoc communications
there is no connection to the Internet. Ad hoc communications are
suited for establishing simple temporary networks.
Network Names (5510: Security Set Identifier)
When forming wireless LAN networks. groups are formed to prevent
interference, data theft, etc. This grouping is done by "SSID" or
"Security Set Identifiers ': For further security, a WEP key is set and
signal transfer is not possible unless the SSID andWEP key match.
WEP Key (Network Key)
I
This is key information used for encrypting data when conducting
data transfer. On the AVR-5308CI. the same WEP key is used for data
encryption and decryption, so the same WEP key must be set on
both devices in order for communications to be established between
them.
100
 WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)
This is a security standard established by the Wi-Fi Alliance. In addition
to the conventional SSI D (network name) and WEP key (network key).
it also uses a user identification function and encrypting protocol for
stronger security.

WPA2 (Wi-Fi Protected Access 2)

This is a new version of the WPA established by the Wi-Fi Alliance.
compatible with more secure AES encryption.

WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK (Pre-shared Key)

This is a simple authentication system for mutual authentication when
a preset character string matches on the wireless LAN access point
and client.

Passphrase
This refers to the code key used forWPA-PSK/WPA2-PSKauthentication.
a WPA authentication method.

TKIP (Temporal Key Integrity Protocol)

-~' This is a network key used for WPA. The encryption algorithm is RC4.
the same as for WEP. but the security level is increased by changing
the network key used for encryption for each packet.

AES (Advanced Encryption Standard)

I
This is a next generation standard encryption method replacing the
current DES and 3DES. and because of its high security it is expected to
be applied widely to wireless LANs in the future. It uses the "Rijndae'"
algorithm developed by two Belgian cryptographers to divide the data
into blocks of fixed lengths and encrypt each block. It supports data
lengths of 128. 192 and 256 bits and key lengths of 128. 192 and 256
bits as well. offering extremely high encryption security.

101
 Relationship Between Video Signals and Monitor Output
o MAIN ZONE
Video Convert Inout si nal Monitor outDut Monitor outDut Iwhen GUI menu disolaved
HDMI COMPONENT S-VIDEO VIDEO HDMI COMPONENT S·VIDEO VIDEO HDMI COMPONENT S-VIDEO VIDEO
x
X
x
X
X
X
X
** VIDEO"' VIDEO"' VIDEO"' "4 VIDEO"' "4
** VIDEO'2
'3 "3
VIDEO'2
3
VIDEO'2
"3
VIDEO"2
X x X S-VIDEO" S-VIDEO", S-VIDEO", S-VIDEO", * S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO"2 S-VIDEO"2
X X * S-VIDEO"' S-VIDEO" S-VIDEO" S-VIDEO" * S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO'2
x
x
(l0800)
4800 - 7200)
x
X
x
X
X
** COMPONENT"
COMPONENT
COMPONENT"
X
X
X
X
** COMPONENT'2
'3 3
COMPONENT"2
'3
X
'3
X
X 480i1576i X X COMPONENT , COMPONENT' COMPONENT' COMPONENT 1
, * COMPONENP2 COMPONENT 2 COMPONENT 2 COMPONENT 2
X (108001 x ** VIDEO' COMPONENT VIDEO 1 4 VIDEO 4 * VIDEO"2 VIDEO 2 VIDEO 2 VIDEO 2
X 14800 - 7200) x COMPONENT",
* COMPONENP,
COMPONENP, X VIDEO * COMPONENP2 COMPONENP2 X VIDEO
X 480i1576i X COMPONENP, COMPONENP, COMPONENP, * COMPONENP2 COMPONENT"2 COMPONENP2 COMPONENP2
X (l080 ) X * S-VIDEO" COMPONENT S-VIDEO", S-VIDEO", * S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO"2 S-VIDEO"2
X (480 - 7200) x * COMPONENT"' COMPONENT" S-VIDEO S-VIDEO * COMPONENP2 COMPONENP2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO
X 1480' 76i) 0 X * COMPONENT', COMPONENT', COMPONENP, COMPONENP, * COMPONENP 2 COMPONENP2 COMPONENP2 COMPONENP2
x (lOB( ) ** COMPONENT
S-VIDEO'l COMPONENT S-VIDEO" S-VIDEO" * S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO'2 S-VIDEO'2
X 480 - 7200) , COMPONENT , S-VIDEO S-VIDEO * COMPONENT'2 COMPONENT 2 S-VIDEO $-VIDEO
x 480i 76i) 0 * COMPONENT', COMPONENT 1 COMPONENT 1 COMPONENT' * COMPONENT 2 COMPONENT 2 COMPONENT 2 COMPONENT 2
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
VIDEO"l VIDEO
X
4 , VIDEO
X
,4
X
VIDEO
X
VIDEO
X
VIDEO
S-VIDEO" S-VIDEO", S-VIDEO"l S-VIDEO S-VIDEO $-VIDEO
X S-VIDEO" S-VIDEO" S-VIDEO", S-VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO
1'080nl x x COMPONENT X X COMPONENT X X
14800 - 7200) x X COMPONENT" X x CO X x

ON
With HOM I
480i1576i
10800)
x
X
X COMPONENT "
COMPONENT
COMPONENT'
VIDEO 4 , COMPONENPl
VIDEO ,
4
CO ,N
ONENT
COMPONENT
VIDEO
COMPONENT
VIDEO
monitor (4800 - 7200) X COMPONENT' x VIDEO ONENT X VIDEO
1480i1576il X COMPONENT"' COMPONENT"l COMPONENP, ONENT COMPONENT COMPONENT
'080nl X COMPONENT S-VIDEO" S-VIDEO", ONENT $-VIDEO S-VIDEO
(480n - 720n) X COMPONENP' S-VIDEO S-VIDEO ONENT $-VIDEO $-VIDEO
(480iI576i) X COMPONENP, COMPONENT', COMPONENT', 0 COMPONENT COMPONENT
(10800) COMPONENT S-VIDEO" S-VIDEO" C S-VIDEO S-VIDEO
14800 - 7200) COMPONENT' S-VIDEO S-VIDEO CO ENT S-VIDEO S-VIDEO
(480iI576i) COMPONENT' COMPONENT' COMPONENT 1 CO ENT COMPONENT COMPONENT
0 x x x X X '3 '3 *3

I
x x x VIDEO' VIDEO' 4 VIDEO' 4 "X VIDEO 2 VIDEO 2 VIDEO 2
x x x S-VIDEO , S-VIDEO", S-VIDEO , X S-VIDEO"2 $-VIDEO 2 S-VIDEO 2
x X S-VIDEO", S-VIDEO", $-VIDEO"' X $-VIDEO'2 $-VIDEO'2 $-VIDEO'2
'080 ) x X X COMPONENT X X X "3 "3 '3
Without HDMI 1480 - 720n) X X X COMPONENP, x X X COMPONENP2 X x
monitor 1480i 76i x X X COMPONENT' 1 COMPONENP, COMPONENP, X .. COMPONENP2 COMPONENP2 COMPONENP2
or '080 ) x X COMPONENT VIDEO" '4 VIDEO " '4 X VIDEO'2 VIDEO'2 VIDEO'2
with HDMI
monitor off
(480 - 7200)
(480i/576i)
108001
X
x
x
X
x
COMPONENP,
COMPONENT"
x
COMPONENT'
S-VIDEO ,
VIDEO
COMPONENT
$-VIDEO ,
, X
X
COMPONENT 2 X
COMPONENT 2 COMPONENT 2
VIDE
COMPONENT 2
X COMPONENT X S-VIDEO 2 S-VIDEO 2 S-VIDEO 2
4800 - 7200) X x COMPONENT 1 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO X COMPONENT 2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO
(480i/576i X X COMPONENT' COMPONENT' COMPONENT' X COMPONENT 2 COMPONENT 2 COMPONENT 2
('0800) x COMPONENT S-VIDEO , S-VIDEO , X S-VIDEO*2 $-VIDEO*2 S-VIDEO"2
(4800 - 72001 X COMPONENT 1 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO X COMPONENT 2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO
480i1576i X COMPONENT" , COMPONENT' COMPONENT"' X COMPONENT"2 COMPONENT"2 COMPONENP2
0: Signal present X :
No output * Output according to "Resolution" setting (i/p Scaler: When "A to H" is set} (Gi"page 44).
X : No signal *, :
The" Picture Adjust" setting can be made. • : Wallpaper or set background color displayed
I
480p - nop : 480p /576p /'D80i /nop *2
*3
:
Superimposed over video signal
Only displayed when the MENU button is
:
• : Output according to "Resolution" setting (i!p Scaler: When "H to H" is set} (Gi"page 44).
: GUI menu not displayed
pressed
*4: If the input signal is in SECAM format, it is
converted to PAL for output

III
• The MAIN ZONE video conversion function is compatible with the following formats: NTSC, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4,43, PAL -N, PAL -M and PAL -60.
• When SECAM signals of video input are up-converted, the signals are output in PAL format from the S-Video connector.
• If the input signal is a component 1080p signal, up-eonverting to HDMI is not possible.
• The GUI menu display cannot be superimposed when xvYCC signals and component 1080p signal, computer's resolution (e.g. VGA) are input.

102
 SIGNAL IN MONITOR OLIT (Normally) MONITOR OLIT (when GUI menu displayed)
Video Convert
HDMI COMPONENT S-VIDEO VIDEO HDMI COMPONENT S-VIDEO VIDEO HDMI COMPONENT S-V1DEO VIDEO
x x x x x x x x a a a a
x x x a x x x a (VIDEO) a a a a
x x a x x x a (S-VIDEO) x a a a a
x x a a x x a (S-VIDEO) a (VIDEO) a a a a
x a x x x a (COMPONENT) x x a a a a
x a x a x a (COMPONENT) x a (VIDEO) a a a a
x a a x x a (COMPONENT) a (S-VIDEO) x a a a a
OFF
x a a a x a (COMPONENT) a (S-VIDEO) a (VIDEO) a a a a
a x x x a (HDMI) x x x a (HDMI)· x x x
a x x a a (HDMI) x X a (VIDEO) a (HDMI)· x x x
a x a x a (HDMI) x a (S-VIDEO) x a (HDMI)· x x x
a x a a a (HDMI) x a (S-VIDEO) a (VIDEO) a (HDMI)· x x x
a a x x a (HDMI) a (COMPONENT) x x a (HDMI)· x x x
a a x a a (HDMI) a (COMPONENT) x a (VIDEO) a (HDMI)· x x X

a a a x a (HDMI) a (COMPONENT) a (S-VIDEO) x a (HDMI)· x x x

a a a a a (HDMI) a (COMPONENT) a (S-VIDEO) a (VIDEO) a (HDMI)· x x x
a: Signal present a: Output present
IX : No signal x : No output
I* :Superimposed over video signal

To display the GUI menu on an HDMI monitor. output with a resolution of 480p/576p.

o ZONE2 I ZONE3

I Input MONITOR OUT

COMPONENT S-VtDEO
COMPONENT S-VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO
(ZONE2 only) (ZONE2 only)
x x x " X X X
X X a X;",,:'': x a (VIDEO)
x a x "'" x: "
a (S-VIDEO) a (S-VIDEO)
x a 0 'x ", ," a(S-VIDEO) a (S-VIDEO)
a x x o (COMPONENT) x x
0 x a a (COMPONENT) X a (VIDEO)
0 a x a (COMPONENT) a (S-VIDEO) a (S-VIDEO)
0 a 0 o (COMPONENT) a (S-VIDEO) o (S-VIDEO)
0: Signal present Ox : Output present
IX : No signal : No output
I : On-screen display not displayed

103
Relationship Between Amp Assign Setting and
Speaker Output

ON ON SLA/SRA Z2 L/R
ZONE2 Off SLA/SRA Z2L R
Off ON SLA SRA SBL SBR
Off SLA SRA SBL SBR
ON ON SLA/SRA Z3 L R
ZONE3 OFf SLA SRA SBL SBR
ON SLA SRA Z3 L R
Off
Off SLA/SRA SBL SBR
ON ON SLA/SRA Z2/Z3

I
ZONE Off SLA SRA Z2 3
(MONOI Off ON SLA/SRA Z2/Z3
Off SL SRA SBL SBR
ON ON SLA SRA Z2 L/R
Bi& Off SLA/SRA Z2 L/R
ZONE2 Off ON SLA SRA SBL/SBR
OFf SLA SRA SBL SBR
ON ON SLA/SRA Z3 L/R
Bi& Off SLA/SRA SBl/SBR
ZONE3 Off ON SLA/SRA Z3L R
Off SLA SRA SBL SBR
ON ON SLA SRA
Bi& Off SLA SRA
ZONE(MONOI Off ON SLA/SRA
Off S SRA
ON ON
ZONE2/ Off
ZONE3 Off ON
Off
ON ON
ZONE2/3 Off
(MONOI Off ON
Off

104
 Power turns off • Protection circuit activated due • Turn off the power. wait for the
;, .......
11
suddenly and to rise of internal temperature. set to fully cool down. then turn
Troubleshooting power indicator the power back on.
flashes red. • Place the set in a well-ventilated 11
place.
If a problem should arise, first check the following:
• Core wires of two speakers are • First unplug the power cord. 11
1. Are the connections corntCt7
touching each other or a core then twist the core wires tightly
2. Is the set being operated as described in the owner's manual7
wire is sticking out of the terminal or terminate the speaker cables.
3. Are the other components operating property7
and touching the set's rear panel, then reconnect.
If this unit does not operate properly, check the items listed in the table below. Should the problem persist
activating the protection circuit.
there may be a malfunction. . '
• Speakers with an impedance • Use speakers with the specified 11
In this case, disconnect the power immediately and contact your store of purchase.
other than specified are being impedance.
used.
(General)
;, ... tom", . :,..thb.·,".,·;;.i·,eau.. .. ,.;",> 'ik:>",,; ,."'. 'ti;:i""C~t8Imeesui1l;;'L Xi~ ;~iPllae.JE ~.
• Set is damaged. • Turn off the power and contact a
DENON service center.
Power does not • Connection of the power cord is • Check that the power plugs are 24
turn on, or turns faulty. securely inserted into the AVR- (Remote Control Unit]
off directly after it
was turned on.
5308CI's AC inlets and the wall
power outlet. II ' ~i.if.L~'~~~~~~·hii'"~
No sound is Set does not work • Batteries are worn. • Replace with new batteries. 3
• Connection with the input • Check the connections. 10
properly when • You are operating outside of the • Operate within the specified 4
produced from devices or connection of the
remote control specified range. range.
speakers. speaker cables is faulty.
unit operated. • Obstacle between main unit and • Remove the obstacle. 4
• Device you want to play and set • Select an appropriate input 42,43
remote control unit.
input source do not match. source.
• The batteries are not inserted in • Insert the batteries in the 3,4
• Master volume is turned too • Adjust the master volume to an 55
the proper direction. as indicated proper direction, following the
low. appropriate level.
by the polarity marks in the polarity marks in the battery
• Mute mode is set. • Cancel the mute mode. 55
battery compartment. compartment.
• Headphones are connected. • Disconnect the headphones. 55
• No digital signals are being • Select an input source for which • The set's remote control sensor • Move the set to a place in which 4
45
is exposed to strong light (direct the remote control sensor will
input. the digital input setting has been
sunlight, inverter type fluorescent not be exposed to strong light.
made.
bulb light, etc.).
·The connectors to which the • Set the input mode. 44

I
• The remote ID of the main unit • Set the same remote IDs for the 40, 78
digital inputs are assigned and
and remote control unit do not main unit and remote control
the settable input modes do not
match. unit.
match.
Display is off. • The" Dimmer" setting is set to • Set to something other than 40
"OFF': "OFF':
• The PURE DIRECT mode is set. • Set a surround mode other than 49
the PURE DIRECT mode.
"DOLBY DIGITAl:' • DVD player's digital audio output • Check the DVD player's audio -
indicator does not setting is not proper. output setting. For details, read
appear on display. the DVD player's operating
instructions.

105
[Audio) / // /, ....... ,'/

ILAi::Svm No sound is • The "Manual Setup" - "HDMI • Set to "TV': 33

No sound is 47, 48 output from Setup" - "Audio" setting is set to
• You are playing a monaural • The mode is set to something
produced from source (TV, AM radio broadcast. other than "STANDARD" (Dolby/ the monitor ':a.mp':
center speaker. etc.! in the "STANDARD" (Dolby/ DTS Surround) or "HOME THX connected
DTS Surround) or "HOME THX CINEMA" . with HDMI
CINEMA" mode. connections.
No sound • The surround mode is set to • Set to a surround playback 47 - 49
[Video)
is produced
from surround
speakers.
"STEREO'; "DIRECT" or "PURE
DIRECT':
mode.

• The surround speaker's power • Check the setting and change it 38

/" .. ,/,.: a.,..... .... ,

The on-screen • The format of the GUI and TV • Match the format of the GUI and 39
amplifier is assigned to a different as necessary. display does not (NTSC or PAL) do not match. TV.
channel. appear.
No sound is • Surround back speaker setting is • Set to something other than 30 No picture • The connections between the • Check the connections. 10 - 24
produced from set to "None': "None': appears. AVR-5308CI and monitor are
surrou nd back • Surround mode not set to a mode • Select a surround playback 47 - 49 faulty.
speaker. for 6.1- or 7.1-channel playback. mode. • The monitor's input setting is • Set properly. -
·The surround back speaker's • Check the setting and change it 38 wrong.
power amplifier is assigned to a as necessa ry. • PURE DIRECT mode is set. • Cancel the PURE DIRECT mode. 49
different channel. • The player is connected using the • High definition (1080i/720p) and -
No sound is • Subwoofer's power not turned • Turn on the subwoofer's power. - component input connectors, the progressive (480p/576p) video
produced from on. monitor is connected using the signals are not down-converted.
subwoofer. ·The "Subwoofer" setting at • Set to "Yes': 30 video (yellow) or S-Video output Set the player to interlace
"Speaker configuration" is set to connectors. (480i/576i) signals.
"No': • Check the connections. 12
No picture • The connections to the HDMI
• The subwoofer is not properly • Check the connections. 10 connectors are faulty.
appears
connected. with HDMI • HDMI input setting is improper. • Check the HDMI input setting. 44. 45
·The subwoofer's volume is • Adjust the subwoofer's volume 73 12
connections. • The monitor is not compatible • Connect a monitor that is
turned off. to an appropriate level. with copyright protection compatible with copyright
No test tones are • Surround mode not set • Set to the "STANDARD" (Dolby/ 47, 48 (HDCP). protection (HDCPl.
produced when to "STANDARD" (Dolby/DTS DTS Surround) or "HOME THX • The HDMI format of the player • Match the HDMI format of the 12
main remote Surround) or "HOME THX CINEMA" mode. and monitor do not match. player and monitor.

I
control unit's TEST CINEMA" mode. • Input source does not match • The video conversion function 16,17
Picture cannot be
TONE button is recorded. recorder's video connection does not work for the REC
pressed. connector (video or S-Videol. OUT connectors. Match the
DTS sound is not • DVD player's audio output setting • Set the DVD player. For details, - input source and recorder
output. is not set to bitstream. refer to the DVD player's connections.
operating instructions. • This is not a malfunction. Most
DVDs cannot be
·DVD player is not compatible • Use a DTS-compatible player. - copied on a VCR. movie software includes copy
with DTS sound playback. - prevention signals and cannot be
• The AVR-5308CI's "Decode • Set to the "Auto" or "DTS" 45 copied.
Mode" setting is set to "PCM': mode.
HDMI audio • The "Manual Setup" - "HDMI • Set to "Amp ': 33
signals are not Setup" - "Audio" setting is set to
output from "TV':
speakers.

106
 (jPod) ;:, ...... ~q\:v:i
,,;
..<'. c.u.e'j'ii':! ." '. "1-<,'"A ·L. c', :".iL ."....
Internet radio • Ethernet cable is not properly • Check the connection status. 22
iPod cannot be • The input source assigned to • Switch to the input source 42, 46 cannot be played. connected or network is
played. "iPod dock" is not selected. assigned at "iPod dock': disconnected.
• Cable is not properly connected. • Reconnect. 14 • Program is being broadcast in • Only Internet radio programs in 63, 64
• Control Dock for iPod's AC • Plug the Control Dock for iPod's non-compatible format. MP3 and WMA can be played on
adapter is not connected to AC adapter into a power outlet. this set.
power outlet. • The computer's or router's • Check the computer's or router's -
firewall is activated. firewall settings.
[NET/USB/Rhapsody) • Radio station is not currently • Choose a radio station that is 66
broadcasting. currently broadcasting.
I''''!';.SYmDtOm'·< "<>">t;:;.? eau.l!eJ"i);i'; j • IP address is wrong. • Check the set's IP address. 37
When a USB • The set cannot recognize a USB • Check the connection. 19 Files stored on a • Files are stored in a non- • Record in a compatible format. 63, 64
memory device memory device. computer cannot compatible format.
is connected, • A USB memory device not • Connect a USB memory device be played. • You are attempting to playa file • Files that are copyright protected 63,64
"USB" is not conforming to mass storage class conforming to mass storage that is copyright protected. cannot be played on this set.
displayed on the or MTP standards is connected. class or MTP standards. • Set and computer are connected ·The set's USB port cannot -
GUI menu. • The set port and the connected • Connect to the port set at "USB 46 by USB cable. be used for connection to a
port do not match. Select': computer.
• A USB memory device that • This is not a malfunction. DENON Server is not • The computer's or router's • Check the computer's or router's -
the set cannot recognize is does not guarantee that all USB found, or it is firewall is activated. firewall settings.
connected. memory devices will operate or not possible to • Computer's power is not turned • Turn on the power. -
receive power. connect to the on.
• USB memorydeviceisconnected • Connect the USB memory device server. • Server is not running. • Launch the server. -
via USB hub. directly to the USB port. • Set's IP address is wrong. • Check the set's IP address. 37
N Files on a USB • USB memory device is in format • Set the format to FAT16 or Cannot connect to • Radio station is not currently • Wait a while before trying again. -
"~ memory device other than FAT16 or FAT32. FAT32. For details, refer to the preset or favorite broadcasting.
cannot be played. USB memory device's operating radio stations. • Radio station is not currently in • It is not possible to connect to -
instructions. service. radio stations that are no longer
• USB memory device is divided • When divided into multiple in service.
into multiple partitions. partitions, only files stored in the
top partition can be played.
For some • Station is congested or not • Wait a while before trying again. -
radio stations, currently broadcasting.
• Files are stored in a non- • Record the files in a compatible 64 "Server Full"

I
compatible format. format. or "Connection
• You are attempting to playa file • Files that are copyright protected 64 Down" is
that is copyright protected. cannot be played on this set. displayed and
The file names • Characters that cannot be • This is not a malfunction. On station cannot be
are not displayed displayed are used. this set, characters that cannot connected to.
properly (':.:: etc.). be displayed are replaced with a
" . (period)':
Sound is broken • Network's signal transfer speed • This is not a malfunction. When -
during playback. is slow or communications lines playing broadcast data with a
or radio station is congested. high bit rate, the sound may
be broken, depending on the
communications conditions.
Sound quality is • File being played has a low bit • This is not a malfunction. -
poor or played rate.
sound is noisy.

107
 '<"."'. . ' /.'T;x/,' (Wireless LAN!
.....
Cannot login • Login information is incorrect. • Check if the Username for 37
to Rhapsody. Rhapsody has been properly Cannot connect • The settings of the SSID. Match the network settings with 36
("Username entered. to network. and network key (WEP) are the AVR-5308Cl's settings.
or Password • Re-enterthe Password. (Password 37 incorrect.
is incorrect" is is not displayed.) • The reception is poor and the • Shorten the distance from the
displayed) • Trial period has expired. • Get a full account. 64, 68 signals cannot be received. wireless LAN's access point,
www.rhapsody.com/denon/signup remove any obstacles and
Cannnot play. • When the trial period has finished, • Get a full account. 64, 68 otherwise improve visibility, then
there is a limit to the playing time www.rhapsody.com/denonlsignup try reconnecting. Also install
and number of tracks that can be away from microwave ovens
played. and the access points of other
networks.
Stops in the • When the trial period has finished, • Get a full account. 64, 68
• There are multiple networks and • Set the access point's channel
middle of playing. there is a limit to the playing time
the usable channels overlap. settings away from the channels
and number of tracks that can be
used for other networks.
played.
Alternatively, connect using a
Cannot compile ·The AVR-5308CI does not • When the playlist is compiled in - network cable.
Playlist. respond to playlist compilation. "PC Application:' it is registered
Played sound is • There are multiple networks and • Set the access point's channel
to "My Library'.' In this way, the
interrupted or the usable channels overlap. settings away from the channels
playlist can be played in AVR-
sound cannot be used for other networks.
5308CI.
played. Alternatively, connect using a
* Need full account. network cable.
Cannot delete • Cannot be done with AVR- • Delete from" PC Application'.' - Noise in sound • The wireless LAN waves are Try one of the following methods:
Rhapsody 5308CI. or picture when causing interference. • Try changing the product's place
Channel viewing TV or of installation and the direction of
registered in "My listening to radio. the antenna.
Channels'.' • Increase the separation between
Cannot delete • Cannot be done with AVR- • Delete from" PC Application'.' - the equipment and AVR-5308CI.
Tracks, Playlists,
Channels
5308CI.
* Need full account. • Connect the product into an
outlet on a circuit different from
registered in "My that to which the AVR-5308CI is
Library'.' connected.

(XM Satellite Radio!

"CHECK XM
TUNER" is
displayed in the
XM mode.
• The XM Mini-Tuner is not • Confirm the XM Mini-Tuner is
installed or not fully seated in the fully seated in the dock and check
XM Mini-Tuner Dock or the XM the XM Mini-Tuner dock cable is
Mini-Tuner dock is not connected connected to the AVR-5308CI.
to the AVR-5308CI.
20 I
"CHECK • The XM antenna is not connected • Check that the XM antenna 20
ANTENNA" is to the XM Mini-Tuner Dock or the is securely connected to the
displayed in the XM antenna cable is damaged. XM Mini-Tuner Dock and check
XM mode. the antenna cable for damage.
Replace the XM antenna if the
cable is damaged.

108
 [XM Satellite Radiol
; ,f" :,;,,:; '~"i;,;{;;; / :; <."1 0i!:~:;:':tii;:~ "",i, . :·'0'-'
"
"LOADING" is - The XM Mini-Tuner is acquiring - This message should disappear 60
displayed in the audio or program information in a few seconds in good signal Specifications
XM mode, from the XM satellite signal. This conditions, If you see this
message can also occur in weak message often, reposition the
XM signal conditions. (Note that XM antenna for better signal o Audio section
the AVR-5308CI may not respond reception, • Power ampllfHll'
to some buttons for XM while Rated output: Front:
this message is displayed.) 150W + 150W 18 OIohms, 20 Hz - 20 kHz with 0.05 % THD,)
170W + 170W 16 OIohms, 1 kHz with 0,7 % THD,)
"NO SIGNAL:' is -The XM Mini-Tuner is not - Check for antenna obstructions 60 Center:
displayed in the receiving the XM satellite signal. and reposition the XM antenna 150 W (8 OIohms. 20 Hz - 20 kHz with 0.05 % THD.)
XM mode. Something may be blocking to get better signal reception, 170 W (6 0I0hms, 1 kHz with 0,7 % THD,)
the XM antenna's view of the See instructions supplied with Surround (A + B):
satellites or the antenna is not the XM Mini-Tuner and Dock for 150 W + 150 W (8 OIohms, 20 Hz - 20 kHz with 0.05 % TH.D.)
properly aimed. antenna installation information, 170W + 170W (6 OIohms, 1 kHz with 0.7 % TH.D.)
Surround back:
"aFFAIR" is - You selected an XM channel is - Check back later; in the mean 59,60
150W + 150W 18 OIohms. 20 Hz - 20 kHz with 0,05 % TH,D,)
displayed in the not currently broadcasting, time, select another channel.
170W + 170W (6010hms, 1 kHz with 0,7 % THD.)
XM mode.
Dynamic power: 150 W x 2ch (8 OIohms)
"UP DATING" is - You selected an XM channel that - Consult the latest channel guide - 220 W x 2ch 14 OIohmsl
displayed in the is blocked or cannot be receive at wwwxmradio,com for the Output connectors: Front, Center, Surround back 6 - 16 O/ohms
XM mode. with your XM subscription current list of channels, For Surround: A or B 6 - 16 OIohms
package, information on receiving this A+B 8 - 16 OIohms
channel, visit www,xmradio com • Analog
or contact XM Satellite Radio at Input sensitivity I Input impedance: 200 mV /47 kOikohms
Frequency response: 10 Hz - 100 kHz + 1. -3 dB (DIRECT mode)
1-800-967-2346,
SIN: 102 dB (lHF-A weighted, DIRECT mode)
"XM---" is -The selected channel is not - Consult the latest channel guide - Distortion: 0.005 % (20 Hz - 20 kHz, DIRECT mode)
--~:
displayed in the available, The channel may have at www.xmradio.com for the Rated output: 12V
XM mode. been reassigned to a different current list of channels, For cases • Digital
channel number. This message of a new radio or a radio that has D/Aoutput: Rated output - 2 V (at 0 dB playback)
may occur initially with a new not received XM's signal for an Total harmonic distortion - 0.005 % 11 kHz, at 0 dB)
radio or a radio that has not extended period, allow the radio Dynamic range - 110 dB
received XM's signal for an to receive the XM satellite signal Digital input: Format - Digital audio interface

I
extended period, for at least 5 minutes and then • Phono equalizer (PHONO input - REC OUT!
try to select the channel again, Input sensitivity: 2,5 mV
RIAA deviation: ± 1 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHzl
SIN: 74 dB (A weighting, with 5 mV input)
Rated output: 150 mV
Distortion factor: 0.03 % (1 kHz, 3 VI

109
o Video section
• Standard video connectors
Input I output level and impedance:
Frequency response:
• S·Vldeo connectors
Input I output level and impedance:
Frequency response:
• Color component video connector
Input I output level and impedance:
Frequency response:
o Wireless LAN
Netwolk type (wireless LAN standardsl : Conforming to IEEE 802.11b
1 Vp-p, 75 OIohms Conforming to IEEE B02.11g
5 Hz - 10 MHz - +0, -3 dB (when video convert set to "OFF") (Conforming to Wi-Fi®) *
Transfer rate: DS-SS: 11 /5.5/2/1 Mbps !Automatic switching)
Y (brightness) signal - 1 Vp-p, 75 OIohms OFDM: 54/48/36/24/18/12/9/6 Mbps (Automatic switching)
C (color) signal - 0.286 Vp-p, 75 OIohms Security: SSID (Network name)
5 Hz - 10 MHz - +0, -3 dB (when video convert set to "OFF") WEP key (network key) (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK rrKIP/AES)
Y (brightness) signal - 1 Vp-p, 75 O/ohms WPA2-PSK rrKIP/AES)
PB / CB signal - 0.7 Vp-p, 75 OIohms Used frequency ra nge: 2,412 MHz - 2,462 MHz
PR / CR signal - 0.7 Vp-p, 75 OIohms No. of channels: Conforming to IEEE 802.11b: llch (DS-SS) 10f which 1 channel used)
5 Hz - 100 MHz - +0, -3 dB (when video convert set to "OFF") Conforming to IEEE 802.11g : 11 ch (OFDM) (Of which 1 channel used)

o Tuner section [FM) [AM) o General AC 120\1, 60 Hz

(note: ~V at 75 OIohms, 0 dB! = 1 x 10. 15 W) Power supply:
Receiving Range: 87.5 MHz - 107.9 MHz 520 kHz - 1710 kHz Power consumption: llA
Usable Sensitivity: 1.0 ~V (11.2 dBf) 19 ~V 0.3 W (Standby)
50 dB Quieting Sensitivity: MONO 1.6 ~V (15.3 dBI) Maximum external dimensions: 434 (W) x 217 (H) x 500 (DI mm (17-3/32" x 8-35{64 " x 19-11/16")
STEREO 23 ~V (385 dB!) Weight: 28.5 kg
SIN (lHF·A): MONO 77 dB
STEREO 72 dB o Main remote control unit (RC-1067)
Total hannonic Distortion (at' kHz): MONO 0.2 % Batteries: LR6/AA Type (two batteries)
STEREO 0.3 % Maximum external dimensions: 63 (W) x 238 (H) x 31 (D) mm (2-31/64" x 9-3/8" x 1-7/32")
Weight: 190 g (Approx 6.7 oz) (including batteries)
o HD Radio section [FM) [AM)
o Sub remote control unit (RC-1070)
(note: ~V at 75 OIohms, 0 dBf = 1 x 10.15 WI
Receiving Range: 87.5 MHz - 107.9 MHz 530 kHz - 1710 kHz Batteries: R03/AM Type (two batteries)
Usable Sensitivity: 1.0 ~V (11.2 dB!) 20 ~V Maximum external dimensions: 49 (W) x 220 (H) x 24.5 (D) mm (1-59/64" x 8-21/32" x 31/32")
50 dB Quieting Sensitivity: MONO 1.6 ~V (15.3 dBI) Weight: 114 g (Approx 4 oz) (including batteries)
STEREO 23 ~V (38.5 dBI)
SIN (lHF·A): MONO 77 dB *: Wi-F;@ conformity indicates tested and proven interoperability by the "Wi-Fi Alliance': a group certifying interoperability
STEREO 72 dB among wireless LAN devices.

Total harmonic Distortion (at 1 kHz):

HD
MONO
85 dB
0.2 %
85 dB
* For purposes of improvement. specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
STEREO 0.3 %
HD 0.01 % 0.01 %

110
List of preset codes

Denon Amp
o Denon 81001.82001. 83001. 84001
~,"';"~JL4ll2;;;..w ~,ii;'i1t,2,:1;
Fujitsu 01497 4~'<t:i~~'==~~~:~~
MTC 40420
G ,t:.·~tJt;:<S&~~t-~!~t:~.£::'~Z;:'i1f2~i4·tt:%M ~.f1!jIlli.J'Ltbi;;~,M..~::;~~;""
GE 00237.00144
Denon Tuner C Cairn 40157 MYl)'ad 40157

o Denon (Analog) 52863. 52795. 52800. 52805 General Instrument 00476. 00810. 00276. 00003
!L~~~~ _ _~ilit~::£ N ~~jb~X~%~z:M"'~k.;ilJ(ili~
StarHub 00276 Cambridge 40157 Nairn 40157
:itij~ti~ _ _ t;\it!!~* ~ *~t;;2fu~ti~~.L%;ii~~ ~;;jJ;;iJt.·_~;Z;B\;:~;,k~~ ~lR10:,;£~;,k.aiK1itliii
GNI 01466
Supercable 00276 Cambridge
Soundworlcs
40157 o Onkyo 40868.401 01
T f .. "
Denon Digital Tuner
o Denon (NET) 62865.62837.62838.62839 TCL
, ~,\ ;;:•.J!1!R!$l~·~!!!!lllL:a.~~w ~3(;%i;{.i¥,;=:=~
CDC 40420 Orion 40393
~Jl!)~"-_I'~li§H;~j hliii~'0ii;i':;;~~~~_ ;
~cm't)i" ~tL~Qi:.kl,,;,~J.~:~ll} p J'~~·4~m;,g,~40l52,
Time Warner cable 01877
Copland Parasound 40420
~~4LifZ~,* ·.#~~~¥#_vk~>:,~·&~
DenoniPod Torx 00003
L~~~~~_~~"", ~,$~,~;k'f'iit~~m~r'j,' [&;;.~""'i,,;">\ll
o Denon 72815.72816.72817.72818
kJ:~~~~.f!!t~0itj&'::
Cyrus 40157 " , Philips 40157

Trans PX 00276. 00303 D~~~~,~~~ ~~~~~#,;y,j;

Polk Audio 40157
Cable Macab 00817 ~~~~ DKK 40000
~~~~~~~~0~1wY~
A A·Marle 00008. 00144 U United Cable 00276. 00003 ~_Atiliiliili;l%t4kh0~1i Proton 40157
_;i~r1iit1I¥;j:~ Maspro 01510 il'!l~~Ui1M~~~&! Dual 40003
Q ~gm;,&_*1&f.~~i!&it;j8ik:it
Accuphase 00003 V Videoway 00000
Quad 40157
~.£L~~~~~~ ~;;atiE$ij:,rgii:L~i~,~
z Zenith 00000. 00525.00899
l{\I~.;j);;~.k~~~;';l"~&.1A
Action 00237 R Radiota 40157
~~~~~~~~~&~.~~ ··~",···t9L;~:AOOOo·40032k:~~~t~$
AD8 01230 Cable/PVR Combination"
~'i'; (~Jll§!I~;)h;""':Z;':':""" l:.""':""';''''';;;;; A Americast
RCA 40032. 40053. 40179. 40420.

~~~~~j~di~=s=~~
00899
Americas! 00899 o ~ ,..;!
~~#~,!o.-·~:tiQ.L~;~;.;.i\~~ F Freebox 01482
Archer 00237 Restek 40157
G ~~~.O!l!lQ..~~~fl;£1~
J Jerrold 00810 Roksan 40420
Austar 00276
ML~·Ii'I%iI;9Jm:i~m~.
B ;~I~;illi:]1~U§~3i&1;,iJJiJ~~;:2 p Pace
40101 B~i~T~M!§1~4IdN1k;J~~
J ~~Jik~~~:i4mi~j,~~;cit£M~{
01B77.00237
Bell South 00899 40420
~~'i~.1l JVC 40032. 40072 S ~~~~~~;;Jf;t,;;L~
S Scientific Atlanta 01877,00877
K~~S~;'==;=~~
Saisho 40000
Birmingham Cable 00276
Communications ~ilB.b~l\l!iii~fi~':' k,~~··.;i"k,._,40151Jk ,~~
;;J!!i1a!\Jt!~c!.=!!~)jJ£~&..t...liiiiiiid Supercable 00276 KLH 41318
San;o~ ... 4000o~oOij7. 40179
C T ",,:.~w.m.::Ji.
'~.=...,. ,~t_..-"""",......""""" ~~,"i.;' a~~,5jr~;i~"';''''''i..JJ.
Cable & Wireless 01 068
Z L Linn 40157 ~:'-'iL~?i.>~~15,7.¥l0 i..tP••zi;h "''''
~:·;eh~.~:0J4~~ Zenith Sears 40179
CoshiP. 01.~2 " "
i~", £If.l!i''.lI.l,,,;,;:__~,~~~;,~
o ~~itigw~ti.~~7JBtii:tbtJJ~)k";;'·",,~<£.tiliii81 CD Player Luxman
~~t#;-/~kkJ~~' ,
Siemens 40157
Dael)'ung 01877.00877. 00477. 00008 A Acoustic Research 40420 ,
~ll~~~\,wii~01LO~Z;::-;t*E¥~ iIli_ii~~lJti£l
M" ~a~nav~x ,i '.. ,40157 ," ' ! Simaudio 40157
~~~~_·;ti;;1\t:4i.'.J
Director 00476 Aiwa 40157 Matsui 40157 ~~4.QJ~j'~f~J\;~fNlk§$itt6
Sony 40490.40000.40100.41364.
E Emerson 00303 Audio Research 40157
!_iji~'\~t_I8~~t)li.~~£tk1l 40185
Memorex 40000. 40032. 40179. 40420.
40468 ~4.0j;\?M:it:;4.Qli1;~uiJ;i;;;"~~;";~,ii
Sylvania 40157
F Fosgate 00276 ti~; *\~r~~~~C-%r ~ijj~~~~,-\~v¥ik~~
l~i:,;:.V;'····;:":{Ol~"d;<i .:",c;.~
Audiomeca 40157
Micromega 40157
T j:fT~:;;.J,~.2>flil~'iR..'¥~
. ·~ .;::. b ::\i Tandy 40032
France Telecom 00817 AVI 40157 ;,]i" ;'.: ~{ Ml393 4~ ,
Mission 40157

1 I PRESET CODE I
 d~£~~~~99,~~20~ P ",~ial!i~f]l. """,~"".;o..+0375· ~"'~,,. p ~1!:~ ~#';;:i"~~kI~-~ i~~"jf",.JlJl1!t;~it.,"'~ Crossdigital 011 09
Technics 40029,40303 Panasooic 20229 Panasonic 01120 Astra 00713 U1!1l'!!Jf....""'~J!~. _,";'~'';;~~
k!~~"",~~"':~;; H'I)iJ!ll!':';'..;-, ······.;~tl.6f0229!m.;"lSt£4ii~ il'jOneef;5t2,:\, ;, JlIl!10illt-2dJi""",,~~~i@ i.~l ..¥i:<1J!l1!!",;;(. 'n . "
Cryptovision 00455, 00795
Thomson 40053 Phonotrend 20337 R Ricavision 01272 Ast 0 00173. 00658, 01099, 01100, \~!,jf ',,'; ',Iy '("",:;;""!U!l im16b,~~;;;;,;i;""""",
r 01113
ki~~:~~~~§1:k~-0~l#~~~~ S ~i,'b~·'-QlJjg,J!1!%1;.i;y~~ Cyrus 00200
Thule Audio 40157
~~,~~~:~~~{};~J Sensory Science 01126
~I!!!I1Jml~;;;;1 .... w~;t%
Atsat 01300
D t~ld:i;"~li0itl!9~lB1t.J!lU~.J:i~
Polk Audio 20029
~mit.~Q1~ttW;hJllidj Daewoo 01111,01296,01743
SMC 01456
RCA 20027, 20220 Audioline 01672
[,~tt0~~;;;~~t~?~_Rj£!li4tJ;d ~~~~!~~lPl.3pLgt~1i
Wadia 40393 Stack 9 01272 00497,00642, 00863, 00879,
S Sansui 20029, 20009 Austar
tt.l;[~' ... ·.,~'=:=,~:·;~{
01176, 01259
Hi ~""'~io«d~'!!11~2:;;;";;,w,; .. ,,;~,,;;>
y Yamaha 40490,40868, 40032, 40036 Sharp 20231, 20371 01457,01659
;:'l~~:L~~tmi.:i.;';.~9.~Nj~~};i¥~~~~~-:~~ii;J ~¥§~~!!~~~9!L~~,.x:~~2~~~-~d;t>~?£.i:;%~jffl ~";;::'~''''''·'''''''''_&;PJilU'';i41j;":4,; .••,,",,~~:''
Sonic 20375 B B@ytronic 01412
CD Recorder ',' ~·;.:~"~2~}!!~~1d~ V Viewsonic 01272,01329 iljllkO~ ~:i. . mi..J!455rt:a.,;";;;;·j~,,,J;,·'~_';;;;";;'iV
D Denon 40766, 42868 T TaeKwang 20439 lIar Bell ExpressVu 00775

J ~;~';;~~;;;';5;;";19\l!'1';';';~J"",,,,"~k:;c)j LI8J,!li!a'~0.~gg1!~L,~~.~I,~;;,! Voodoo 01272 6~~i;()'i"~i1!·.~:, ~!~;~~&~j&iJ

20280. 20283, 20289, 20308, X Black Diamond 01284
R RCA 40053, 40420 Teac
20309
S ("~9!lY'::;I;;Xals;;0;1sGNl9Jl!l.1Q12!lt~1il§4..d,1±:4,, Z zr Group 01272
iLttc.mlt~~ilBili.~~~~kffih1~0~~~14:~;~~ Blue Sky 00713 Dijam 01296
T Teac 40420 Technovox 20229
i~1:!~~J~;,gJ~~~; ~~J.£a9.l3§zjl~iG:.iJ0';";'l.4
Satellite Receiver Boston 00710, 01251 01377, 00392, 00566, 00639,
U Universum 01639,01142,00247, 00749,
20375,20439 A @sat 01300 k:8@"'~.f,;}.l@8,Ol!j~*).i:,;j :,,;i! 01749,00724,00819,01856,
Tape Deck VbY.i£lof',; <'i:0;fi;;;t;~44. 202i~,.~7~~I&ia ·il1~ British Ski: 00847 01175 01662 01847
DireclV 01076, 01108, 00099, 01109,
A Aiwa 20029,20197,20200,21315
W Wards 20027, 20029 A,Mark 00345 8roadcastlng " , 01414,01442,01609,01392,
~i.qS'i;~d'~;;~~ ';~.t;j,s:,;.)fu OO1~,~t~~.kiL~,~ r~e ~.\. .<4.~-li. ;;ii2\.i~.e: .~':.[~\ij 01640
k.wA~L·r";«"~'-~':;:"> '~~~t;~ v ,_. __ ,_~j &2...~z:;,~D:;:;l,:Nf1il~'~1l!...l"';;;1~£<:££t"'''''d
Arcam 20076
Y Yamaha 20097, 20094
ADB
00642,01259,01367,01418, BskyB 00847, 01175, 01662
Dish Network System 01505, 01005, 00775, 01775
01473, 01491 S!lIjpt.. ,4:ii'·"';;'·4f!J11l0~,~1.t:·~~_di4'"
;AlJI!iE!!l!.~~lt;.,. ~,"",.1!J LAg~~~_oo1iLii;~!i~~·,<·~ . :;" .:~~ Bubu Sat 00713 ~~,f!:1.5lAQJ~,lm~..9.111.p£>
C Carver 20029 HDTV Tuner ~' Distratel 01283,01704
Aiwa 01514
;~~~h5~~'Ol2ll4;,OJ6.4?~ 0167~.'017,~~
Dt~~~~~}=~~~;l;;2ffi ~~tiis&4k&£!U~~'§; ,J2;i::'~~i~~
A ABS 01272 ~l&i~LIXgql~f310Li~6~~~iJ '* 1.ll:il4<~;;;:;;",,1C_
Alba 00455,00713,01284,01659, C Canal 00853 DNT 00200
F Fisher 20074 01811 d~~i?45~i:lllmA*\2':hfrt4:iAt; i_;Mlf!j,~~~\iiJ*:tf;£JLiL'it\
G L~l!l£~;~~*.iiiL_~g.t~~~j ~j;l;fJ1iJl1li~OO;;mfj;}cit':!jk'l.l~ Canal Satellite 00853,01339.01853 DSE 01375
Genexxa 20439 Alltech 00713
~~W;;;~0:~~';!U~i~,t
~§l~~~:S&.:;~1~~P1~4>t\1412.L;Gtj Centrex 01457 Durabrand 01284
Grundig 20029,20375 AJphaStar 00772
.lCI.iY;;;!'k""'.it~91~i1!L~k£: .1;,iLk1, ~~QX~,k~~~ -;4'2:-~::;,~¥yiAi":-~
H ~~~!l!fIIj~l!li~",fl?.1L~ ~~~.'~:" tl~,~~,~;' .~',:~ ..... .M Chaparral 00216 01505,01005,00775,00455,
I Inkel 20070,20071,20337 00345,00713,00795,00847,
Amstrad 00863,00882, 01113, 01175, b~,;,;.,,;;,~ool:~,~l~;~~;;k;iJi E Echostar
00610,00713,00853,00871,
J L1illi§~"~iid:~,,,;:,;,;;,~202~·~44;~3. 20214, 20303~' 01086,01200,01323,01409,
~ _ .. '1Q:UQ•.2law· c.&[; 01693,01801 Chess 00713,01085,01334,01626 01418,01473,01775
K Kenwood 20070, 20071, 20092, 20233. ; :.~ '., :'?/~:i~2~i , - ,_~~ 'JJ!1iIi;;;;" ,)Rltl11i;i:\';2_~>i1 ~~~.·.-:;.~~itJi~J~i:tJJ:~;:·ii-~»,~;k;ii~
20234,21364 00713 CtyCom 00299,00394,00818,01075, Elap 00713,01567
L ;.lJifLjj~,A,;~,jg;17$ '~~.,,~ ~:,'>«,:: '. I 01176, 01232
Luxman 20308, 20309 I ~f?ils'~'~<'%':ifi'''~;'liJmlIK:,*!;4J;.:';;'·''ii;~!; ~\ ... +~~~~2.:ik",,6..~;"')'
Apollo 00455 Elta 00200,01659
MkM~;j.,y,?.~.~iI;'·,JbW;;~0iLi~."" L iL~~~Ji~~<~*.i.~h~~~;;l Clatronic 01413
Marantz 20029, 20009 Linksys 01272, 01365 i;,~J}i~~JL~gig13;;i££-:ihj;w.~J M~~t~;~%'~~~kt4t~0J;t
00200 Energy Sistem 01631
M;L~e££9t~L!i!!~"i0f!i~£:;G;'!JlliiliS}!~:~~ 01232, 01366,
Mitsubishi Microsoft 01272, 01805 ~';~~;;;&"R!lli.~LZ§1di¥lJlL' ... _~
Asat 00200 EP Sat 00455
Conia 01695
~Ol L~:i&~":,+i&,~lii:~a1,,';;i''';;';j2~L'''0
o Motorola 01363
00713 t~..>J4lh0';£'iJ~~~~.LRii
N ;j~~lM!dia ,:·d,,;;R1,P~,:-"":':':"'~ Continental Edison 01695
Eurieult 00882
Northgate 01272 £~'~:''4;,,,;. ~;'.,.,.,~:" ;.
Astacom

IPRESET CODE I 2
 01142,00749.01749.00775,
01672 ~~,.~?!t,,~,·#;.";:",,
:;:~,qs'YR!~"""J~§J?ii;~;""""",,MJ.; •.,;t 00642,00879.01333,01433.
00724,00819,01076.00722,
Euroline 01251 1214. Multichoice 00099,00710,00455.00818,
01559, 01560 Philips 00200,00847,00853,00173,
;;'EMf~~',.,,~~.~.d!!!§3~.· ..·.. 2. "'W" HOT 01159 L "'-\1i.Org-;1;.i1 ";iiRJ~£8'''*gg':'"iLk,~*L'WJ'" 01114,00133,01442,01543,
Europhon 00299 <!!~~,:~1..~~0i.f;~,.i,iiiiSc"""J Myryad 00200 01672
1!~~~";':.&i,&~,~:w;.,,)'~~;J' 00125,00173,00299,00710,
iliimii1i.jp /t,jhi!!lR-l~&"K;d;;i i.tt~ ::.~~~~,.OJgm,;~.h~~
Hirschmann 00882, 01 085, 01111, 01232,
Eurostar 00818 01848.01850 Pilotime 01339
01412
~ittl~ki~i~@L~:c~~R~jlh;:1f~§~b:0~~~~ 01718 ~_t;h~1il.,~~ti!.~.:~~~~d~\;L}{%j<~t&b
00749,00819,00455,01250, 01142, 00329, 00853, 01308,
Hitachi Pioneer 01442
F ;;~:·~k,f;t,;;,:JQlJ.~}t;:;0;;;;;;:.d~ 01284,01518,01523.01525 lemon 01334
rhMI;:~~~&'*~i~iVi±k¥~~
Ferguson 00455,01291,01743 6~!~~0~1~;p_g~::w Netsat 00099. 00887
Homet 01300 Plasmatic 00442
~~~_~0~¥+~;t>~~*~*:: ~'$'2 lenoxx 01611
~lY;.;\~.i3w~4~J;j~,{~~ ,\£i:-¥,%~l1~!B1!""",il6illW£.;l~
Finlux 00455 ~~~<~po11,~' 't/l-i1!Ak~_~ .015'01 Neuhaus 00713
ki(!im!L;;';;,;,'2ib:";:ij'
HTS 00775, 01775 Polytron 00394
kI~lttt' ~~1i~Jj, .... , .:~~ , Hughes Ne~.: ' . , . ' .". ,••
lifesat 00299.00713,01043 I::
;~,;,:.":_-&.i>Ol~t..""'"~''''s:";",,,,;iio
FMD 01251,01413,01457 ~ti;ili~~:-~~~~~~~~ , ~"£4k**"".01~~¥',,*'4 Neusat 00713 Preisner 00262, 011 01. 01113. 01366
l~J~:< ' .,,-' 011QJi?::
Fortec Star 01083
.t.;o ..e<i--""ti,i.., Humax
00863, 01176, 01225, 01406,
01427,01675,01743,01790,
01915
logik 01284
.
:
=_.. . ._~'~~lili;i;!."LJ~
Next level 00869
~·'Vh~;,~~i~~~~~4l9.-.
Prima 00795
,~p ; .. '~ dJIJ455.!XI497, 00795,00879;' ~~~::-" lD75~;~~:;'- ~_~~it~~
bBkJ);.:J%, ';;,>j~.I!11§Z!l1J1§;j!J~::II&"h0 :o~\'Rill~~;~~k";
>;t,;!:r.;.,;.="",,", 01075,01159 Noda Electronic 01704 Primestar 00869
Fracapro Planet 00871
~f1Ri~tft~li&ld§i¥j!~l~;_EkiW~~1M; f;~i;;1l0,tB&@k')';>,.!lP4~;lKl723;o;l151, . '
10 Digital 01176
i..:~;&'~'-ilJO?3haim£.m:m
France Telecom 00871 Nordmende 00455, 01611 Promax 00455
iiJhIJI§JiJ,,@~~:i;;gMiu~~J!ifi91"zat3;;~ ~~i2i00;;_~;-i,;ffi;~k;;'dii;
ilo 01535 Proton 01535
:'~;';,ELf.,o~:91~.9J:m&;~~\~~ Q ~~"L«h'.;ili~~.,A1.S11~;
Indovision 00887 Quadral 00710
~~i&i;i&~~ ·-'~b~:·: .:~; '~J>;"~;i;;,~~;;~i':'~f,,,,,~~
Innova R Radiola 00200
Optimus ~"j·.;&;i,"Q0775.,~~~,~
[,- Radix 00394, 00882, 01113, 01317
Drbis 01232.01334,01412 ... ~.01142,Q0775.

Mediabox 00853
f~~ \';',?:ii..Jit~qtlk;,*,¥\*j]l ;~,s~1~!:~:Wi'
Drigo 00497
Rebox 01214
~~~~g~~4~{,i;;)i£t4
MediaSa 00853
P P/Sat
~j~=1~~.a~=i
Gecco 01412
~.L~i~~~~~:2i Jerrold 00869
General Satellite 01176 Medison 00713
~~jtiF9~;2~t;j'~YA}.j~h% JOK 00710 &j!i~~i~.I7:,qti:;;;;:ttii
GF Star 01043 m:i;"....,,;;Kfit~~i,Q.~~J Memorex 00724 Pacific

:r:" "~: ..",\,., oU51; 01334, 01412. 0142W K K-SAT 00713

i ~~~1i1~>jOOl1~,:W;2J~:21:i ~llii·.!'!mO~~
!lt~.:i:kia~~il16Zli~~<i..hl..~ ~...:' r;,ztLJljID113""~;;;';.Jfu..%';~
GOD Digital 00200 Metz 00173
Kaon 01300
bG.!i;;.4;;;' 9Ltt.C!5~,,£;i; .....~ ~~¥~~i~ti~~~;>9l1.1:,·_· ~~~4~~~:kJ lMi!i!l;.zii~1~,:,-~q~lL~~1t11~~~:a
Gold 80x 00853 00123,00173,00200,00249. Micro 00713
~.siE!' ;w,';Rl~i~;;'~ Kathrein
00394, 00442, 00480, 00504. ~a8k1t~.;,,;,-,"2.!'OOm·"JA.OO~~~;'&
00658.00713,00818,01221. Micro Technology 00713
Golden Interstar 01283 01416,01561,01567
U_:2:ij2f,~i:fi\ijll~~£fjilWKfg ~1;;{.~ti~jt~~:0}t>_ili~~
Goodmans 01291 Kenwood 00853 Microstar 01 075 Sat Control 01300

Granada 00455 01333 Mitsubishi 00749,00455 SAT, 01409

Kocmoc T8 Paysat 00724
\:G~'i;,'> .~+;·:00l7~;OO345.~7f:~i ~~~;;'~!!W~iL~.~ ~4,~t:.i;:;:!ltWJh~_;&~~
:m:~,,=~!K!!lZl!kQl2Jll~~ill Motorola 00869, 00856, 01473 Satelco 01232
H Handan 01622
~~.11!N!22';;.91;!~t~. ~JE~~li41
~..." _i}JlJM~':;;;lL","'~'~';; Muller 01695

3 IPRESET CODE I
f;~O!L_..,;.~~,""",,,,, .\ T .;rant8\: ••,.i# '" ,,~..J!l).'~5§,;,....,,~.~~ v DirecTV
01377,00392,00639,01142,
01076,00099,01392,01442,
SKY l!alia 01848
Schaub Lorenz 01214 Taros 01225 01640 l1.~~""""~";"'91.f12~~~,,,,,
Skymaster 01075
;!x~~:~.,;R9IJ9L01~1~1.;.'~i,.J iJ811flll ';'£ivi;,~~~.i;:;/U!ihJ ~l~Jl!.m1!,,,,')l~il
00394, 00504, 00863, 01075, TBoston 01659 Dishpro 01505.00775 i~~~';,t~ltl2":~;~Gcis;;,0
Schwaiger 01083,01111,01317,01334, Sony 00039,01640
01412,01457 .;r~~;;:;;~;'J11??MJW"qlt!iJ~qm£i Viasat :'%.PJl,Iii::;h<d;,;"t£;;(Jll~L;iLft
{;~g§:.:;;;:~~G/i;'~:~fDlJJ~L~t~\~k;~·J,~:k0;j;;d Tecatel 01200 Dream Multimedia 01237 i:~~~i~~i\1~~~0ci2JL±ti:i:i;kk~4
Sedea Electronique 00125, 01206, 01283, 01626 !.T~rnSat:;;; (ii;;" ,tlW62,.Oll45!i•. OQIl6a, 11109!!, Visionic 00125,01283 E ~~l~1!JlU~iPOlll~d':~~
iibwA%.%.§¥0j;0\J:%i;JlUIlO,1l1t9J)}Ql1at;;mm;,
d\3~~Cb~~k!lJqL~lI!§bi!!!M~~ Technomate 01283,01610
~t~.I~!~~Ol§[1i~!iI4~~j£01~i&j1EJ 00775
Seleco 00871 Visiosat
00142,00710,00713.01413. T TechniSat 01195.01197

~l:2;'.hi;"iii'l:AYfl~!;j;$li;ioi@1~8d
01457,01718
t]l!~~!'&;.l,CC~l1?~.a~,g,t.k,.h
Technotrend 01429 <, ldYiit?iZ'~Jl({JI§zillDiii&~ll1L~ Topfield 01206.01545.01783
Serd 01412
4iJ~~'+1hGOl264:,J!JJ~~;£id1k.i Vivid 01162
t JPS, ,,;:,>i, ;;'n);'k.gl~B~7 ~1;;';~i6i ....
L~ifipjJi> it' ,t",.~19~ri~"·''':~'',:<4 Tele System
Electronic 01251,01409,01611.01801 ~.~~·~G·,"";';'::J9miJA;.i~>w,",,~.A
01412
X Xtreme 01300
Servimat 01611 ~~........~·::"",:;;!!1J'o!'l.5!Jb
.• ;Ji"·"":"""'~_..:J.,
:':"'~iSaI OIElM1}l;'.~~1., ....""",,,~_"" ~~~&t%ild!l~!;i~. ~dit!M!kAirifutjl:li$Jij
VTech
Hirschmann 01412 Z ..~,;..",+;;;, ,.Jlll)?§ 0111,2~'i.X""'c.
.',. Wt~~,,;;:·{··
Sharp 01517 TeleClub 01367
Wewa 00455 i~~~Ol~. L.";,."""'..............,,.;;:ii;;~ *3
:Jel~.',. H
Jl~&~.Q!lll~\L~ ~~kZw.~t~~~&.~~,;".", .u:2j
Hughes NelWllrk
Systems
01142 01442
'
Hughes Network
Systems
20739
Teleka 00262, 00442
Silva 00299
';r",..tar ",.:.:'.;).01099;01.100;012&\,.0133'4".
Winbox 01801 li~~.:i~l17,§.m~~;i;i2: p ~l!l!~~~2l!Z~";",~#i<",,-4
&L~~4 '&"M,·c:~dfu:i<itf~11llfi10#l~~4illLti?£k£:t~ Huth 01075 S Samsung 20739
Telesystem 01801 00173, 00299, 00455 !l~JW£~J~i!ll91§!..eJJii.;14iKl~:
L~,fiti~J5,~~&iWt~~ K Kaon 01300
Television
Televisa 00887 i~I1jJk~~~~~q!lll~QJat'*
SKY l!alia 00853,01693,01847,01848 L LG 01075 1 888 10264
~~~~~,~:'giQiA;fi:d··!··u,.~.kJbii ML~~l~,L· ~L~~~~~;;,;~ A ~~~;}{;;JiiWi:l~?i l~bllml,;.{,,\:;;.
SkyXL 01251,01412 Mediacom 01206 ms 10037,10352,10374,10455,
A..
R Sys te 10556
"'§~~.* ··'w' _OlX7Sif,:<;,j'b",", . '=L%i l~";:, XOI4g;, !io.~.,,,;;i ~. &d~~~!IXXSJS!gt '~~i}~~;.;¥:~
Skymaster 00713,01075,01085,01200, Microstar 01075
01334,01409,01567,01611 Accuscan 10047
~1:; ;,..i#;,;....1!.0!L.,u:..J:J."'''"....~,;;f,.;,ji
1.•~~Ji.&4~~4.@i4.i~i'i'~"'"';;;;;;; . . ~~" . ~",'>,,,.Jl!101;.\l'"'.·,,:.iL,·wL,~
Skyplus 01232,01334,01412 Motorola 00869 Acoustic Research 11269
lioko 00394
S§~~1},'Ji;~.:lm11;i;,;~"d.·L;.ii;;&J z "'ti(.>_~1M12K\ii~",,,.k..' _,."""" ~''':'t.:;~~1fllP!U..~~1,::",''':''0
01334
;yr~9JM*'1L ~~i8igll~~r:~0j Multichoice 01333, 01559, 01560 Acura 10009
Tokai 00200 Zenith 00856.01856 ~~c~~'il0,d~A8I,"Ql~~~\JX) k~t;,~4*d~~jglQ!l.iil.~J4
_~~i:;ltS5~¥b&G~tt N NEOTION 01334 ADL 11217
01206,01208.01545,01783 Zodiac 01801
o Opentel 01412

TPS 00820,01253,01307
Satellite Receiver/ Advent
10761.10783.10815,10B17,
10842,10876,11933
PVR Combination y x £~_= ..J.G,"J.cmo. i!.<:;,,::'j;ii..:ii~i
*1 Adyson . , " 10217 .
Trio 01075 A ~j~~cl"iZt ll1Jj!?6i.-}'''~ ., ~~'.,;;,Jjjl63il L~?""··;";,·~;,,,,,,,,
Agashi 10217,10264
iIlicta"",;J;;;,;..t,:~R,l~~...';';'Zl"iidz~j;;JM~ A1lvision 01412
Turnsat 00713 ~:.:k~"'~1;4;;.t;~~ ~.d"d.iil,i£:;';101!!!!,-.~",b';;i;L /.~
10092,10009,10035,10037,
:4~~";~~i&21jj.9L6§1IUk;,i~~ Atsat' 01300
Aiko 10217,10264,10361,10371,
U UEC 00879. 01162, 01333. 01356 B ~;k~\W~Q1Ut0i~t?ij,1{';;j""i.J 10433
Sunkai 00123 ~:y~i;;;1i:kt,;q~"g~~~~illi British Sk~
Broadcasting
01175 S Sagem 01253,01307 iL~:":0i&:c..4i;';k;t;lk:t1.!1fll§s1~li~~!1~j
Uniden 00722
~~llllt~miiilti62~~4fui¥tt~~ &~:a;iiAf1'%Q;lQ!~~~J!liii Aiwa 10264.10701,11904,11911
Sat Control 01300 '10060,10612;J0102-
Sunsat 00713 Bush 01645 lOO3ll;101~5;ilO601:
United 01251
C l~!lit~~,,1:~~~i~ 10714:i~~: ~=A~t:
supem~va. 00887 .. '. • ..; L~,i~~g3, ~:~~l!l;;~>09!l' Comag 01412
H$.ilii 11676:n91l3;11l556.:
;,S¥Ah&\k;~gj~~0~" '•.-...,~ US Digital 01535 o .;~~~Ui645~~.... .biie,$ 1~. 10480.1043il.10371.
11l361,11l2tj4, 10218. 10217.
Systec 01334 vUiQ~id<;i;i_~~P1gi~~:;.M\~ D~g~.auest 01300
.. OlOlA '" . lll208:'~.~':f~l:
IPRESET CODE I 4
 !:ii.~"j;,u:~mdQl!iOJd:h6L,~:':·&·'; ~~d;~~~4:i~1~!:~L ~~~ 81ackway 1021B
Akiba 10037,10218,10455 Auchan 10163 ~·~~.:jki,{,~i·'0036;.10110,:10HI~}~.
~,~""""l~~"""-B,:'.~
~~!§Il~~' ~ 'ok" 10037,10218,10455,10487,
10009.10037,10109,10217, 81ueSky 10499,10556,10668,10714,
Audiosonic 10218. 10264, 10370. 10374, 10715,11037,11191,11363
10486.10714,10715,10820
:J.gin:.~~~~;1l!?l?:. \. ..~
~~'illk"fut~~iL0?17,l~_.JJ!31Q, lML' 8PL 10037, 10208
10451.10180,10092,10623,
Audiovox 10802.10875.11937,11951, !~~j:.% . ~;1Ql">d&'~~ .,:,~
.10031. 10013;, 11952 Brandt 10109, 102B7, 10335, 10560,
;.10352" 10370.
10443.1ll487: t~~'mik:;;L@,,"' ..
· .;;;'-~..'.'.:"",'""",""",~ 10625,10714
lIgHJ·, Aumark 10060 • ~;<#\iid'VJgg,pl041~J~1~"
Albatron 10700, 10843 Brionvega 10037,10362
Mi!!!ligi/·td,;;;,lylil!iIIl. J'r ..__....
Aventura 10171 ~;~,j,,;~~~
8rockwood 1017B, 10030
All-Tel 10865,11269
&l~Ve,,£;;:'&;:MiiilPlO:···'$£!;.;.,i-iS:~Ja.;jj
~_~0ii4i"i1~101~,~;,~/;~
Allorgan 10217 Awa
10451.10009,10011,10036,
10108,10217,10264,10374, ~ti~if=;zm~l~:U~~
10606 8rother 10264

Ambassador 10150
~~~~::l.J1li;~!\ij,?1~i
Axxent 10009

American High 10000, 10060 Clarivox 10037,10070,10418

Baihe 10009, 10264
~~~~b:4\ti01ili~JJ£tjl;;ls'kMIGjf~!kJ8 ~~~~i:J/Jt!~4,'tqooia~,i~JA~_Ji% ~~~i@:~~~.li0;;flki
10000,10171,10009,10011, Clatronic 10009,10037,10217,10218, Denko 10264
10037,10163,10218, 10264, Bairn 10037,10073,10109,10208.
10264,10370,10371,10714
Amstrad 10362,10371,10433,10648, 10217.10343,11196
k~k~iAP&i~QmQ§J101)~;';~;[;'d
11037,11982 l;;B'lQ!~0~tB;i£~ tijj!l~li~~~®1Mt~lii~Jj Denver 10037,10587
t:~"16i;_::~1}~~;~_4:01·eQtJ,;:;+:t~0~i2it Baohuashi 10264 CMS Hightec 10217
-, . ',. 10250:'10180."10009. 10037, to, \·,(,"<11' rc·... ,;:1(1047~JOO54: 10917>.10000" ~~~d},ki.hiMl,LD
Anam 10700, 10861
~i£1;i:0ntlP~':JQ!ilL';£t.:Lii\m_ fu'Clll_.""i'?-:1£';~'1'n ....
~~:;:~:lU,f~~'\%t%K-'i:Wt.i%M
Q ......... '.".,.,.., ..... ,
Diamant 10037
Barto 10163,10556
".~~~1!R;¢.'>""
Andersson 11149, 11163
Commercial Solutions 11447. 10047
)~i~~M~~~~t:,\.b;~it ~.·~»;,.'t·'s2,::'J=tJ='1:~
Digatron 10037
Condor 10009.10037,10264,10370,
10418 l::~~1~&,t!M;l-$, ..~"ji<.01
ii~;;;:Si<i," '~~~~ij Digital Life 10872
Conic 10178 ~~,; ' __ 1>~,"-* '~~~~iA4i
~~ ~",""';"';~,:;~{,:i& Digitor 10037
Conrowa 10156, 10145, 10009, 10264.
10698,11156.11170
~Me,diil !I!!!l!!!;~&~';;';;;:"~ill~
Dixi 10009,10037,10217
~t(,. '" ~~~~11tm6~
Aolinpike 10264 Continental Edison 10109,10287,10487 liJtl::~~~iiiii">.i!/~1l1B.~
.~ Digital/if"',",', 10156; 101~; 10819.10165.; Domeos 1066B
~~k%2,··J:~WW~2;...;~
&-~t"".!li.i:/'!;>iil!l1li!.HJ1Wl~"· .. , ~~ ..;~·~·ii't~";';;.K,,,-C,,~
AR 10352,10556
i~EI)Mi!l~~~Ql!!4};j'/;;};':;';;";;i&
Arcam 10217
Craig
~~.,=<~;' ,; 10180,10171
}0054, 10000.101811.)0030,
.5"!"""~' >i...(mt\ltll1;,~.o1li3;\1031!l;.
10093,10180,10053,10009.
Dongda
~£~-,'>~,::";~\~.£~i~~~~~~
10009

Belcor 10030 Dream Vision 11164, 11704

10037,10208,10370.10418.
,,~.:1l;.~,i~l~i!ij4 ,,~;i*~ M~~I;;~~~..l;_~
Crown 10486,10487,10606,10672, ~k&£?,;,:""'.*a.,I,!!J!!l.l~,,k\L2:;
Aristocrat 10163 10712,10714,10715,11037 DTS 10009
8elson 10698, 11191
;;~g~;;";;\~~&:!~Z.U!§j,xkk~ ~~~~~;p,..;0J~,i~ -ml.t'i&}j . ,'';) 1~7. lQ217,10343.Jm
ART 11037 CS Electronics 10218 ~~~i1~ltJm.:nl~&i';;,
BenQ 11032.11756 Dual Tee 10217
~4t~l:i1l~2:ti!!~":~j0.t~:Ukk1$;!§;:;i
ASA 10070
k!!~~t~~=il~t~!§;Ll9J\!,~j CGE 10074,10163,10370,10418 10047,10054,10154.10000, %~;i';;TI':f~:i;;E;t~!!!11;10.11l.,.;,.!.Il . 17.. 8."J..0. .•.07.1l,.·
ijmWHitl.$1tUi~l1k1£V\Ml,W£8&>@Y.-I%f~
1_lr~=j&=.
Berthen 10668 10051.10451,10093.10180.
Curtis Mathes 10060, 10702, 10178. 10030. Dur~brand" 10463. 10180, 10i78~lrii'71 ~
Asora 10009 10145.10166,10037,10035. 11034,11463
Changfei 10009,10374.10817
8estar 10037.10370,10374 11147.11347 ~J2~f#:m:_~~Q?~i4~itJifwk~Ji;ii
~~it~~4i~k~!£i~£!!i~ ~.}jk_1~~~~ _4~~:1Sl',\;£~m~~":;;:~~~ Dwin 10093
10264 Changhai 10009, 10817
8inatone 10217 Cybertron 1021B
Atlantic 10001, 10037 ~!!~9~~~:~=±tr:t~11~~~ o
0~~11isJJ~Ji,U·.%:~i±,~.~.:.,il~32~~j
D-Vision 10037,10556.11982
Dynatron 10037

5 IPRESET CODE I
E .!!lfl.!!YLI19,~",n?.1!l";;;,,",~~,,:':~ ~.. < ;,.i,l~J~#, ",1
Eaton 10060 Hewlett Packard

,J.~' ' 10??:lliJ£.;,;~~~1i!i0: lkHMh'

ECE 10037 Highline 10037,10264

s~~IlfYL::",J04!7; ,/.;C;;'!2:.':iilihL/¥ D!l~i.t"'B("iD ..:'i'iij!cJil.1~.~~~"""~:0±iG.t,;

Elbe 10037,10217, 1021B, 10302, Hikone 1021B
In Focus 11164
10610
~~;ji1k:?~~f~t~&.j~tJ,ffir;igJ.8*;:ifu;;t~m±~liL4- Fisher
10047,10054,10154,10000,
10036, 1020B, 10217, 10361, ±~W;k1,;:iill':d,:1R'~J;1~l;iJJlilP.ARZ1~1
Electroband 10000 10370 Ingersol 10009

~§!~L,~LaI!l!;~UleB;4:·tf?;1:'::·i.lk;{;:.;)
10154,10000,10463,10150,
Electrollome 1017B, 10030, 10073
i£~~~:;~.L..~,·lll264..;..~
Elfunk 11037,11208
~<£!.~" l~~",.·'"""",,,, ...a~"'~:i£
Elin 10009,10037,10361, 1054B
g€J,j!!,;";:~" . ·.1003111l218.'jfjff,;':ji!!!i;
Ella 10009, 10264
i~;f~ti0~~k'~~tg~Z-§:D.:J,,~~i:~-{~.}Jt
10047,10017,10154,10451,
10236,10463, 101BO, 10150,
1017B, 10171, 11944, 11911,
Emerson 11909,10714, 1066B, 10623,
I04B6, 10030, 10371, 10370,
10361,10037,10195,10170,
10070, 10073
",~~~,{\1~.jfllJ~,\,::JiJ0i/i:l
Enzer 10B60
U.t~;1;;2d,,:~laltI1~',.l~.1~,1~:J~;
1021B, 10455, 10610, 10714
Hisawa
L~llit.~i.i1Ui1;;:L~tJ~!1£L~1!,.1J.l§1:,
J0748. Innova 10037
Force 11149
~~, ~&id>,h,k;;,1~"11?!:l!!~;dJ,k&~
L~t.:2:l¥5~1.!lC!31,·.!9J~h:.:st;~~ . 1mf' Inotech 10773. 10820
Fortress 10093 10047,10054,10017,10000,
..~!@.~::;;iib'h:ll!111;:11511·•. ..<iL;;~.;i;
; fraba'&·~h;"',,%.1:!~hl~7Q ,<,'';:.(';:':;'' ,;'' ,oi 11256,10156,10051,10150,
Friac 10009,10037,10370,10499,
1017B, 10030, 11145, 10145, Inteq 10017,10145
10092,10744, lOB77, 10634,
10610 10009,10037,10163,1021B,
11037,11137,11149,11156, " 1 0 ' ,.J~,Lop7,1~;'·;". , ;
10374,10455,10610,10068,
1;Il\lIIIecIt;";.",,r~~, 10163Al!llL"t~~ Grandin 10714,10715,10865,108BO,
Hitachi 11170,11225,11576,11904, Interfunk 10037,10109,10163,10200,
Fujimaro 10865,1149B 11037,11191 11960, 1057B, 10548, 1050B, .......•........ 10327,10361, .1~~1~ ... '
10499,10481,10480,10343, fi9lJ!mjlA....L:::..k!\Siil~,dl~'!!"KikW:;,ii~,;~ i.
i§[~L,,&~1~ijjZi,~;g:0~'4;~'>0~
U~~~~i~~t~:)i=:,j,~~~~; 10700,10009,10036,10037,
10217,10163,10109,1010B,
10037,10030,10035,10009 Intervision
10009,10037,10217,1021B,
10264,10394,10455,10486,
Fujitsu General 10009,10217, looB3
Grundig
10070,10163,10195,10443,
1li~Q!~~b:i;B\lP~~~jiA~IMilJ 104B7
4~~1~~JmU.i!!~;\tlZll8~
104B7, 10556, 10567, 10672.
10663,11371 Hitec 10698 l~~~~;i;g;&"tm6U.Pl~§l1mtt
10000, 101BO, 10171, 10264,
Funai 10668,11271,11904 ~~~~~~:lqli§~~gJ::'\d i:tJiid~i\lb1~:l.i:i~.ifii~l~t Isukai 10037, 1021B, 10455
ktl[C:'S; :,,/i,::,~[)§~l~~iooli:6l~~ Grunkel 11163 Hoeher 10714,10865,11163,11556
Furichi 10860 ~\$':.:.lOlL}:l~;, ... ;,,';,j ll!!PJ~!l,m~;"~I@if;;:~~,£i:0~ 10037, 1021B, 10264, 10371
H '10163, 10200. lO34alo:lil.
~ful«Jriic ,~;; ';;r·t';;L~i.L~...-. #tiJ{k~J H&B 10808 Hongmei 10093,10009,10264,10817 ,'(. C'

kiU\i*:ib,l~1H:AU;;j", "';.
(Eril!..,*#,;,.Jl~~~ Futuretech 101BO t ":W~~~:': .- ,,"l07~itJ~;~~~gk~£~k~_~ 1~1;a;X~! ... ;"~:,~:t0817$.w.:: l0070,10163,10195,1020B,
Ha'er 11034,10037,10508,10567, ITT Nokia 10346.10361, 100BO, 1054B,
Erres 10037 G ;~!@X! ,,~t::,,;.~J!!ll103~l,l."';;""';~L~~ r 10698,11017
Hornyphon 10037
10006,10010
~S~%:;~ .,;~.~~gl9111.JJ~,,~ ~;;;;Y$fi">i(' l~j§.l04~55:!!!."",. _~
Galaxis 10037, 10370
~~~"\ :L,:;" 10000 ii,j'),i·;iw&,"~.;, \~;j
< "',;,
..

illY !lmd.l!?§4~~~
ESC 10037,10217 ~~;';'lk:~/ ;!..ll!l17 i;.;¢;.';i,.i;;k';' ij Haiyan 10264,10BI7
HP 11494,11502
IX 10877
i£!l!U~&;y",","d.d.J.,,J111!I~L4j;;.<,,,,{;,&!,,'li Gateway 11755, 11756
L~~·fu;:;iJ81g~ti~;;%.~~
~111!1':£""'*iiti~,i~~,,;~;10;;W
Etron 10001, 10009, 10163, 10820
~9J!f1i0~h2k':i!.d~':J91~JP?lt~lW:Jij Hallmark 1017B
Huafa 10145,10009
JCB 10000
LEYrS!~1~:'j*i,£;i1&1l!?LfilJl~;Ll1I;Jii2jN£~ 11447,10047,11454,10000, t~~"m1.}tli;S~>B:Mlu;i01R;:;&~
Euroman 10264,10370 10051,10451,10093,10IBO, Huanghe 10009,10B17
GE 10060, 1017B, 10030, 10092,
11922,11917,11347,11147, l~'~~~.jd~~~,iaii Jean
Europhon 10037,10109,10217 10625, 10560, 10335, 10035 Huangshan 10009,10264, 10B17 l~'t,~~%t~\~:)~t;:t~~~;1i{L:::;.;\::y'l\\i:;.';:i~
k~l~Jigy~lJ~~~t~}i*i£~L,,-~ .&El!.~~,m±&i19!t21 ,11l1j2;J~ji~i; li~!iGFiti.i~!i;1_lQ;!Mt..loal7L; Jensen 10761,10815, 10B17, 11933
Geloso 10009,10163,10374
Evolution 11756 Huaqiang '~,~d}:%-~·--lJ;~WL~~~,~:~-;.-:J£(~;j~~::·;-:-··'N
h~)C .C; ·"",k';dl0'ti..~tiL""~~"'''''''.:lii.JI ;"~.)ii1~.""~.L~!L....:.,,itm%k;fui;iic,:;;,J ~",..:r. JiaUCai 10009, 10264
General 10109, 102B7
Exquisit 10037 Hugoson ~--~~--\--,:ii.i};,:-: . t~~:~;-: :;,; ~~~~F_:~t~A~
F ~~;:~' .-'l~%;;;'lili···"'l'4""·)·"""_"""iJI i~J~~,i~,:j~~:;,.~,Si;~;~k;;~ Jinfeng 10051,10208,10226,10817
Feilu 10009,10817 Genesis 10009, 10037
t.~~..;L;i?:illXXl9,J~"'!qqg"""~~l
1i.!~~.i~L~.tU;h,6,;*,;;"·/~ \~,;; •..:i.£\.\ll!l,Xl9, ~1, lO!p3.1021t~ Jinta 10009,10264
Feiyue 10009,10B17 Gericom 10808,10865, 10BBO, 11217, lQ1!i6,10145.,I0009,
1129B
~fmi,L~""", Ll~Jl~~0k.)cS
Fer{) 10335
~!~i~j.;t:,;;i.#B(l)~1:t&;)~:,~d$r;iz.J ,l~J=:2~t
Giant 10009, 10217 JMB 10443, 10499, 10556, 10634
;i!i.\Ilf~Wri«i1~:3,:j,11\l91ijJgff,:irQili:i~! ·
Hyun dar
10849,10860,10865, 10B76,
11556
Go Video 10060, I08B6 Havermy 10093 Jocel 10712
I £~4'd:t.~i;i;j.4!~11ki::i,,2~;;':k\L::~
Fidelity 10171,10037,10163,10217,
10264,10361,10371,10512
rJj~~~~!~~~ ICE 10037,10217, 1021B, 10264,
10371
~~d;lw,*,jlQt~~i\l~~U~;;;,
Jubilee 10556
Heathkit 10017
biL~,i..~ •. "",.;i",6Jllfith~,1j, J..£41 t~j~~ih~iiJ~~;:·';:i;eil,,<~~~ idl~!!!!.',., . ~i.bi"~<lCll17'i,ihi0i.t~,~
~;{;;~~~,x,:.6}",' .. ,J liyama 10877,11217 Jutan 10030
Finland'a 10163,10208,10346,10301, Hello Kitty 10451
I 1054B

IPRESET CODE I 6
 ~l'Div0i;t;i6&iJi:i~R!l§D.~~ Minato 10037,10556
Kyoto 10163,10217 ~~JLt!¥¥+1<jJ!lJ!l ,10100 lq~J9mt Nobliko 10070

L tL~H!@;lf~~i~~~.~!!65 Minoka 10037 fl'f!1!l!!'!!!~~""""iJ,!f]01J~~'\;"~~0""'{;"d

';;;",;.-) Lark 10154 t;~.#·i:.i\;;'<:";;:*JI~;~bd';;::~"~ii,1~.J NoI<ia
10163,10208,10346,10361,
10374,10480,10548,10606,
K Kaige 10009,10264,10817 10154,10250,10093,10236, 10610,10631
10180,11250,10150,10178,
~~L ,,:t,ii~i~=~k1~1~~ Mitsubishi 10030,11917.11037,10836,
10817,10556,10512,10195,
~....;.•••••,••J.97~:~~d;g£'i;k;i
Kambrook 10217 ~-if~~~~4m~ 10108,10037,10036,10011
Nordic 10217
'~ ;. .;:.,,;;.t~J!~ll?,lQl§J!L1ll21l.,.L:,,,_, . ~. ~." .:<,.10031~ lQrOO,.IDl95'c!~l.
j Leeson 10037
m,~~:<~~,:~~'~~!?' -;&.a~~jttri~\ lfw _ ">< ""-~.::1"'~", ..,,
Kangl' 10001,10009,10264,10374, "~~~~~?~ Monaco 10009 Nonnerel 10037
, ' , . , ,,' H.,61 ',HJ817 Lenco 10037,10374,10587
~...~tJSxl ~. ~:t4;,\;".1~!J1\!~~;kk ...tg;~ '..'J!iPi:i0314. 6:..,~~..i
, &J ;L\i!!l9!(~~~U!IOlr:;)' ··"iJi> Morgan's 10037 10092
Kapsch 10163, 10361
Lexsor 11196
, K~;:",4),;:1~10370~ 10006••1tl!1~. Mm!lW_~~~~~~J.l~",lPl~ ~1!l!§5.!~~;k;.;i<
"""",,j••:'iili;,,"%tbT';"·Alllla_llll1Bh.Ufi!ili.~;,J ~.iiwiir)\£;),j~7.J9?~.·."S~~ MTC 10180,10060,10030,10092, 10000
Kathrein 10556 10054,11265,10060,10178, 10011,10370,10512
10030.11758.11637,11191,
M~g;t:,;':';'l~'t~91i!Jl~~~;~@ijjki~ ......."'''''''¥.i\i1''::,:m~i111;1§U:l~~
11178.10856,10715.10714, Odeon 10264
LG 10700, 10698. 10556, 10370, M dan 10051,10009,10208,10226,
Kawasho 10030
10361,10217.10163,10109, u 10264,10817 j;{lDJ';.i.\l~8i1Rlqm!1!.i.:\ll:lf,lh
\:~~~1&~J1qt§i3'~~,i.:J 10108,10037,10009,10001
~~:·~i¥At~1:1·~i!lrtj1i~~ Olevia 11144,11240,11331.11610
KDS 11498 t~A;r~it£!$BI~I'~a.ti. Matsui
Multitech 10180,10009,10037,10217, 4,~'/'!;!#:";U:%lGJ~b,l,~£i41:~\:ibC,
Liesenkotter 10037. 10327 10264,10370,10486 Omni 10748,10698,10780,10872
Kendo ~1~:tiu.~lfIIItjt"tt.ii k~;k~~&&t1fii~4&t
Musikland 10218 Onimax 10714
Kennex 10668, 11 037 Lihua 10817
iiiA,ii;j~~=JI~t~a,~~
~:~~ii_~~~Ji:}jJil!i~:~¥;:~~~~J ~~~lIil.i= •••i
MYl'/ad 10556
Opera 10037
Khind 10706 Local India TV 10009, 10208, 10602 N .~~~~Im65f;'1~;~,j
;;;~;~ill~~tiiI~.@ Naiko 10037,10606,11982
Kiota 10001,10371,10455 Lodos 11037 1t~;'~l~~j'~;;j;1ifi~ Optoma 10887
i!!.~,~;,'jz~:'¥;Jgt~it_&i.:.£;~lfu¥:~
~~~~rJtl"'~~::.2;,I~.i Nanbao 10009, 10264 ~ ~,;';¢i;,fttiJ~r~lj;~z;~~1.f
Kiton 10037,10668
10236, 10180, 10060, 10001,
~;<~t..¢,JmbJll!ioB!1ill:.l~:e.&] Orbit 10037
:'" lQI56.}0~ap.J076li. 1~767,1
.......~-."'....
,,"'
.. ';:"~J1'@i'%Z;''»~~x)1< , t
" ""
Logik 10009,10011,10371,10698, Narita 11982
:...."""~......l~l5Pt·:£&... ::,£..~i(.;.
10773,10880,11037,11217 ~.ft-<, 10017,10236,10463,10180,
KLL 10037 ,-: ·:~iNf>~4:Z;i;i~_~·':~;,·>-~~ . Natillllal 10178,11463,10011,10037,
~~,~;/;,>,",,:;:g:_~b~:·A '~:~:;~1J Orion 10264,10443,10556,10714,
10037,10362,10370,10374, Longjiang 10264, 10817
10880,111$,11911
Kneissel 10499,10556,10610 ·~';;;;~t~~i".1':J>""'·.;d1i"""'.iI ~\<" ,.10031 Jll?~
~~~:.:~~JJ!mglt
..•· •. ;)'0180.10.(50.100s3, 10036,.
; h"'TG~
Luma 1nooi
11037
10153, 10362. 10374,
Onnond
• ,:
10668. 11 037
Koister 10037,10218 , "":,. ,',&#,%)10037,10073.1.0163.10217.:
··'m~Lj,,..1dQ21i4.l!!3fi1 ..... ",. ~~~i..;'.U;'Ji;~':·d;l~~~~~~ti
l(~0L.f,;llii4~~1?i.;.~;' Neckennann
10037,10200,10327,10370,
Osio 10037
Lux May 10009, 10037 10418,10556
Konichi 10009
lti!d;if:;: ",;; ""* .1!lllt;U!3il md,:;";i ~!>J'Q.<li;:;~': •. ;..rJ.iils'(~~~i~~,i
~~wa&<\u?';};:';J~l&£;'ldPB:~;-i>i Neovia 10865, 11371 Osume 10036, 10037, 10218
10180,10037,10218.10371,
Konka 10418,10587,10641,10714, 10047,10054,10017,10154, ~~k,;<i 4,,,1!~.~~~~:~ ~",,'.",·,i"""",_~l~i.£L;J~~~:{w-~iJj;
10817,11084 10000,10156.10051,10093, NetTV 11755 10093,10036,10037,10109,
iJ;~~;l;r§~-l~tli&fi;si1ri"0iti0.ti:;w£.l LXI 10060,10053,10178,10030, Otto Versand 10195,10217,10226,10343,
10037
10171.10166,10037,10036,
10035, 10001, 10208 MGA 10150,10178,10030,10218,
~~~rwlo~~::~~ 10361,10512,10556
P t_~~;~t~\t_~~~i~!~i1Bl1l~~~
New Tech 10009,10037,10217,10343,
10374 10556 10037,10443,10556,10714,
Pacific
Kosmos 10037 M ~r~~~~ .~tl~Yi~~~'k~~
11037,11137
Micro Genius 10150 Newave 10093, 10178, 10092, 10009
Kreisen 10876 Madison 10037
~J:._~ :::~;il'JBj:r,Y>::.··hh"JOOO9,1~:I~.t0037t
lfu't~_W.N7'.1§lii!IllIlall~~~i
1~;;~'0m:)~aUJi1IlQ~J9l1h1 Microstar 10808 Palsonic
10001,10037,10217,10218,
10264,10418,10698,10773,
Kuaile 10009,10264 Magnadyne 10054,10163 Nikkei 10714
10778,111$,11269,11904
~!!Ii,;);i.::.;61~}~;£lJ3;t;;;;':iS!~".Lil; l_i~~~&i<.g, • •~~~ t~£ti;;~iIfu:01~_a~.&~@ ~.~*~~iim~~
Midland 10047,10017,10051 Nikkodo 10178,10030,10092 It:~w;~;\~,;'/ 'k~ll1l1lt!_
Kunlun 10051,10208,10226,10264, 10054,10000,10156,10093, Panashiba 10001
Magnasonic
10374,10661,10817 10030,10092,10109 ~Bl'i#$jljJ!&:lJiAi;;~l;¢S~

7 IPRESET CODE I
 ~;"'~~;:~t~~lQ;!§5"Lt:0~ ~~'ki..~d~ ••"lOO"1lL..tm~",,,,, Simpson 10178.10030.10011
Profi
J1!o~.~,~~ll~l,"\k:.,~~~~
10009
Remotec
Sceptre 11217
'~lorBnz' .'. ,,:,10361;1 0374. 104ai,!~.
~ ...,...,/;" ~jQ1!fJ1mt~2't.:;£i Sinotec
..
,.~; ~;d*l==:=:,~:L
10773
Profitronic 10037 11982.11904.11137.11037. li-~;i;;'>;.,~,1~J.9,l~ •.1m;i;;~~
k~.~~;il . ;;;;,~;jU~htt~,;J~i~&
10714.10668.10648.10556. Skantic 10163
Schneider 10394,10371.10361.10352.
Panavision 10037
Proscan 11447.10047.11347,11922 ~~~L1~~f:::'l.omill:~&Sj~~fi~~l1 10343,10218.10217.10163. k.~~/",; .. ;j,;~l~"dlm'~!'.i""J
10070. 10037
£~'~~;DkB:k:ilEl,ql~~;j<~~jjfi~~t£~~§~~ Roadstar
10009.10037.10218.10264.
10418.10668.10714.11037, ~;k~iJl%\J~qmh~~1t(i1t~~1ffii@;
Sky 8razil 10880
10037.10217.10370.10371. 11900
Prosonic 10374.10668,10714 Scotland 10163 Skygiant 10180
ktf,~m£;;;;i4i~I~l~lUR?zfj;1l!~j t~~JU4,*~~!i~ti::$i£kji~J h~Jiih:'m:i~;":';I~Lt~~LlUU!~:IJmqj '~ >;//,1014ll. lOQ09.1~1. 10264.
Protech 10009.10037.10217.10264. Rover 10036. 10877 10047.10054.10017.10154. b,,,.,,. ,,*,~,i,<Kihla.JQll~i.1!111.j,n15.<
i~;'~;at~;d= l=1~i:1:f:';
10418.10486.10668.11037 10000.10156.10051,10093. Sliding 10865. 10880
Sears 10060.10053.10178.10030.
~P.roton,~ """ t;';'';:JOl1,81~ lOO!l.kiml 10171.10166.10035.10036. ~" ' ";;';:l±.~,,,;JJ~lfjIL:.;"""":"-:",;'~i<...i.
Royal Lux 10335,10370
Proview 11498 10037.10001.10208.11904 Smaragd 10487
~iiL . 003...1,1~10?1~.iilP1ftJ "~.;!~~s.J~1J Jj!~!.J~i'::l:::;''''''' ~ .' '"""'" .,. 1~~~1"; "
Ruyi 10817 i£~!,~;/"i.;1~; 11~,",ili:::::~~
Pulsar 10017. 10092 Seelver 11037 Solar Drape 10000
~~:.J.~1017~J~,;,~~~ s ~ku.~<t;';:':;.tlll3..l.J91~;l!ltlfj1J~
Pvision 10876. 11191 Sole 10813
,,~~~&l;N;1~i,1ml~d.Jji0il~
Sagem 10455.10610.10618
SEI 10037.10163 ~~a~ikSlQjJ~~~~'!~,~k4~
Pymi 10009 ~~li~it1t.~&iiil~,k\t;4~*~~ ~;Sj~0~lli11_:.iil?~'~~:,~;·~~;~rJfi<·:f-::-j;:"f;,~· SonglJil 10009
Saisho 10009.10011.10163.10217.
10264 S:I;;~ .. Toi 63. 10264.'10346. 16:36f
10371
~1k~~~11~;1JI~ ~~.,:~i2}l&k;ji;"i!!1~;'~:'i;;¥:bi
Semp 10156
Sonitron 10208. 10217. 10370

Sakai 10163
Sonoko 10009.10037.10217.10264
~L~",;,~,.rl:%·@;",'j ~~~;;.;..::t!~~;~t,';;&i"",~
5alora 10163. 10208, 10361. 10480. Sentra 10035 t;i~:,:~i4.;j,;ili~l~.l0200J.~~"""
10548.10631 Sootec 10009.10037.10370
~".:; i,.., iJ,l~;J~,!~,!!~8;:d
:~:::::iJb}}<- f' --l0335~ii:":' 10011; lQl!i4.11100;10000.
Shancha 10264.10817 lQllill,: 10053.,1oo11;lllO.l6.
10047.10154.10093.10178.
Phocus 10714 10030.10171.10092.10009, 1\Xl31. loo74~ ltx!53.Jfll5O{
Sampo 10036. 10050, 10700, 11755, .U~L..11ilRkli.
,*,,~., ~~!~i.Of~~!~ 11756 10218,10374
Phonola 10037.10556 1 ~~uiti;;lQl~19.l7!!h~;L;,i,;i.;".&
/i6illl<'/;;>~ . '., l005h1 lj@,lPj71l,1Q9:l°4 Radialva 10163.10218 Soundwave 10037.10418.10715
iki%1iJ;@i.uM%iMii%&1iiflQlO§j)jJIlUl1:{iw·IMiijf?;+;·\;
• '-"'~~' 101'66. r0011 :10037.10,'09. ~ti&~:L¥i~§§~}~J~%bt¢;W~';;~j;;
10163.10170.10287.10361.
~.Jj44is;&i~llm!~11~L;;2.~;j
Pioneer 10370.10486.10512.10679. Radiomarelli 10037 Shen Ying 10092. 10009
Sowa 1~6~~: l~~~: l~~~' 10178.
~;~iJllj.~l~diR.)\~ifjb;;Z
10760. 10866. 11260
,1iqJ~G:ili;kiJf;htiiftj~!l~1~~lt~,kSci;; ~~j~~=kL=J&;:~~~ Sheng Chia 10093. 10236. 10009 _:.~ti~tn,m;·ijt:i¥·,;ili~
Spectra 10009
Radiotone 10009.10037.10264.10370.
Plantron 10009. 10037. 10264 10418.10048.10068.11037 ~~j&l.~~l(l811h§;£j,\u.
k~,~",*lk1Rl~gm;;;iil,,z,,kdt,,j
1ii.1!t~;;';';L:!2..l.~J.R?li"J.9ZJ~. 10 1~ "~"d'z!~O" ~,,~;~:.r/:.~;:);; Sandra 10217 Sherwood 10009
. Spectroniq 11498
Polaroid 10765.10865.11276.11316. Rank Arena 10036. 10002 '~l.~:;¥~~;;~~~~ : ,J~~~.~~.<~;-~.~~
11341.11498.11523
.10010,. '~dJ,:''i Sanky .10060. 10030 Shivaki
10178.10037.10374.10443, .. ~,.;4ii;ji~;1lFw7u....;,";;''''''''i&i.;::"""",Jii;i
fu!.m~""JJ~:~ "f"&4:';iJi] 11447.10047.11454.10054.
10556 SR2000 10154.10171
Portland 10451.10092.10374 10000.10051.10093.10178. ,!!l===...."···aJm,;lPil!!};.,;,.. ,,~~ ~i ..:,1),=,: 'c~=ij$
lig~ ..;;..",."~,itml~~~,,H~~t~J RCA
10030.10092.11958.11953.
11948.11922.11917,11547.
Siarem 10163 SSS 10180
Prandoni·Prince 10361 t~i_" . 10)45,10037. 10195.)0;1!)(1/ ~~~j~·~<_~J~~;:~~!~~"~~Lv",,,~,>,,-;,';;;~_:;";:20~.~~;
11347.11247.11147.11047. Santon 10009 1{~t~~~:&.rewUl3.2ll¥1{W~**M'~:;:;:W:i,k.ci.tm
~~i~~41'~'JQ!I!,lQflUi0;;;;Jl 10679.10625.10560.10090
Siera 10037.10556 St~ndard
10009.10037,10217.10218.

t~~v~k;)l:~;~£:ll:~It~~~~~
Premier 10009. 10264 .10374',11037\ ........•.
£j!!!!!!l!if~~4i~ ...l.O;?'llb'S,/,··h<;·\ji
t!;ffi,~Od~1t1~kii.hlli~:i;~¥~;i~i~~it~~,f~ Recor 10037.10418 Signature 10047.10093.10030 10236.10180.10009.10037.
Prima 10761.10009.10264.10783. Starlite 10163.10264
10815.10817.11269.11933 !i!!!l'-i8i~i:'t~t!;!~~~15}<:::.:@ ~li1~~~t.~,i1g1£:~\i
~!!!Bi~J-~~giJL~t:~it~<*l,--::-:';::~i~i$\0~<~;·
j

~9l1A;~~l!!ll!9,ji.f:{fl;;&~~~:£: RediHusion 10036. 10163. 10346. 10361.

10548
Silva Schneider 10037.11556
Stem 10163. 10264
Prinston 11037
&jl!!!!mf:~I0h~,;;;:"~~ ~;§iIy,f1O~.1:;';"'~1~LL,1k&&i\h~';>';';~
ix~~_:-<~-+¥ti<Jl~,~~~L<dvt
~li~-.:..iim,1J':;;"··';pw·";;J~ Reflex 10037.10068.11037
Silver 10036,10361.10455.10715
Strato 10009. 10037. 10264
Prism 10250. 10051 Relis\4 > . \ c,,,JOlll5. 10876. 10871,11207, ~;;;.;:.' ~!!~~~~:'0d;Z4
,~, '·,~~\~fLl~Jt~·:'·~;>~iiSt;i£}k
IPRESET CODE I
<V .'-. - '\",'

8
 Tiane

TMK

TV/DVD Combination x. ".

*2
A~' " ~i,~~, S:h~:C4d.,'
Al<ai 11675
,,:1

10009,10037,10163,10217,
C 1\~~~4,1~J1~i'~;~~"i~;;',M
Tee 10335 . .
10035,10036,10037,10073.
0~~K~~Z¥i1Jl\ia~0~~ 10074,10109,10163,10264, Crown 11037
Teehiea 10218 Thorn 10335,10343,10361,10499,
10512.. . . ." "." o J!~~~'.,~U~2i';;~~";;':~;;""d'
EI1m~Ji~4~~'1.L~ Wortd 10451,10236,10463,10180
Denver 10587

9 I PRESET CODE I
E ·;El!w\lC..kii~~,"JJ!!3L:,.:;:"..;.;._.,O&l.A'; _.I)M!f!i:!l..;;~,.,.:;;;.;",,~!tll~i;:;· ';';'_ii;:a:4b;01",,, ;,~i~...,l~J;]~J&iii;;k;lk1iik~ Akai 20352 Palsonic 20000
' " ..•...•.•.......... 20035. 20162. 21~. 21162,
F Ferguson 11037 E Elfunk 30713. 30884 Bush 11556 L~;, {;;:10352~.;i"'''''''&I.!.ii~.0ij''' ,P
>~ ~~.1i~2Jil' ·,,'·~-,<'-~~~L:-i<~:k< ~
:JjolUX.",•.;~. !!~~:'~..!i ... ~~~~~~1.~~~ C CurI!~~~'..Jjt.w.~~~~.~-.J America Action 20278 20035. 20037. 20240. 21035.
G Goodmans 10587. 11 037. 11900 ESA 31268 o Daewoo 11909 ~~~~2!JDl:~¥;;;L.;tL.~\4fti#fm:~
Penney 21237

H &tld'i;i'""':'di",,\,.~,,;(.11~;,>j~·~.b.,;;,~i F L~um.:~",ni"n_.j07i~d~.i1~;1 E l~~~~i;iJ~~aL!@,I 1911' Audiovox 20278 : 1'!!iI,B;~£.,;;};,t:;,,2OOll~~;JMt'1.1.ib!i~

J JDV 11982 Funai 31268 F 10073, 10625 B ~l!!ig,~&ci~~~'l~rib;;'.d;%&w:ir;":2 Portland 20037
8estar 20278 Q ~&i;ffi~;;h";g,~Q!&~~..W~,,
Grandin 30713 Funai 11904 iliil,i~~~t_;~A£~~ R Radiola 20081
1~~~~\LijJtt~jJfti0:,~;:~·;:I~::;40U0;:::'1:ti~}~l
tRd·~~t~~~~tlf~~ G 8PL 20046
Logik 11037 H Hitachi 31247
10037
&,~L~~?~,~Hl~;~ RCA 20060. 20035. 20048. 20240,
20807.21035.21060
&~~~Li;"·,::~ i;1.-i~~-;>,·<£-l;';;fu~0i0;g I fuL~~l,z)~'ll~~l.Lti'i£..~l;;;t'M ll374 1009';';:1';';;) 4$
8ush 20352.20742
S j'~""*;g"-1G10~.~·:·::rfiJ.td"-Li.l
Luxor 11037 J JDV 31367
Grundig 10037.10195.10556
C i~,,1ti.4 ,,~'~J- 8 " Samsung 20240. 20432. 21014
Mi~~~i~"(l;~dlJRl;~~:';:.~w~ ..~ tJ~i,""AC.hL.1&J:i,~L~s.."",;~,,;;,,£,:£,~~ H ;"t~i!fd~D1~"';'$);1Ji4J;;;,Jb;0t1JI1¥ ".;
Curtis Mathes 20035. 21035
L~~?.1:;.~20479;~7!,;".;;,~
Maxim 11982 K Konka 31192
Hinari 10036
o ' ~'<'i,m.m.mz8....:..;idti Sanyo 20240
4.Mfll!i~L~:';11~A!t:",;d~.~~ l L~0l,.;:,~,~~t3.~.ow;;;;;,;:~_t;i 11
Dantax 20352
;,:~Iifi :. <;ew;:·~it;:;,~~ ~4 Nt~~\,;kitiE~;~
Mirror 11900 Luker 31367
Intemal 11909 E ~ *inlt\;h=:=A:~J?~~~ Schneider 20081. 20000
N ~!q4.L "*,,o/;} U~;,i"k. *',,, '~d14i;i f..l.UXot; ....." .i<;: s;lO~*i.,*:,;;j F Ferguson 20000. 20278 li;; . \,~~~,~~1;$;;;.:.;;s"
Narita 11982 M Magnavox 3126B
l~~J2di:_$~~'lbE0t4:,;*:'iqhi~~i:/&~ SEG 20037
it~,l!'!C~\;k,fi0·i&;,:~1~~.i:;i~;;£~~i~ Firstline 20278 k~d~~i:~Wi~t..~_~~
Maxim 31367
10054.11904 ;_£0~.~~21g$b;it~hiilt~E;2i;:TIk Shivaki 20037
GE 20060. 20035. 20048. 20240.
Prima Narita 31367 G 20807.21035.21060 Sinudyne 20352
Mitsubishi 10093. 10556. 11917
R EJ~2;$:dAt.B;(j.d~~Il~\~.~~~ ~~i$.~~~tt~:iji~_~j~~~ ~!ib.."'~.200IX),!t~..A:;i.;;.~
Roadslar 11900 o Orion 30695
o ~?t:,q$I046i.:1.WJ~~,,*~~ Goodmans 20278. 20352. 20637
Supra 20348
p Palsonic 11904
S ~;~_L","':' j".+U1!!l?~:"'-;1 p ~~fit;';;~d1liJA~~~~%£;;~2J ~d:' .L~~<~Li:l!i,..........cic.l"'"
,. ~'" ,02!ilI' !.m~l'MIi •.. , Grundig
f· ...

20081.20347,20352.20742 tJ~:.,J2~~"-'.l"'""=_""""
Samsung 11903 Panasonic 31490 Symphonic 20000
Penney 10051
H.~.···<~,~
k'§~,'1191!£;~,,,,'~c -."""".%.;,.", ~~~.A"':<~~c~_.l1~~~ ~~'l~<' /~0031"l§'¥'<dtha'i! T 'T~i<.;;lli.\iij,,;,~H... _i,;;,.Q;\;;,jj;;.d
SEG 11037 R RCA 31022
Q Quasar 10250.10051
Harley Davidson 20000 Teac 20037.20000,20637.20642
1.J!!!Y@'~;~'~1!l§g;:2"",:,~;""~ S ~~Siilo9.",;;"",;;.j1;.,mk~~d'f&~ R ~!!!.!'~ft;;;;£_~!rlJici;J;:;i;J;~~u fiL~~~:~~t4G-'$-'--~Zji{~~
Stevison 11982 Samsung 30899 Technosonic 20352
RadioShack 11904
~~~ihwJ.G~~~~
T Teac 10698 Schneider 31367 tiI:~~;~~~Il~~j Thomas 20000
s Saba 10625
Telefunken 10698 31115 JMB Toshiba 20352. 20432, 20845. 21145
Sansui 10463.11904.11911
U k~~'1;'·1'5~;:;;)$z_t£i&t~~41~i,
Transonic 10587 Sylvania 30630.30675.31268 ~:~~~>itA(!i1Jg':~,,:JitJ;J W White 20278 20037
Westinghouse '
Ui\!nl~LJ~. ,c?i~7;~~;£.,¥ T ..LedlIIi~'R1~~t.iJ~~~~w~ Sears 11904
V Vestel 11037 Thomson 30551 ~~'2;,<t 1~1l~~7iil£J;.',.,;~;j.;1"i Z'~ . ;.'~£;;h.."'lQ4A~hfl~1l.
;Joshi ..._~ Li;;';~ "'/h,,i&:1:; ,ti Siemens 10037 &~H~!I!<,. ...:w:;;"":.:.\L~~lt""'",;;;l;..;i.!<.......::i.klli1 *4
U United 30713.30884.31367 ~:d.;;Fj ;,<. !W!.lJ§'@§hJJ~~ M Magnasonic 20278.21278 T Thomson 30551
J:!J!l~;£i}t£1,~lL*,F¥d$r.iq'.i5;': 40 Sylvania 10054 ~.;:s.;..:,~!~""."",2",'l8;=,.,-.,"""
V Vestel 30884 ",.11904 ,n Magnin 20240
10178.10171 hl'il$\iC:..&,.;iia,~2lIil'.1 ~~~
TVNCR/DVD Combination
2!:'

ex, x x.
Medion 20352
TVNCR Combination x.
li.K~:i;&~~t~Ilil~'lj
X1 X1 11904
Thomas
B Black Diamond 30713. 30884
*2 MGA 20240
A t~t~:~illiki~rttt~tL~~~u~~.~~ Toshiba 11971
8ush 30713. 30884 America Action 10180 f~WJii&:l~i\_;?~~l;c
c ~i!~mki..~:ciifu!1!MlliiJilii1;j&:£J~6z± w o Optimus 20162. 21162. 21262
Citizen 30695 Z Zenith 11904,11909.11911
LciiJ?,ll~'"..t\?~~~~~·tw~
'~':_~~_ :<~K~~,,,;.;,~.y.~llq~L~ .. ,}J.~.~~:1>i~l *3 p Pace 20352
o D-Vision 31367
2r..t?~.~~····~k~/-::~~r$d4~
A ,f~':~};;Si",~.;;.~·~2'
IPRESET CODE 11 0
S Sharp 11917 Audiolab 20081 ;;~j'\l.;4:'ik~ll1!ik~,,;;:~£;%; Hughes Network
Systems
20042, 20739
' .
~a~"""~~..Jl~·/j,i;'::·,,,~ ~~~2~~/i;~~·'; .. ;,j Crown 20037, 20278. 20480
~~',;\ik;i.~t:
Symphonic 11944 Audiovox 20037.20278,20038 'h 20039, 20047, 20000, 20104. Hush 21972
FIS er 20046
T ; Toshibe- ".dIJ"!/ii;A~,11~b;£;;,",j;.:~ ~~ .,~2{~;:'~I~~~dil~~~.*>~1
AVP 20000, 20352
i:~~~~~,%-~" ):..:~~;,jl4i
Fuji 20035, 20033
~'.~, ~'=~:'~1
*3
S Sharp 20807
B
;~,,~r~~)~~~?;2lX\g20218.~2~
Sa d 20000.20104,20041,20278,
~~t~,,~ .,. :;.;"
Fujitsu General
2OO31;"W;j:;y'
20037
Hytek
I ~.' " l~?~M~~;".1
20047. 20000

Ir 20046. 20106 Imperial 20000

*4 ;~ U!ltlk2z't:.2Oi~A!ZJ 20046;: ,'. o !f~l;.';";',fu f.' '7.illg,2021lt2;1~1~ ~~;",; .: ".~_2I!2.JR,;,~~",~i,;""
A~! .".,~~''L",,,,,<,,,,. ~"""''''''''I>i! 8eaumarl< 20240 G Galaxi 20000
E Emerson 30821 Internuy 20037
"_,;,,c;i~~~~2bl!J:j,';'j;;;;JM;' ~"" Dansai 20278
~ESf'~'~~i~~}ffiy&~~t;;~~~~~ i-; ." , ·.?I!l~l~i<il~;' i~·'<,
8 II & H II 20035. 20048. 20039, 20000. ~~):#%\J3r~'G'J!l~'!t;i:;';":...&·m: "" i4;;lli\ Garrard 20000 Internal 20278, 20637
30821 e owe 20104, 20046. 20479
,.,,«3,~~~.k~
Daytron 20037. 20278 h.~_;:4i;~4;,'?~~~"~i8;;4 g~_~,ii2l"i
L~':'~~#lL,M?§~~~;.kl
31132 81ack Diamond 20642 f;:~'il~#}?J5!~&~~l~~ GE
20060, 20035, 20048. 20240.
20000, 20226. 20320. 20807, Intervision
20037, 20000. 2021S. 20278.
20348
20081,20000,20067, 2021S,
~~iK~a';;;;~;£~&t&,M,k::,' Decca 20041. 20352
21035, 21060
~~~~:';":~~i~E1K~;'>;"
t§§t*:'~:d).t'l.~\{t~i;;i~';;:ii;~
Superscan 30821 81aupunkt 20162. 20081. 20226
l~~~ii1ti8_~t~~~ Gemini 20060
ITT 20240,20104,20041,20046,
20106
Deitron 20278
:~~f&iiiit1~JW~~~1%~~oi¥i lJi!Jl__,*"".",yi'li.:im~1!ll~yq,ll!!,i
General Technic 20348 lTV 20037, 20278
8PL 20046 Denon 20081. 20042
~~;~0~~;~~i_tM!ml!li.;.:Ij}~U ~~~.lii~lI&kR~Q!i~ J ~U~~~49,i~;;n1ki\;k~"~%;iriJ&.i
Go Video 20240.20432,20614,21137 J8L 20278
8randt Electronique 20041 Diamant 20037
~;"lji';i~\~djl~lX;w=j
~~~2it;~b~~~~~l!~;~ii~
c,),
A A,Marl< 20037, 20240. 20000, 20278, JM8 20209.20348.20352,20742
20046 20184, 20121, 20209. 20002,
i;:M§4tf;"Ai0~i"'·~··~:l\!~J:;i0;'·i;i;:::;;;;~d:M1
8roksonic 20348.20479,21479 IlRLt~4tdBt4ili.~~1iI\ti.illtllii\Sfk0.t~Xi:*
20060.20048~'20039. 20047. VC 20184. 20081. 20045. 20067,
"'A"'d . I''''''·
mira
1;,.~J;J~~j_i _ _
Aiko
<

20278
=
20104. 20121.20209. 20479
J
K %,iYJ!I!l!!JL&&'~>:':M~2003~·_
Karcher
20041. 21162
. ~:7~kili~~~a~
20081, 20278, 20642

~NJ1h;,<!.L~}~X"~i~~~~;;J ~~~~~ ...'&.;'~1;;~~~ii~ .'".

20037.20209.20278.20106,
20037. 20032. 20000, 20209. 20315,20348,20642
Aiwa 20041.20348,20352,20479,
20742,21137 hKgil!O!!~,,';:; ~,,~,;g.,~
"'12003120240 20041 20106: KIC 20000
l.,,;.~~ .../.;iitli;.t]!J:Jfi__,~~~
Akura 20041 Grundig ~h~L~?_~·~L:~L~~~<;i
a::K:l!lni!!!eill!lss"'el"""'' ' ' ' " 20037,20209,20278,20348,
Alba' , ." ;.;', ml.~;202IS; 20218; H ~~ii';i~i'~"~~~~~lli.li~ 20352
t .@;,;,'~'\k,.';;'\i~;2l!.l4B< .... Hanimex 20352 lit ~~1Z
Alienware 21972
~";t::':~~ ..~ Kolin 20043, 20041
~!i'!\_~~~!!i!t~~m·1;.'t: Haojie 20240 L~~~~;~it-i;,t~~~:;;.;:
AIIorgan 20240
~L;':',: KlV 20000
~~~;'&.l;;Ji.g~ Hannan/Kardon 20081. 20038 ~~ ~i"::'(Wki~l\i$d.@~YkMW£L£k
America Action 20278
~~~lti."'~~~~~ii;;';~;;l Kuba Electronic 20047
~:~J~_~} Hewlett Packard 21972 L ~~~~;;jii~;LJ;Li~,
Amoisonic 20479
l!,B"~lIJii:~~_~t".I!t~;;iJjr" 20037. 20240, 20045, 20000,
~-~;~T4.~:~~Z&~i~l!ir~4i~0~¥i.:~id ESA 21137 ' ' 20240,20209,20041,20278. LG 20042, 20209, 20278, 20038.
20225,20480.21137,21237
20162,20037,20240,20218, H,nan 20352
Anam 20226, 20480
EuroLine 21593 JJ!;ji. .j~~%4:J;i*{~M~Q!_ ~jj0ig;;;;\k~~Ii~Blir~,0#2d
~Ji~9!JPI..00;~~~£1,!~i~: Clatronic Linksys 21972
_ 20000,
_ 21593
F~~.*~~
~ir;i:; ;_~~
Hischito 20045
Ansonic 20000 l1~jK.~~'L~g~;;k.,{i
Colt 20000 Fidelity 20240, 20000, 20352, 20432 21062.20162,20037,20081,
Loewe 21262, 21562

Condor 20278
Hoeher 20278, 20642 ~~:t~~~~".9&<
k~tmt;";"~;J~iY,,,~ Lumatron 20278. 21137
Astra 20035, 20240 ~:,;:~~i~;J#tWl<~?*~;1,1:j Finlux ; 20081,20000,20042,20104
Howard Computers 21972 ~",~w~l~~$1,;;;;~\tk,jjLk:,J;
iAlutJl;i:,*~~J6HJ~J Criterion 20000
~;&i..;';;;!':;i~:kt~~Jm~ki'·"01'l"""';.i·"':~','<&lM

11 I PRESET CODE I
 ,,;, 20048.20047,20104.2004:3. iJ~.--<~-k.~~ .~:;.,,;{j:+:";~:.&h~ Sampo 20037, 20048 "-~j,,*:;;'~. __ ".£ii,"'j',,";;;~,,,,,~'
·.~;~;lQ.31~.;t""iili
.~

20035.20037,20048,20104, 20000.20240. 20045. ~, Soundwave 20037. 20209, 20348

LXI 20037,20000,20042,20067 Lt~';: c"\~,~J3~210t4'i
NEG 20067.20041,20278, 20038, ...~l,,;';h'2j.~1~~1lb{~
21137 Samtron 20240
MLM£~\!~~'2044!!t~ Phoenix 20278 Standard 20278
~.t~ii~jd,~L..tiJ;~\iii0.i0 ~m" "·;&w,M,B iibi,,{id!i: .•is!l
Magnadyne 20081
Nesco 20000 ~l"'~~:~~i~S:;;;"; ii .• ~ ~;'i.-5,~:gk£ili~~!~~<i;#",Mt~:ld'~&
','~'::''';;~i':' 20031. 20240,~oO, 20216, Pilot 20037
Sansei 20048
STS 20042
&:~cii~~%;;;~0fk2J21i:xZ;:d1~'~Q;Z;V0i'¥:illj
20035,20037.20048,20039, Newave 20037 L~lill~~29!~.kB.:~l] $,~;d\;~:'A~~gt,~!l~Z§t~L\;~;~'U
Magnavox 20081, 20240. 20000, 20226, Polk Audio 20081 Sunstar 20000
20618, 20642, 21593, 21781 20048,20047, 20240, 20000.
tl,~.~Z;,~%illgq2jg,,,i~g~~@ Nikko 20037, 20278 . ~:dj:d;ji~~~~~i\i,fr~~ Sanyo 20104,20067,20209,20046.
Presidian 21593 20348.20479,21137
Magnum 20642 :,NiI«odo&0~1i*i~lllm,2!!?l8Q~~~
~~I'k~:S,:)~~jk~~;ikAi'~
t:~1~!!t~;~,,,,1;;.£~i,~,.~~k.J Nishi 20240
S8R 20081 SV2000 20000
Marantz 20035, 20081, 20209. 20038 ~~~"iL2a~;;i::;J ~ _';;',";{;JiJ"l~~""j;{,~ ,,',
1'~~"';'';;'·k~.,;f·:l!tl.8l!-oi''''''''''..:0.1h Noblex 20240
lana 20035,20081,20000,20043,
Marta 20037 . 20001. 20240, 20042; Sy v I 21593,21781
; 20041. 20278;~.
-~-~-....~"" l!l;lj~,0ji)"~ h....~!i&.~;,,;; . ;,,>;'.~~4Q. 2OQl¥l,lfPl2,,~&
Master's 20278 Nordmende 20067.20041.20320 Systemax 21972
i.i~~'" 2,00J7. 20240: 20209. ,20Zi6. ~~~"Jilm"",*·,,,i)i:.i;;Jdll. T riLt!.ti0;W;,;,;»:a~Rl§7j""f1_';;:'!b.i
tiZ!f~m2.u.llt::Gt;.~~2!!lg,j;.B Tagar Systems 21972
20035, 20162, 20081, 20226, Nu-Tec 20209
Matsushita
~l*;l¥l%iii~¥fl~!~l<'~~ki;~0::i10ii;i~~~~
o ~~~&1I;~~=;=k=)f~J
21162
Pulsar 20039, 20240, 20278
bMm1~~;,;tiJJ~~di±~'M~;~Ji;Jil~ Okano 20209,20278,20315,20348
Mediator 20081
iM~~;;!0t~J£L~;~~,19~gif~:" :.9mJ@;d£i~i£;;;&~~Qj,.~0 Pye 20081. 20000
MEl 20035 Onimax 20642 Q ~~~I~~_4~tl¥i%~iA
Quarter 20046
SEI 20081
LW~2ll!!a5,,"~,~~
Q asar 20035. 20162, 20002, 20278. ~~§i~;' Tchibo 20348
u 20226, 21035, 21162 Seleeo 20037,20041
~~ ~,i;j-iA?~~~~ ~.,.,;, j ;;L;;.m~L '·.;~iJi&""L,,·,. "
Metronic 20081 T 20037.20000.20067.20041.
eac 20278, 20637.20642, 21593

Orson 20000 ~~,L~~~,~j~:=:"~j~~

MGA 20060, 20240, 20043 }9..4'",:\(;;6ili&tJbL~l~i:;jJ Shinco 20000 TechniSat 20348
~M~ttJ!cJ1!!..~iJ~~1iilJk~[;grJik.b"~ Otake 20209 &~~JiL.~Rt~.M.1!ll,l!!t; ~~;tit:~'~'A<w,\L,,}i;?\;&j;i~,~,;:;J?l~
20348 Shivaki 20037 20035, 20037, 20048, 20041,
Teco 20038
Radix 20037
p Pace 20352 i~~~~f!l:y;.>;%;j~d;~..l~~i;\;'
&T!!I!!!aG\i;i;;:;;tl,;;}ii.~"~"'M.;~"
21972 ,~~b~~:~t:~:m.,m~L.~ · ns
Sleme
20037, 20081. 20104. 20046,
20320, 20347 Teknika 20035,20037.20000
Packard Bell 21972
Migros 20000 ~ilIdJ!!!l1~;';;:i;}d:~l.i02ftJ~l!'~g.li§ff
fu,tl(@~Y' ~<'; ~.,;.-y~h\~~~J;;k~~~:}':::;i~ ;.:r_'·.k"+;~~~;''-'':'~
Signature 20060. 20035. 20037. 20048, Telecorder 20240
~~~~l,m~i,~;.;,~,""~ Palsonic 20000, 20642 20000,20046. 20479
Minolta 20042 :-···~~~i1k\\L~~_.~: ~ ~:ii>:~~£~;kr~~k:~---·:-ii LSi!va~:~~7-'t;;a;;'i'~~;Li;_ ~~;;';';"'"""~"""'.,j20209'!Il!l~.,~t~.8'ZF1
, ,20061UOO48,20047.2000t, 21062,20035,20162,20000, Silver 20278 Telerent 20226
,10043:; 20225,20226.20614,20616,
Panasonic 20836, 21035, 21162, 21262. ~~~~M";';':>.~.".,j ..,& ....~
Motorola 20035, 20048 21562 Singer 20037,20240. 20045, 20348 Teleteeh 20000,20278

~Ml~;di:J:",·t:·.i':d6~~~~.'&i:i'·<;; ~Pc!!the,CiR~fL2OOl31ilH,(,jt w.:, Reoc 20348

i~~~g",",~~ tL~~.d\,m¥,~ ...t9ZJ§;,·.. :~~.,.
MTX 20000 Pathe Marconi 20041 ~il'kJ£0i:;'iIiii~!~\ml!9kiJ.i..\''''·ii Smaragd 20348 Tevion 20209,20348.20479,20642
Rex 20041
~l&:.~~;;;3;)~1~~1!.2.11AZLid;;;0
Sonographe 20046 Thomas 20000, 20002
Rio 21137
~;2Z;~~<Z~~~~~~~lj
Myryad 20081 i1'*
Pentax 20042
Mil;ki0;d;;L2,!!!l99,.l~··i,~l;;tl,:;':.:ii t~[~d:~~==~~~~ Sontee 20037. 20278
~~~£~~~~~~::~;:~
Thorn 20037.20104,20041,20320
N ";~ki,,,,",;, :;,f i£~~l~tt,;,t~,;jg;2t~ Philco 20035, 20081, 20000, 20209, Runco 20039 ,-'·,li.;,~~~~3i~id>.-:;;:J·>:;~;;li
20038, 20226, 20479 ~r~~,~~:,~gi4;M~'~~_0ld;~}~~:~{::L:~<~k;
Naiko 20348.20642 S ~~;;:;;01f;~~~l;:~~i~.i,ii~l Sony
20035,20048.20047,20032.
20033.20000.20067,20046. Tivo 20018.20636,20739.21996
Saisho 20209, 20348 20106. 20226, 20636, 21232,
~~:;, ';;i~:W~...A!It~~.""",,,,,",
National 20226 A.$;!l~;'»;l;<.; ..}glQ4~~ , 21972

IPRESET CODE 112

 30672, 30651. 30695, 30699, ", " , ,.. ' 3ll4!Ml.30764,30705,30714.
PVR
_\~2i;.~~~~~
x Blue Sky 30713,30790,30843,31423
Tocom 20240
A ABS 21972 ~.k '3t ',,~~~
~l~.;W~i.gp~~"",~;1 ~~!;~(0ki~l972"{;:'~~ Boman 30783,30898,31005
Dalton 31036 ,
Topline 20348 Al<ashi 30838
,~ tnt!~","",...~Ji~~1ll.3O?l!il,_~1l13il!§lItl..
C CyberPower 21972
!&:;;~£td-kk,4A~:.1~>~",,,·~iH Dantax 30539,30713,30723,30790
Brainwave 30770, 31115
D .~~4:,,\.~~£~k..."":'. Al<ira 30699, 31321 L~",~~}!i.l!!~jjDi;2.;:i::~
DirecTV 20739 3lel8. 31051 ,31lAO,.31233. i.~~", '''':'~A.~'''i",;;'':i Dayton 30872
,,,. ';'<"Y'-;";,j
G~~.~~~;4~''';~ 30672,30539.30717,30695,
Broksonic
, .-
30695
30672.30717.30090.~,, ~J}g~~ ;~: ~!~;ij:~~'!fr~~~~,~&
Tosonic 20278 Go Video
H ~_9~?1~£";.L,,
20614
.,;
Alba 30699, 30713, 30730, 30783, <:: 30713.~.,30130.30831. Decca 30770, 31115
tJ~;2)·2003j,~fQ,;.·;, ,A §;;J 30884,31140,31530,31695 •, 3OlI33. 30884.3105\. 3t1~ll/ , 304!Ml; 3Il63!1. 31~.
<~">,; '~ , ;j.l• .at~iil ·'IIDIIl!~,}>lX\':}'\=:-~;;~:·-x. w
Touch 21972 Howard Computers 21972
30872 30672, 30699, 30788, 30898,
cJ..~"lii&~:b~.1~~~;Jd .;~iki~,k.>,%gL~;;;\~.~·';"'~ A1ize 31151
Denver 31056,31104,31321,31923
~itm!;~~31!ll!!ltJi1;~_~~;,'Z C , 798,311~;~~
Trade, 20081 Hughes Network
Systems
20739
California Audio labs 30490 ~l~~~
MTriad~. >iiA&~~:"£~.8;ilr%1d,.~;; Allegro 30869
~tl~~r~~. ~~i,d$,~IJ.'f,i£ t~tj-';~i.~tt31~~~ ~~':~ili:;"')i?itJ Desay 30843.31212
Tri' 20037
Hush 21972 C;;;;;'bridge 30690 ~;'icl,;;";"",, ~72:,;(dJ;i';i,>;ii;,;4J>
Arnitech 30784,30770,30850
I ~iIii!Y~d~iLgl~t*.ifd[.~~~id~ liiiia~~:.~::~;Ji~~1~~
Soundworks
~.~taI",l1(§k~&iJ£;lt";L,i~J;;
' . ' ." Diamond 30651, 30751, 30788, 30790
L linksys 21972
Arnphion Media 30872
L~~~~~ili!!iii&t,;:ii8L~"",;0,
Cat 30699,30789,31421,31923
M¥~~W~~i~,,£j~~*~ Works DigiLogic 30713 ,
Unitech 20240
Microsoft 21972 i~h;i2;i0:~1.~l~§iSQ,~£tDl\!§1;1 ~~~~~~ih0i4;~0@
[4*~,0;~"'''!,~~;.i<!!1,i2j~j)i,;;&: AMW 30872 Celestial 31 020 Digitech 31832
20037,20081,20240,20000,
Universum 20104, 20209, 20106, 20348,
21137
N Niveus Media 21972
Ansonic 30759,30774,30831
~9ii~~dl!flRklf~i~
Digitre, 30672, 31004,31056
V ;~~;;~~0;LJiLWi~@]ill~1~~~ }i!i~tt<t;~tii0':w:; "'~'·mu2~;t:~:::j£SJk,i~~;;>L:iiX~
'-ve~tor R~;e~;;h'- 201'84, 20038- CGV 30751,31115 Dinamic 30788
~~t4;~~;,}~?!Wj;,.Jit1$,,,j;J$;;'; ~!!it\;;,i,0'8J+M;~
Video Concepts 20045
~~~o~l!bl1.J127,!t;;:,±jL:"
Cinea 30831,30841 DiViDo 30705
;;Y'!l!!j~b~r~~.k,;:~i;;~~0:: ~i~{:-<\::;{, J)~~~
Videomagic 20037 &..!l!.~:ki.""~.' d~1~.fu';;i:';'~~j;j;~;1
cineULTRA 30699 DMTech 30783,31271
~~~;~~~";.,:,, ~A~:~
Viewsonic 21972 Citizen 30695
M!ML
DreamX 31151
J\5~
~1.iLI:-);d:.!:'i~~~~~ m')11~,~)~;";'.-...A;
Voodoo Classic 30730.31730 30651. 30665, 30675, 30713,
=~:l.":!;;,l~"""""";~='~~filll~ Dual 30730,30783.30790,30831,
31023
Clayton 30713
hP~~ m~.D,)l.A!~Al§IIl,
~~~:i"t~
th;~v-':~"
'30730, 30052.~1!!,A31~k
.,;.. ,':"".' ";~.~~~~,*~;d&0 DVD2000 30521
Code, 31233
~~;;'k,:;-;" E E:max 31233, 31321
Conia 30672, 30852, 31321 ~~J!f~.~l'l~>;<.:i..i~ ..•",
~;_it::;.i~.~@I!:t;~~;£~ eBench 31152
DVD Player BBK 30862,31224
Continental Edison 30831, 30872 ~J&"~~~~.$.~~.ri~*%ikt:J;i£;'~~~ioi
3D LAB 30503, 30539 Eclipse. , 30723',30751
lL~W~~!~±f~t~t"tss,*Q Creative 30503, 30539 ~0~0d~%.$1~ ....~._<UXj,:kfu
Bellagio 31004
A A-Trend 30714
i~;ii~~.,131@Pf~ttiYt&;iiIi !~r~~"~l'Yim!!,,;}!U' Elin 30770
Yoko 20037,20240 ~~_.~~1~~ Binatone 31923
Crypto 31228
AEG 30770,30788,30790,31923 ,,~~~§JJ!lria~,;tt~bJ~;{;tl
z ;:~~~-!"~i~~
.~:~~'ifuigiil;)i~riit;'~l~Jil!~J:~Jit .. Blaupunkt 30717 " '
Cyben:om 30831
Aim 30672, 30699, 30833 I' '-,'f ,,, "" !,:?~: );f $t~;:pJtl(;3(il74.31023;,.
ZT Group 21972 tJll~Il:0tM8;;~~~t1&{J ~~'!'¥~tQZ4&l:J,J.-l ..:a1l2lUJ~ Ella' 31233,31321
~k;1~:;,~~bi6:i£iiml,;~_;~1i~J Blue Nova 31321 Cytron 30651,30705,30774,31347
Aiwa 30533, 30641
&i:~~i:~,is~~$1 D;J~M!f&~j&il;~iitJ1il'~~~l~;r~~ bir&i~~l~~=:m:&i!l?:~lc~l~
Daenyx 30872 Enterprise 30591

13 I PRESET CODE I
 lG 30591,30741.30790.30869. Mitsubishi 31521.30521,30713,31403 Philo 31345
~~>,,,,,;m-,~ Home Electronics 30730, 30770
31906
Enzer 30784,30770.31228 ~!~L~~j1~~~ ~i'ii5;;;L.: .... ~t;~;~ ]", l~' 307Z~~11 ...';'J,J'~iiW:
PianoOisc 31024
;:~. . ,,_~_~@i8 j'::.;0i,*;;~ Hoyo 3ffi65 Monyka 30665
limit 30768.31104 ~. ..•..•......•.·.. 30400,~. 30571. 30031,
Euroline 3ffi75, 30788. 31115. 31233 ~~i~l~·~~~'-\ik.;:~l,;~~ _~ ..q.ff'",'c*:.~';'
~,"(f¢r#";/i)*·_,~1tfi8~ .... i:t., .... Mustek 30730. 31730
k~~~i~&tG~k3~~,~0~:ikik,Gii~
F ';hL.ler;;:'':ii!"",.;Ck"~~.l:;;k:i~.;.,,,.:''''';;""tt'j Hyundai 30783.30850,31061.31228
lodos 30713 PIu2 30850
Ferguson 3ffi51 , 3ffi95, 30713,30884, ._~.*jk;g.t;~~,~L;';;4.'
30898. 31695. 31730
30788
~fii!£}liMii~l_,~t,l,~l~+~ 30831
Polaroid 31020,31061,31086
;;,~;;X~:;·,i;'.j~j%i;;:.~i~~i3~7~h:~~rJ;,
jli8@;"Lbt1\_f_,,,,,*,.!A~ . ., ..,H'~di"h;'1\r,"., .... ~'t""
308B4
k~~s~0i;L~2~tu,£2iliB~~;:;Wh
Firstline 30651,30713,30843,30869, Initial 30839, 30717 Naiko 30770,31004,31367
luker 31367 Portland 30770
31530
kl~M};UJ'P:'} 3069!j,30!Q5'P!J713,$l41.~
L~!t'~:';[;jl~i~~;,;;;~:t;jllW ~ p~i,;;;i£, ....:;~.l1!!lL.;;;.,,~\1ii..
~t;1;,t,<;" ·;·£L~jL£1.;;'i~,~k.>c;j NEC 30741.30869,31404
Insignia 31268 '""*,1,I;MIX0*;k%",,,~all!~~13Z1 •.;n~ Presidian 3ffi75
Funai 30675. 30695. 31268
K~.~·
~mia:·;&1ikd";",~LW~",~~twu,.ll
Irradio 30869,31115,31224,31233
Lunatron 30741
"!!iej:;:ijiW,ifi2;.L~,l:~~0'·,.iL0;~:,;,,v .
t~)<:
Nesa 30717
J!i!!lt."""" <~~~4. •.:: ",!.t .•" .\.;

G Gateway 31158 Prinz 30831

;J.~t~~i,:;' . ~~iJ!~~tJ.12i:~~v1~.~ luxor 30713,31004,31695.31730 L~ ~.(~.;,;~:~;i~~?,.()5 ..·.~·U~\~\;~:.....o.~
~~~0;;;;;L" ~m5..l911li"';".z ISP 3ffi95 M-mf3WiS;i:" . Nevir 30770. 30831. 31197
Pro2 31345
General Electric 30717
J ~.0~~.,;#:,.:w. Magnat 31923 L.NW.T( :.~~~~;;""M;,; :,i~ ~S!~~llXl:fi ";':i;;:;i;;';~
t~fIlJ)atif}~, <'.' 311§lt-~k!~>~~~~ Nikkai 31923
Jaton 3ffi65 Proceed 3ffi72
Global link 31224
.tJ:li9~li ';i%i')~~;~~~)~;:;;/J~J,,,,~, ~."", .,' ....... 30072;30051.3OOll6,30fn3.
i;JiI!!Q~L~,9!I'1iPJ!§&*+,~Ii§;'i;; ·••md.ki""il,;;U;·;, JOB 30730 Magnex 30723 Niro 32024 !%J~}~~{1iii;isk2kalQOj<\:al483i~itiiht§W~iki
Global Sphere 31152
;~iiiihJ;i;~~~l~u1~~i Proscan 30522
Jeken 30699 Manhattan 30705, 30713 Nordmende 30831
Prosonic 30699. 30752
~~%1/~~J};~1~1~
JM8 30695 Mark 30713 ~jfiJ,ii~~~==~~u:\f:)=
k~~.iM~iacllg·~Il!1Jl ~~~jWj :iMi._!lb~'lf;1.5 3OpJl.~~b-t:,,$.'<-~ Pye 30539. 30646
JSI 31423 Matsui 30672.30651,30695.30713, Q i~.=,"'";:;;'i:,"%i!!!l§) ; ".k.~,,:.tZ::L.;;_
30884.31004.31695.31730
~..4\'C;~,=~iJ~:~~t~!ij ~ 1./,t~~l;j~,~r.L j3(Jls8;i:{i:sliktr' ;~', .~ Qwestar
R ~,*;t,,;;...~m!aJ~.~!,
30651
jWin 31051 Maxent 31347
RadioShack 30571
K L~~~~31i;l3. 31~:£;;;ijArI~ ~~ill¥8l~' ~3011l!?],3,~l;~~~
Karcher 30783 ~,. 'i·:/*"·1i&if--':~;t~~_~;i£~~·0.~:~;,ki21~· x.
, M..~ya , 31345 . .... ..
*~~. . h1:ttt"";if~;~.~_£~:;0. ..~ifi;t>.*~.k0t4.~ iL~~,,"~~~~.;tii;;~ U~t~g:0t.wK;4;i~~~~~t~&.l.k~:,0 RCA
30522.30571.30717,30790,
30822.31022.31132,31769.
Gran Prix 30831,30898 Kendo 3ffi72. 30699, 30713, 30831 Mcintosh 31533 31913.31965
k§r,iI!l9iPl@4tXi:J1bi;~;~JE.i81~,~:"":,;;!,;;{:!:L':~i :tI!lm~£:®?:*:4&kmi~i1~~q;_.44i~i ~J._+Gi~j;k):,~1;;&iti:tf~ik!L0;;t
Greenhill 30717 Kenwood 30534 Mecotek 30770 30843 REC 30490

Kiss 30665.30841,31523 Orbit 30872 iiii~~~~s1:l~~~~ii~~

Relisys 31347
31 bl<!!!~.: ,;fr~;;';~15.~D~~_& MEl 30790 ~~~~~~~~i;ij i~~lJlJi~j";;;,iii~'*.;':~fg,.~l§l1:s;:,i;&;i;L~>k
Grunkel 30770,30790.30831 Oritron 30651
H. HU'k ,;30m;30841.,3Il85Q,314l:t
Kloss 30533 'Melnof~.\:;', _~.ml,~1270' Revoy 3ffi99,30841
~ .. ,':{..;j::~\!QU~.ii,;,("",~;., ....;".,i
~.;""~~c3H21.sL;';"';:k":"';'~ Metronic 30690
p P&B 31451 .~~~~~ ~~,:.hiU~~
Haaz 30751,31152 Konka 31192 ~,t!ifE;;1i0';4; ,m.~li1W,a: Richmond 31233
~f'$,S~ . ""/i,<~~l-)~?lliil:~i ;;~li:, '." ,. ... 3069!j.30713; 30759; 30796.)
~.t\!Ii.!l:/·~"",,~_;~;·ii:;.;:.;, ....,"""i,;;j MiCO 30723.30751.31223 ±m~,~. ,~, _ ,........,;Ldlil! 1!JJ!,""",,,",,,,,,·~,:~~0:i&: .~ .,i, "'.~ \..:.~·,;.;;i::;,.."c.,-,~
Hanseatic 30741.30783.30790 Kreisen 31421
~~J~·~1tik~1i? '~i<.tl Packard 8ell 30831 3ffi72, 3ffi90. 30899. 3071J.
"",~~ .•;.:L~,~7112.;"H&;;ci;:h"ij 3~.:,;~~J1l21431~~~4;ii;* Micromedia 30503.30539
f.-,--'.''.·· . '
&!!l!!~ium\y<, d:.t""_~t.Bj);~j
Roadstar 30730,30833.30898. 31 051.
31227
HCM 30788 L Lasonic 3ffi27, 30798. 30789
lMJEiIl!lg;;;1Thi~~j,~~kr;;iL····"jM Palsooic 30672, 30852. 31056,31321
Microsoft 31708 Ronin 30872
HE 30730, 31163. 31923 Leeson 31533
~~lillitt;;±~~;;£'&i;d;<L;!(~;
~J~~ite4@IW1~~t;i;1Iitii&:~:~;(~~!Y:;;\~: Minato 30752 Panda 30717,30789,31203 Rowa 30717, 30759, 30872, 31004
HiMAX 30843 3ffi51 , 30699,30713, 30770,
Lenco
30774 J~~1{;X~2~~_imll~hdi~fJ~~ ~;4~j;,i.:m~~~jb.~{,~
~~···~~l:~~~il=~;·'~~,~ ~1"':::i,iL\;,L~122l1~.!U;;~~jil12~ii.bi:;i Minerva 30705
..~,f4*;';;~~110,,~M,Si~;i1.i;..··4t1
Philco 30690, 30862 S Saba 3ffi51. 3055
Hiteker 3ffi72, 31923 Lenoxx 30690. 30838
Mintek 30839, 30717
~~~~m 'a..,~,·",,,.,,,,,,~;,,;; ..
.30051,30713. 3Ofnl, 31004, ~~.;i>..L."","~.,~~~":~;;"'s,*.& Saivad 30759,30831.31367
, .l2Z.42a:1:4.{«hHh#f'l<iiWr~rtti;

IPRESET CODE 114

 &~~~~~·~;',t ~"dl~~;til¥;.S1i;~lL; •.,.;,;,
Sampo 30752,31321,31347 Soundwave 30783 Mustek 31730
,3l1199. ~1ia'.i:it::J{j~;'~.,;.j.Ai; ';:; ..; N _31~~2":,,,,u
;31075;
'k~%_~
Standard 30051, 30768, 30788, 30831, o ~158
30898 P ·3t~d1.:@~~~
30784,30095,30751,30763,
Sansu; 30768,31051,31228,31230, ,J,~Gl.i4;jw{~1~; ',i,,;;,; 30490, 31579
31695,31832 Starlogic 31005
·~ ..~~~§@:hi.frK~;.,,:.;
SilnYQ' ''x ·,)illmli.:~75.~307J3.' ~~~~;;;i~~1~<t:.3~Jl~="""'''''''"''Jit. Pioneer 30031
h.... , ')lik4,,~:"3II!D';"ilmrk~ Stevison 31367
Scan 30705, 30850 , )~1108§;;U;,_d.'Z:;.ti:;;.."
!<iM!li!!IJ!.':"i,.cliiIi
~St1~~k~f.f:-:~:':~jt~~/~0a), ".4;>;~~ ,~
~, ~~;;'':.L.;~.:tO,~l1~~l~~'';;;;~~ Sunkai 30770, 30850
ProVision 31321
ScanSonic 31695 "t+.·< f, . . ~~~~
. ~.ki>,i#P~~~;jlll:110.s,'jt;:? •
~~ •• "\it¢~m~J88;W:ll!:111~~ Sunwood 30788, 30898
30522
30539,30046,30651,30705, ,31
Schneider 30713,30774,30783,30788, ~.2~$.~~K;.~;~ Roadstar 31227
30790,30831,30869,31367
~~tiatiii~?8;'f%'>i~
Supervision 30768, 31152
S ~i$.,lJ~I,,~~1.M1idit;:t
Scientific Labs 30768
~z;i~M7;i7~i Samsung 30490, 31635
Sylvania 30030.30675,30821,31268
i..~t<t~:~§jm·~;~~~~~~~~L
~ti.~~!~ji'BU~A:i:Ai~
Seeltech 31224,31451
~~i:~L.l~~~J
Synn 30768 Viewmaster 30862, 31224
Schneider 30046

i~l~~l~\ii_~j Tfui~PI"~~j~iI~l.~i~ij~!j1:1ti~t ~.~)Q114:~i£ OSE 31730 Sensory Science 31158

Sensory Science 31158
31321 Vtrek 31228
~~~~~~§f~;2V;££I*>'b'"
W~~~lfu't!4mii%L~iJ§~;[J·;{; E 31321 Sony 31033,31070,31431,31433,
~~~:::~;&~~4jj::$M 30770,31695
E:max
31536
Walkvision 30717
Sharp 30630,30675,30713,30752,
31256,32015,32024 Elta. 31321
~f:!~_#i,dlm:i&Wtt~;;ik&i;ci:
Sylvania 30075
~!!IB.l£i~~jj';;i,iti~4,;,.;iiM TCl 31180
Sherwood 30717,30741,30770 ~JJi.fiiii~SqJfJ,~l::;~[~ F Ferguson 31730
T ~~'.~~m~~~~jfu:1i
~~Mi:1~~lQ1_11$1s:;~-;)~'~&ii~~ 30571,30717,30675,30741,
1@Itlln!tJ;¥;Sj;':¥i~I •..
Targa
Teac 30759,30768,30790,30833, iL.""·~l:l'\1J" 0iWo1ii£,;;z,~'B.;,u,:w,Mffit1iliiiift1i!'*w;;
Shinsonic 30533,30839 31006,31197,31227 Funai 30675
Techwood
kSi~\;t*j~~~,,,*~~,,: ,."0 lrss;.;'11i;,Yi;,~~~W~t;.,.,;~~j G~i~:;~~"::~;:~
Sigmatek 31005,31224 Technica 31367,31695 M! ·31m~,L;'i
Go Video 30741,31158,31730
~§~i!t~:.L;jj~jll~!~~llill~~:r,; .J~iri;'ii"~";~~_jt~~ ~~..;,.~ ';;: .31\io11;i~\'li$~~;~!
Thomson
Silva 30788, 30898 Technika 30770,30831,31115,31695 GPX 30741
kJ~.;,:&.' ~i!1!f£ii;,l& ..@j~t18;·~lli~;d
U Universum 31227,31530
i~,,~;";~:imi!W~i:it.~~ ;i ~:.~M.i{,·?~24: ' l~~i¥:h~"'" ,~ m~~;.;~>i~;;J;~-:,·.i#l
SilverCrest 31152 Technosonic 30730,31051.31115 H H& B 31421
V~· .•. ' '-,>,
Victor 31597
~ ::~'-<'h{_~i~;;lt1:~~ ~- .Jj . ~. ·;;~'iE;a~.i3 31531l .:.: "'"
Singer 30090, 30751, 30768 Tedelex 30090,30768,31004.31228 W~~~1~ti;~¥i;;~~!,j;
I iLo
y Yakumo 31056
tJ~~·,,·;;:i(wii.B£iiii{~:-·j·· . iJ..~',_;;,I,;';;.·.: ;k:Xf;;7't;0:'il;~,89;30190\.,3O!l33_31~. J }'<
Skantic 30539,30713 'i4~:.~1m.31 ...•.... ,,~ ;)1 ; ~!;.i!3!lt1J!L4j~~~l
Teletech 30713,30768 K Yamaha 30046
~:J.:~~,j_~~~~
Skyworth 30898 ;:im'~~i!§ii-'~Z1»;'",~ 1'\\', \,:,
30651,30798,30768,30833, Z Zenith 30741
't§Liclwi.~~111~~~;ifl.;:;"'W Tevion 30898,31036,31227,31347, L
Sli;..i.rt· • "iOM4 . ' .. ' . 31382,31483,31730,31923
Lifetec 31347
~~i~._i~~~~L1.!¥J ~~ik~~Il_~~
Smart 30705,30713 Thomson 30522,30511,30551
Loewe 30741
lL~~w!mt~li.~'~~
Sonashi Tokai 30784,30665,30788,30790,
30898 luxor 31730
~*ld~.~lil~i~. M£.~~.i1i~~~
30533,31533, 30864, 30573, Top Suxess 31224 Matsui 31730
Sony 30030,30772,31033, 31070,
31431,31433,31536,31633,
31769,31981,32043 DVD Recorder MBO 31730
:,jE!JQ\!~lJi~~lh0;~I~#.k~; 30831,30672,31321,31327
TRANS,continents 1 4Kus 31158
liiim;:,---i,:~';}(:>t~:~

Soundmaster 30768 liI.~)£~.~~;.;.ooz'. ;.'; MiCa 30751

15 I PRESET CODE I
 DENON
Model No.1 DVD-555 DVD-29l0 DVD-800
Modele numero DVD-755 DVD-2930CI DVD-1600
DVD-900 DVD-3800 DVD-2000
DVD·910 DVD-39l0 DVD-2500
DVD-955 DVD-3930CI DVD-3000
DVD-l000 DVD-5900 DVD-3300
DVD-1200 DVD-59l0
DVD-1500 DVD-9000
DVD-17l0 DVM-7l5
DVD-19l0 DVM-1800
DVD-1930CI DVM-1805
DVD-2200 DVM-18l5
DVD-2800 DVM-28l5
DVD-2800U DVM-4800
DVD-2900

[ 1*: Preset codes set upon shipment from the factory.

Les codes preregles different en fonctiom des livraison de I'usine.

*1 : These preset codes can be recorded in the SAT/CBL mode.

: Ces codes de preselection peuvent etre enregistres en mode SAT/CBL.
*2 : These preset codes can be recorded in the TV mode.
: Ces codes de preselection peuvent 1ltre enregistres en mode TV.
*3 : These preset codes can be recorded in the VCR mode.
: Ces codes de preselection peuvent 1ltre enregistres en mode VCR.
*4 : These preset codes can be recorded in the DVD mode.
: Ces codes de preselection peuvent 1ltre enregistres en mode DVD.

IPRESET CODE 116

DENON
www.denon.com
Denon Brand Company, D&M Holdings Inc.
Printed in Japan OOD 511 4613003
 @j
. l/J;
TwonkYViSiOnhaSjoinedpacketVideo
.
.
TWONKY •
. . . . . . . .¢I
packetvideo
ENGLISH FRANCAIS

IConnecting_to a DLNA-compatibleNetwork I IBranchementa un reseau compatible DLNA I

To connect your Denon product to your DLNA-compatible home
network, to learn more about the TwonkyVision Media Server
and for a 30-day free trial, visit
http://www.twonkyvision.com/Denon/
Customers who have registered at the TwonkyVision site
with the following coupon number can benefit from discount
purchase offers. For details go to the online shop of the above
site.
* The above site deals specifically with support and inquires regarding
TwonkyVision.
* This campaign may be ended without notice.
Pour brancher votre appareil Denon avotre reseau compatible DLNA
ainsi que pour en savoir plus sur Ie TwonkyVision Media Server et
obtenir une periode d'essai gratuit de 30 jours, visitez Ie site
http://www.twonkyvision.com/Denon/
Les clients inscrits sur Ie site TwonkyVision avec Ie numero de
coupon suivant ont droit a des remises speciales. Pour obtenir
d'autres informations, visitez la boutique en ligne sur Ie site
TwonkyVision.
* Le site ci-dessus est dedie aux questions d'assistance et
d'informations concernant TwonkyVision.
* Cette campagne promotionnelle peut etre annulee sans preavis.

DEUTSCH
• ':1

. '

Um das Denon-Produkt mit Ihrem DLNA kompatiblen Netzwerk

zu Hause zu verbinden, Um mehr Infos zum TwonkyVision
Media Server und zu einem 30-higigen Probeabo zu erhalten,
besuchen Sie bitte
http://www.twonkyvision.com/Denon/
Kunden, die sich auf derTwonkyVision-Website mit der folgenden
Coupon-Nummer registriert haben, k6nnen von Discount-
Angeboten profitieren. Details erfahren Sie im Onlineshop auf
der oben genannten Website.
* Die oben genannte Website beschiiftigt sich speziell mit
UnterstUtzung und Anfragen in Hinblick aufTwonkyVision.
* Diese Aktion kann ohne Vorankundigung beendet werden.

Coupon number:
Coupon-Nummer: V-EXXQ-E7UG-1 FJY-MXQJ-D2JW-MER3
Numero de coupon:

DENON
www.denon.com

Oenon Brand Company, O&M Holdings Inc.

Printed in Japan 5431 100070090
 Hi~Hop & Urban 129 ~ BIoom~Radi<>

'405 Pop Hit5I8ig Band 60 ~ Oassic5ool m 0lNl CNN ~ 130 !:!!:'~~1'D8 The Prosidential Election Channel
I '50s Pop Hits 61 :;li/i,'rj AduHR&BHits 123 He~ CNN Headline News 131 m(;)[!1 BBCWortd 5ervk.

~ '60sPopHits 64 GllaaUE: Old 5kool R&B 124 3'1\\""l\LY ABCNews&Talk 132 ~ C-5PANRadi<>
SnoopDogq',
~ 70sPopHtts 65 Qasslc Hip-ltop/Rap XL 12S ~=. The Weather Channel 1ll XMi:m: The Bob Edwards Show,
PRI, APM &WBUR
~ 'BOsPopHits 66 New Uncut Hip-Hop XL 126 ~ (NN.nEspanoiSP 244 ~ News&lnformation

~ '90s Pop Hits 67 UrbanlR&BlMixShaw> 127 ....!! (NBC 245 ~~? News &Infunnation Fll

THE BEST SPORTS PACKAGE 'Wa~~~

- ...............
-~
Country
140 ~ SportsTalklPlay-lly-Play 190-192 AC~ ACC FootbaIIlBask.tball
10
12
4R
~Y _na
CassieCoonlry

70
Jazz & Blues
Traditional Jan
141

142
EiiFiiii:iO.3 Sports News

~ 24 HoorUve SportsTaik
193-195

196-198
~
!!I!l!!-
Pa<-10FootballlBasketball

Big Ten FootballlBasketbail

13 01!1%m ~~~:re:untry 71 IJ~P'S Smoothf(ontemporary Jazz
144 ~ ~.::~~=S;~" 199-201 ~ 5(CFootballlBask.tball
14~ Bluegran 72 .. ModM1Jazz
145
'
~
.... IndyCar" Series Rating 203
BIG
~ Big East FootbalVBasketball
15 ~ Folk 7J • American Standards
146
The PGA TOUR" N.twortcl
UveCovo,ag.&GoijTalk 204 ~ifE! iw.~~_~::lk
16 .... 6 New (ountry Hits 74 bluesville Blu., SPOrts en EspanoV "NHL
20S-209 A:r::: NHL Hod<.y Play-by-Play
)(M . .

[111_ 147 IJIJf1(JR17VO MeKican League So«er SP

17 '80s &'90s Country Sports, Schedules,
243 SC3REB~D 5<0... &Updates
COUNTRY
174 , Play-by-Play.n Espanol SP
Lifestyle 175 , ~~ ~~ =~ Talk 246 SPORTIF Sports Sdledules Fll
Pop & Hits 75 The 5oondof5tlrt>udcs
176-189 , ~:~~~Ir- =T~to~
20 ~ Top20Hits 76 ftIt1llIbq Edectklfree Fonn XMHO

l3 ..... loft5ong>lUt. Pop n audio

V1S~
NewAge
""'-"I!!J!II!!I"
2S ~ Adult Contemporary 78 (3;cape Beautiful Music

26 P1igt$ Modem AduH Hits

27 [JIIlA6JQJ Movie 500_ Dance

28 ~ ShowTunes

29 • International Hits 81 Dance Hits

30 ~ Contemporary Hits 8l ElectronicalTranCf 167 Progressive Talk

83 DiscoIOassic Dance 152 168 fOX News Talk

Christian 84 Smooth_k 162 E! Entertainment 169 African·Amerkan Talk

32 message Chmtian Pop &Rod< 163 _&Drama 170 OiristianTalk

33 .. Gospel Latin 164 ~ OIdTimeRadio 171 Trudcers'Channel

l4 fZJ7Ligh .." 50uthem Gospel 90 flJEGO Reggaeton SP 165 TALXRAOIO UveTalkProgramming 172 ~~ TalkRadioforMenOnIyFll
91 Latin Pop Hits SP 166 . . Conserva!ivoTalk 233 R;;;~hMD 2417News&TalkforPhysidans

Rock 92 ~ R"lional Mexican SP

SUPERSTAR COMEDY
40 ~ Deep Cassie Rod< 94 ~ TropicalSP
150 Un"nsored Comedy XL 154 ~- NationalLampoonRadi<>
41 ~ 'BOs Hard Rod< XL
151 ~w;aComedy 202 \ ~!?--rL... The Opie & Anthony Showl
lfjjJjJjj '111'" J Th. Ron &fez Show XL
42 Heavy Metal Xl World
153 ~ Un<ensoredComedyXL
43 XTYl.J IndielColI"lelUnsigned 100 ~ New&EmergingMuskFR

44 "'-~ Oa1Si<AlttmatM! 101 ~ Reggae REGIONAL TALK, NEWS & MUSIC

45 ~ AduHAIbumRod< 102 .... PopHitsFll 11~ Today's Coontry em 24 &nny SoflPopotdiesem

46 OL Early Cassie Rod< 21 Top 40 em 161 (WS-I'X) Na>lMlleCoontryem

47 New Alternative Classical II Variety/AduH Hits em 173 ~_ Tal1<& Information

48 )Gl.l~ New Hard Rod< XL 110 ~~sics TraditionalOassicaI

49 ~ lat"CassieRod< 112 \'~ Ope<>J(1assicaIVoca~

210 Boston. Mol 216 Detroit,MI
ill
ill ' "[Mgo,
' _(A"
50 ;.1lJrJjJft Acoustk Rod< 113 ~ OassicalFavorites XMHD 211 NC'WVor\.NY
212 ~phia,PA
217
218
Chiago, Il
StLouis,MO
San
n4 Phoenb. AI
213 B.aItWnore,MD 219 Minneapolisl5thu\.MH 225 0a11aslFort Worth, Tl
S2 --~ EmenjingArtists 214 Washington, DC 220 SNttIt,WA n6 Houston. Tl
21S Pittsbtlrgh,PA n1 San Fr.lndsm, (A n7 Atiantill,GA
53 PunlclHardcorelSka XL

54 '90s Altematiw
 DENON SERVICE NETWORK I ijli~~~
• Please consult the outlet where the equipment was purchased.
• Bitte wenden Sie sich an den Handler, bei dem Sie das Produkt gekauft haben.
• SVP veuillez consulter votre revendeur.
• Neemt u alstublieft contact op met het verkooppuntwaar u de apparatuur heeft gekocht.
• Por favor consulte en el establecimiento donde com pro el equipo.
• Vanligen ta kontakt med butiken dar du kopt utrustningen.
• Rivolgetevi al rivenditore che vi ha venduto I'apparecchio.
• Contacte a loja onde comprou 0 equipamento.
• iljp]f1)l.A*tle9iIM11:;:~ 0
• lWioJf,t-PJi'W;J~*fJlagiflHT~iiJ 0

Australia Audio Products Group Pty Ltd. 67 O'Riordan Street Alexandria NSW 2015, PO Box 150, Mascot NSW 1460 Australia
Tel: 1300 134400 Fax: +61 295780159
Austria Digital-Professional-Audio Vertriebsges.m.b.H., Seeb6ckgasse 59, A-1160 Wien Tel: 01-480-1006 Fax: 01-485-7679
Belgium Transtel-Sabima PV.BA Duboisstraat 48, B-2060 Antwerpen, Belgium Tel: 03-237-3607
Canada D&M CANADA INC. 5-505 Apple Creek Blvd., Markham, Ontario, L3R 5Bl Tel: 905-475-4085 Fax: 905-475-4159
China E% 1'f~U'!J1'fOIOJ'ffi ~ (...t.l/lJ )lHIHH,] ...t.fflJrlJrltl/lJep ~887.J%71<~*JR601 O~
E%it:(Q21 )64372299 ffl~:(Q21 )64339973 il3~~: 200020 1C::It1tFnIHH!.\~: 021-62949285
Czech republic EUROSTAR OSTRAVA s.ro. areal Vodni stavby Praha, budova A2 Dobronicka 635,14800 Praha 4 Czech Rep.
Tel: 261-112-901 Fax: 261-112-904
Denmark Hifi Klubben A/S Dali Aile 1, 9610 Noerager, Denmark Tel 45-96 72 1000 Fax: 45-96 72 10 14
Finland Soundata Oy Hameentie 157 5th floor 00560 Helsinki Finland Tel: +358-(0)9-47693300 Fax: +358-(0)9-47693310
France DENON FRANCE A division of D&M France SAS Tour Ventose, 2 rue des Bourets, 92156 Suresnes Cedex, France
Tel:+33(0)1-41-383230 Fax: +33(0)1-41-380110
Germany DENON DEUTSCHLAND A division of D&M Germany GmbH An der Landwehr 19, 0-41334 Nettetal, Germany
Tel: +49(0)2157-1208-0 Fax: +49(0)2157-1208-15
Greece KINOTECHNIKI LTD. 14, PYRGOU STR. 16675, GLYFADA ATHENS Tel: +302109601071 Fax: +302109601072
Hong Kong D&M Sales and Marketing (H.K.l Ltd. Unit 501, Ocean Centre, Harbour City, 5 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel: 852-2516-5864 Fax: 852-2516-5940
:m:1tJj:hJm!R¥:90].IJH1'H~5~l/lJ1tJj~iJ'j#ep,c,'5f1501~ m~t: 852-2516-5864 {$J'j;: 852-2516-5940
Hungary A.I.D.A. Audio Kft. 1112 Budapest Olt u. 37. Hungary Tel: 01-248-2030 Fax: 01-248-2039
Iceland Einar Farestveit & co hf., Borgartun 28, PBox 5440, 125 Reykjavik. Tel +3545207900 Fax: +3545207910
India PROFX SERVICE CENTRE Advanced Audio Solutions (Bangalore)Pvt. Ltd.
No 53, K.HRoad, Opp .Big Bazaar, Bangalore - 560 027, India Tel: 08032970853 Fax: 0802211 2043
Indonesia PT Autoaccindo Jaya. Cideng Barat NO.7 Jakarta, Indonesia Tel: +62-21-633-2730 Fax: +62-21-632-2886
Israel Newpan Ltd. 14 Rosansky st. Rishon Lezion 75706, Israel. Tel +972-3-953-5900 Fax: +972-3-961-6193
Italy Audiodelta S.r1.19 Via Pietro Calvi 20129 Milano Italy Tel 39-02-5411-6008 I 39-02-5412-8253 Fax: 39-02-5412-0258
Korea D&M Sales and Marketing Korea Ltd. Chung Jin BID., 1OF, 53-5, Wonhyoro 3 Ga, Yongsan-Gu, Seoul, 140-719, Korea
Tel: 02-715-9041 Fax: 02-715-9040
Malaysia Wo Kee Hong Trading Sdn Bhd. 2nd Floor, (Left Wing), Bangunan Infinite Centre, Lot 1, Jalan 13/6,46200 Petaling Jaya,
Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia Tel: 03-7954-8088 Fax: 03-7954-7088
Mexico Labrador, SA de CV Callejon del Naranjo 35, Naucalpan, 53560, Edo. Mex., Mexico Tel: 52-5359-5161 Fax: 52-5357-1775
Netherlands Penhold BV Poppenbouwing 58, NL-4191 NZ Geldermalsen, Netherland Tel: 31-345-588080 Fax: 31-345-588 085
New Zealand Avalon-Pacific Marketing Limited. 15C Vestey Drive, Mt Wellington, Auckland, New Zealand.
PO Box 11 631 Ellerslie, Auckland, New Zealand Tel +64-9-573-5933 Fax: +64-9-573-3720
Norway Hi-Fi Klubben Marcus Thranes gate 4-6, 0473 Oslo, Norway Tel: +47228063 10 Fax: +4722806329
Philippines Lotteworld Audio Video Systems Incorporated CET Building Mezzannine Floor NO.4 Mindanao Avenue, Barangay
Bahay Toro, Project 8, Ouezon City, Philippines. Tel: +632-929-5334 Fax: +632-929-1343
Poland HORN DISTRIBUTION SA Ulica Kurantow 34, 02-873 Warszawa Poland Tel: +4822331 5533 Fax: +4822331 5500
Portugal Videoacustica Qta. Do Paizinho-Armazem 5-Estrada De Circunvalac;;ao-Apart. 3127 1303 Lisboa Codex
Tel: +351214241770 Fax: +351214188093
Singapore ALL (E&E) Service Center Pte Ltd. Machtech Industrial Building, #06-04, No.2, Kallang Pudding Road, Singapore 349307
Tel 6747-8274 Fax 6748-9007
Slovakia BIS AUDIO s.ro. Dobronivska cesta 1642/696001 Zvolen Tel:045-5400 703 Fax:045-5400 704
South Africa Mandarin Distributors SA 10 Thora Crescent, Wynberg Ext.3 Sandton, PO.Box 5137, Johannesburg Republic of South
Africa Tel: 27-11-444-8445 Fax: 27-11-444-8363
Spain Gaplasa S.A.AV Ing. Conde de Torroja, 25, 28022 Madrid Tel: 91-746-00-45 Fax: 91-329-44-57
Sweden Hi-Fi Klubben G6teborg Skanegatan 25, 41252 G6teborg Tel:031 3351010 Fax:031 3351019
Switzerland DKB household AG, Abteilung Elektronik. Eggbuhlstrasse 28, CH-8052 Zurich, Switzerland
Tel: 01-306-1626 Fax: 01-306-1690
Taiwan R.O.C. D&M Sales and Marketing Taiwan Ltd. 6F-2 N0148, Songjiang Rd., Taipei City 10458, Taiwan R.O.C
Tel: 02-2522-1308 Fax: 02-2100-1175
Thailand Mahajak Development Co., Ltd. 46 Mahajak Building, Sukhumvit Soi 3 (Nana-Nua) Klongtoey, Wattana, Bangkok
Thailand. 10110 Tel: 66-2-256-0020 Fax: 66-2-253-1696
Turkey Ertekin electronik tic ve san. a.s. Galipdede Caddesi No.: 113 Kuledibi-Karak6y I Istanbul, Turkey
Tel: +90(212)293-9515 Fax: +90(212)249-3512
U.A.E. VV & SONS LLC. Street No-ll/B, Road NO-128, Shed No-39 AI Khabisi, Deira, Dubai, U.A.E
Tel: +971-4-266-2435, 268-4575 Fax: +971-4-266-2052
Ukraine Mirs Ltd. Osipova str. 37/0ffice 1, 65012 Odessa, Ukraine
Tel: +380(482)305530 Fax: +380(482)305555
United DENON UK A division of D&M Audiovisual Ltd. Moorbridge House, Padbury Oaks, 579 Bath Road,
Kingdom & Eire Longford, Middlesex, UB7 OEH, United Kingdom Tel: +44(0)1753-680568 Fax: +44(0)1753-689697
U.S.A. DENON ELECTRONICS (USA), LLC (a D&M Holdings Company)
100 Corporate Drive, Mahwah, NJ 07430-2041 Tel: 800-497-8921 Fax: 888-544-8434
Vietnam Anh Duy Manufacturing - Trading Co., Ltd. 170 Ung Van Kheim St., Ward 25, Blinh Thanh Dist., HCMC, Vietnam
Tel: +84 8 898 3424 Fax: +84 8 898 3425
• If there is no service center in your local area, please contact one of our overseas service centers, listed above, for follow-up service consultation.
• 1st kein Service-Center in Ihrer Nahe, setzen Sie sich bitte miteinem der hier aufgelisteten Adressen in Verbindung.
• Si il n'y a pas destation technique proche de chez vous, veuillez contacter nos I' un de noscentres techniques, listes ci dessous, pour toutes demandes techniques.
• Als er geen servicecenter bij uin de buurt is, neem dan contact op een een van onze bovengenoemdeservicecenters voor ondersteuning.
• Si no hay un servicio tecnico en su zona, por favor contacte con uno de los servicios tecnicos centrales, indicados abajo, para realizar un seguimiento de su consult.
• Om det inte finns nagon auktoriserad Denon-verkstad dar du bar, kontakta en av vara internationella servicecentra (se ovan).
• Se non ci sono dei centri assistenza autorizzati nella vostra zona, potete fare riferimento agli altri centri assistenza autorizzati, vedi elenco sopra, per qualsiasi
consultazione tecnica.
• Caso nao exista um centro de assistencia tecnica na sua area, consulte um dos centros acima apresentados
• PD;s'1il"ttBj:fz~~~U~ep{,', ~jfj~.t.i&pfi71J*0:EJ$YH!i:mep,c.,]E~1:!H&~!i:m~1J: 0

• ;sllij:t!lTuR!i~ep,c." lj1f~15UJ!t:pHlJfJtin(t,Ji'Jjjjj-M!i~ep,c." .L:)il!!mJi';f,~I<~~jii] 0

Denon Brand Company, D&M Holdings Inc

DENON Printed in Japan OOD 515 0921 908 iii 709
www.denon.com
 DENON®
LIMITED WARRANTY
(USA / CANADA)

PAGE
USA (ENGLISH) 2
CANADA (ENGLISH) 3
CANADA (FRENCH) 4

USA
DENON ELECTRONICS (USA), LLC
(a D&M Holdings Company)
100 Corporate Drive
Mahwah, NJ 07430-2041
(800) 497-8921
(888) 544-8434 Fax

DENON REGIONAL SUPER SERVICE CENTERS (Repair only-No parts orders please)

PYRAMID AUDIO UNITED RADIO SERVICE AUDIO SERVICES

305 E. Braker Lane 5717 Enterprise Parkway 544 Central Dr., Suite 101
Austin, TX 78753-2746 E. Syracuse, NY 13057-2905 Virginia Beach, VA 23454-5245
(512) 458-8292 (800) 634-8606 (757) 498-8277
(512) 453-4542 Fax (315) 446-8505 Fax (757) 498-9554 Fax
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INNER SOUND NORMAN'S ELECTRONICS GOLD CROWN ELECTRONICS
1416 S.E. Morrison Street 3653 Clairmont Road Victoria Business Park
Portland, OR 97214-2646 Atlanta, GA 30341-4907 129 E. Savarona Way
(503) 238-1955 (770) 451-5057 Carson, CA 90746-1406
(503) 238-1787 Fax (770) 455-8337 Fax (310) 538-8282
(310) 538-8281 Fax
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICE WIDE TECHNOLOGIES ELECTRONICE EXPRESS
2239 Curtiss Street 1809 E. Fabyan Parkway
Downers Grove, IL 60515-4010 West Chicago, IL 60185
(630) 969-7333 (630) 208-4600
(630) 969-7330 Fax (630) 208-4601 Fax

CANADA
D&M CANADA INC.
5-505 Apple Creek Boulevard
Markham Ontario, L3R 5B1
(905) 475-4085
(905) 475-4159 Fax

WARRANTY (HOME)
ODD 515 0944 600

1
 1
~"'III""""11"'''''''IIIo''''-''II''''''-''II'''''''IlIlIl''''-''11'··

Thi, .,~m, will b< ho",red 0"1, i",he J.l.S.A

·."'.·· ·,"11·· ·.'11'·· ·."1.··

DEN 0 N'
·.,111'· ·.1111 ".,1' ,.,11 ,,11" '1111 ,'11", ,'.," ,1/1' ,,"
'
'111' ,"11 ,.,11 "'1' ,111 ,"'1 "1' ,110 ,11' ,"11 ,'

;
II,

~
t LIMITED WARRANTY
::
~,: Length of Non-Transferable Warranty i.
t This warranty on your DENON product which is distributed and warranted by DEN ON ELECTRONICS (USA). LLC remains in effect for the following periods from
the date of the original consumer purchase from an AUTHORIZED DENON ELECTRONICS (USA). LLC DEALER.
,
,

• Product Category •

t 4
t f
t ,
~
t
,,
t •
tt ,
~
t ,
!t What is Covered
,~,,"~", ~" 0 eo,,"," "" CO"",,,. " '" ",' ", ""CO"","" l ,
• Except as specified below, this Warranty covers all defects in material and workmanship in this product occurring during the above warranty periods. The following are
~ not covered by the Warranty: (I) Any product which is not distributed in the U.S.A. by DENON ELECTRONICS (USA), LLC. (2) Any product which is not purchased in ,
• the U.S.A. from an authorized DENON dealer, unless the product is purchased through the U.S.A. Military Exchange Service where the Warranty will be One (I) year for •
• all products listed above except in the case of Cartridges, Accessories, Remote Controller and Headphone which will remain at 90 days. (Note: AUTHORIZED DENON •
; DEALERS can be identified by DENON AUTHORIZED DEALER sticker displayed in the stores. If you are uncertain as to whether a dealer is a DEN ON
" AUTHORIZED DEALER, please contact DENON as listed below), (3) Any product on which the serial number has been defaced. modified or removed. (4) Damaged •
~_~_.
~_'.
deterioration or malfunction resulting from: a) Accident, act of nature, abuse, misuse, neglect, unauthorized product repair. opening of or modification or failure to follow
instructions supplied with the product. b) Repair or attempted repair by anyone not authorized by DENON. c) Any shipment of the product (claim must be presented to
carrier), (5) Items subject to wear from normal usage (tape heads, canridges. stylus, battery, etc.), (6) Periodic check-ups which do not disclose any defect. (7) Use of the
t
i.

t product outside the U.S.A, (8) Damaged magnetic tape or CD/DVD discs. (9) Use in industrial, commercial. and/or professional applications. (10) Any installation or
removal charges resulting from product failure.
,
,

• What We Will Pay For

~ If during the applicable warranty period from the date of original consumer purchase your DENON product is found to be defective by DENON. DENON will •
t. repair, or at its option, replace with new. used or equivalent model. such defective product without charge for parts or labor. ~:~__'.
How to Obtain Warranty Performance ,
t If your unit ever needs service, it may be taken or shipped to any authorized DENON service station or DENON ELECTRONICS (if you are uncertain as to i.

t
, whether a service station is DENON authorized, please contact DENON as listed below,) In all other cases, the following procedures apply whenever your unit must
be transported for warranty service;
,
,
• a. You are responsible for transporting your unit or arranging for its transportation.
~ b. If shipment of your unit is required: ~_._-
~_.,' You must pay the initial shipping charges, but we will pay the return Shipping charges if the repairs are covered by the Warranty. i.
c. WHEN RETURNING YOUR UNIT FOR WARRANTY SERVICE, A COPY OF THE ORIGINAL SALES SLIP MUST BE ATTACHED. ,
• d. You should include the following: your name, address. daytime telephone number. model and serial number of the product and a description of the
~ problem. In the case of a CD or DVD Player, please enclose ONE (I) disc that the unit has failed with for test reasons. It will be returned with the unit. ,
t THIS WARRANTY IS VALID IN THE U.S.A. ONLY. •
t If your product does not require service. but you have questions regarding its operation, please contact our Technical Services Department as listed below. ,
• THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY MADE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
~ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ~

~ OUR LIABILITY IS LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT, AT OUR OPTION. OF ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT AND SHALL IN NO EVENT -
~
t INCLUDE INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL COMMERCIAL OR PROPERTY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND. WE ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR
PRODUCTS LOST, STOLEN AND/OR DAMAGED DURING SHIPPING.
,
,
• SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS AND/OR DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF •
~ INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. ;

tt
,
t
This warradnt y givesffyou sPteDcific leE
writIng slgne by an 0 Icer 0
gal, rights, buutSYou mcay also have other rights which vary from state to state. This Warranty may not be altered other than in a
enon ectromcs A, LL .

DENON ELECTRONICS (USA), LLC

,,
,

•
• (a D&M Holdings Company)
~ 100 Corporate Drive •
t Mahwah, NJ 07430-2041 ,
• (800) 497-8921 ,
• www,usa,denon,com
.,1111'.......1111' .....'111'......,1111'.....,'111'.......'111......,1111,.....,"11...... '1111......'1111'.....'1111'......1111......'111',.....,1111'......111'...... '1111......'1111......,,"1......,,111'....-'1111.......'111.......'111......,'111......,,111'......1111.......1111' ......111'.......'11 ,.... ,'11"
"
t
..... '1111......'1111...... "11 1•." -

2
 ~"1111"""·'1111""'-'111"''''''''1I'''''''-''111''''''-'1111' ......'111........1111........1111....... "111.......1111'......,1111'...... ,'111......,'111.......1111', .....,'11'........111" Ill',
......'1111....... '1111',.....'"1......'1111.......,1111........'111.......'1110.......1111.......,'111'......1111.......1111'......1111..... ,11111'.......1111.......

• This warranty will be honored only in Canada. ~

! DENON~ :
•
t Length of Non-Transferable Warranty
LIMITED WARRANTY i,
•
•
This warranty on your DENON product which is distributed and warranted by D&M CANADA INC. remains in effect for the following periods from the date of the
original consumer purchase from an AUTHORIZED D&M CANADA INC. DEALER. t
~~ I
t ,
t ,
t ;
t t
t t
t +
t ;
t i
,
t ,
t
; ~
i
•
What is Covered
Except as specified below, this Warranty covers all defects in material and workmanship in this product occurring during the above warranty periods. The following are
•
"
~ not covered by the Warranty: (I) Any product which is not distributed in Canada by D&M CANADA INC. (2) Any product which is not purchased in Canada from an ~
•
~
~_.~.
authorized DENON dealer. (Note: AUTHORIZED DENON DEALERS can be identified by DENON AUTHORIZED DEALER sticker displayed in the stores. If you are
uncertain as to whether a dealer is a DENON AUTHORIZED DEALER, please contact D&M CANADA INC. as listed below). (3) Any product on which the serial
numbher hasdbeeodn defaced, modified 0fr remodvfed. (4) Dfamlaged dcetlelrioration or malfun~ti~n re~u~ting fdrom: ba)RACCident. act ofdnature.babuse, misuse, nheglect ,
t
~

;._~ .
unaut onze pr uct repair, opemng 0 or mo 1 lcatlOn or al ure to ,0 ow InstructIOns supp Ie WIt t e pro uct. ) epalr or attempte repaIr y anyone not aut onzed ,
• by DENON. c) Any shipment of the product (claim must be presented to carrier). (5) Items subject to wear from normal usage (tape heads, cartridges. stylus. battery, -

t~ etc.). (6) Periodic check-ups which do not disclose any defect. (7) Use of the product outside Canada. (8) Damaged magnetic tape or CD/DVD discs. (9) Use in
industrial. commercial, and/or professional applications. (10) Any installation or removal charges resulting from product failure.
,
._:~

• What We Will Pay For

~ rep~i:::~;i:~:;~~~~;~~~a;ea:~t~t~::~i~~Jr~;:~~~v~~~~tO~~~~~~~c~o;
::e~~~:~;~~:~~~~~~~~~~;f~~~~~si~:f:::rto be defective by DENON, DENON will I
tt. How to Obtain Warranty Performance
If your unit ever needs service, it may be taken or shipped to any authorized DENON service station or D&M CANADA INC. (if you are uncertain as to whether a
,
i
t service station is DENON authorized, please contact D&M CANADA INC. as listed below.) In all other cases, the following procedures apply whenever your unit
must be transported for warranty serv ice;
~
;_~
• a. You are responsible for transporting your unit or arranging for its transportation.
:.' b. If shipment of your unit is required; ~ ~_.
, You must pay the initial shipping charges, but we will pay the return shipping charges if the repairs are covered by the Warranty.
~ c. WHEN RETURNING YOUR UNIT FOR WARRANTY SERVICE, A COPY OF THE ORIGINAL SALES SLIP MUST BE ATTACHED. +
• d. You should include the following: your name, address, daytime telephone number, model and serial number of the product and a description of the ~
~ problem. In the case of a CD or DVD Player, please enclose ONE (I) disc that the unit has failed with for test reasons. It will be returned with the unit. ~
t THIS WARRANTY IS VALID IN CANADA ONLY. •
t If your product does not require service, but you have questions regarding its operation, please contact our Technical Services Department as listed below. '- o-.~
• THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY MADE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
~ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ~
• OUR LIABILITY IS LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT, AT OUR OPTION, OF ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT AND SHALL IN NO EVENT •

t
, INCLUDE INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL COMMERCIAL OR PROPERTY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND. WE ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR
PRODUCTS LOST, STOLEN AND/OR DAMAGED DURING SHIPPING.
,
,
• SOME PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS AND/OR DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF
t
i INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
;.~: .

·
This warranty gives you specific legal rights. but you may also have other rights which vary from province to province. This Warranty may not be altered other

t
than in a writing signed by an officer of D& M Canada Inc.

,;
,

t D&M CANADA INC. •

• 5-505 Apple Creek Boulevard
~ Markham, Ontario •
t L3R 5B 1 ~
, (905) 475-4085 t
• www.denon.ca
.'1111' . . . .,1111'. . . .,1111.......1111'. . . . ,'111'.... "111.....,'111.......'1111,.....,'111......,'11".....'11111.....'1111'....'11111.....,1111,....."111.....,'111......,'111......'111" ......'1111......,'111'......,'111',.....'1111......'111" . . . .'11110 .......1111.......,111"......,1111......,'11........'1111......,111 1'......,111'......."11',....
f

3
 ~"tllh''''''IIl''''''''ltl'''''''III'''''''''II''''''''IIII''''''''t111 ........1111'.... "11" ...... 1111.......11'.......'1111.......1111'. .... "111.......'11'......'11111.....""'......"11" ....."11'..... ,'"1'·...·.11I1'·. . . ·'11t1·~·.1111··. . .·.1I11··....·.11l"·...·.'"1'..... ~IlIo ...."ltl" .....,IIII......"IIl'.....,I"'.......lllli.
, Cette garantie ne sera honoree qu'au ~ ~

t~ DENON® ;~
~

t GARANTIE L1MITEE ;
t ,
Duree du garanlie non-transferable
La garantie de votre produit DENON, distribue et garanti par D&M CANADA INC. prend effet a partir de la date d'achat du consommateur original aupres d'un
._-_:',

t revendeur official D&M CANADA INC. pendant les periodes suivantes, ,

t Categorie de produit i_'

t- t
tt :t
·;•
t
.;
+

t
+ ,
; t
t
+
•,
i t=
._.

;
•
~~
Apple et rPod sont des marques commercr,les d Apple Computer. Inc. deposees aux Etats·Unrs et dans d autres pays

Cette garantie couvre tous les defauts de materiel ou de fabrication du produit, al'exception de ceux indiques ci-apres qui confomnent selon les termes durant la periode
de la garantie. Ne sont pas couverts par la garantie: (I) Tout produit qui n'est pas distribue au Canada par D&M CANADA INC. (2) Tout produit qui n'a pas ete achete au
,~
,
• Canada aupres d'un revendeur officiel DENON (Note: On peut identifier les revendeurs officiels DENON par leur auto,collant "REVENDEUR OFFICIEL DENON" affiche t,',
• dans leur magasin. Si vous doutez qu'un revendeur soit officiellement reconnu, contactez D&M CANADA INC. al'adresse ci-dessous.) (3) Tout produit dont Ie numero de ,
• serie a ete efface, modifie ou enleve. (4) Dommages dus ala deterioration ou a un fonctionnement defectueux ala suite de: a) accident, acte de la nature, abus, utilisation .-_~.',
• impropre, negligence, reparation au moyen d'un produit non autorise, debaJe, modification, emploi contraire aux instructions foumies avec Ie produit, b) reparation ou
~_ ', tentative de reparation par quelqu'un non reconnu par DENON. c) tout envoi du produit (la reclamation doit etre presentee au transporteur), (5) Articles sujets a deterioration t,'.

par l'usage (tetes de magnetophone, cellules phono, pointes de lecture phono, piles, etc.). (6) Verification periodique qui ne revele aucun defaut. (7) Utilisation du produit ,
• hors du Canada. (8) Bandes magnetiques, disques CD ou DVD endommages. (9) Utilisation commerciale, industrielle ou professionnelle. (10) Toutes charges d'installation =
~ ou de deplacement resultant d'un defaut du produit. ,
, Notre paiement ,
;
·
, Si votre ~roduithDENON elst reconnu defectdu"elux pafr DEN.oN ?urant1la periode d'adP~lication de lafgaradntie"apres lad date. dd'~chat du consommateur, DENON
reparera ou, a son c OIX, remp acera avec un mo "e neu , usage ou eqUlva ent ce prod Utt e.ectueux sans ralS e pIeces m e malO reuvre.
t
,
; Execution de la garanlie t.
~ Si votre produit necessite service, il peut etre envoye a tout atelier de service officiel DENON ou chez D&M CANADA INC. (Si vous doutez que I'atelier de ,
t service soit officiellement reconnu, contactez D&M CANADA INC. al'adresse ci,dessous). Dans tous les autres cas, les procedures suivantes s'appliquent si volre j
~ article doit etre transporte pour un service sous garantie. ,
, a. Vous etes responsable du transport de votre article ou vous devez vous arranger vous-meme pour son transport. ,
; b. Si votre article doit etre envoye, vous devez payer les frais d'envoi initiaux, mais nous payerons les frais de retour si la garantie couvre les reparations. i,:,

=,' c. LORSQUE VOUS RENVOYEZ VOTRE ARTICLE POUR UN SERVICE SOUS GARANTlE, VOUS DEVEZ JOINDRE UNE COPIE DE LA ,
,

t
~ d.
FACTURE D' ACHAT D'ORIGINE.
Vous devez inclure egalement vos nom, adresse, numero de telephone de jour, numeros de modele et de serie du produit et une description du probleme.
Dans Ie cas d'un lecteur CD ou DVD, joindre un disque que I'appareil n'a pu lire pourtest. II vous sera reloume avec I'article.
ii
-

~ CE::I~::;~::Ere~::::~:~~~i::~~~~~::~v~~:~:~~tions quant a son fonctionnement, contactez notre departement technique dont I'adresse figure ci,dessous. ;
; CETTE GARANTIE EST EXPRESSEMENT FAITE EN LIEU ET PLACE DE TOUTES LES AUTRES GARANTIES EXPRIMEES au SOUS,ENTENDUES' Y .,'.
~ COMPRIS, SANS SE LIMITER A CELLES-CI, LES GARANTIES MARCHANDES ET SPECIFIQUES POUR UN USAGE PARTICULIER.

it
•
NOTRE RESPONSABILITE SE LIMITE A LA REPARATION OU AU REMPLACEMENT, A NOTRE CHOIX, DE TOUT PRODUIT DEFECTUEUX ET
N'INCLUT EN AUCUN CAS DES DOMMAGES FORTUITS, COMMERCIAUX INDIRECTS NI MATERIELS D'AUCUNE SORTE. NOUS NOUS SOMMES
PAS RESPONSABLES POUR LA PERTE DE LES PRODUITS ET/OU LES MARCHANDISES ENDOMMAGEES PENDANT LE TRNASPORT DES BIENS.
;
~~',
__
,
, CERTAINES PROVINCES NE PERMETTENT PAS DE L1MITES QUANT A LA DUREE D'UNE GARANTIE SOUS-ENTENDUE ET/OU NE PERMETTENT ,
;
~
PAS L'EXCLUSION DE DOMMAGES FORTUITS. LES LIMITATIONS ET EXCLUSIONS MENTIONNEES PLUS HAUT PEUVENT NE PAS S' APPLIQUER
A VOTRE CAS. t
"

~",' _"~=,-.'
,
Celte garantie vous donne des droits legaux specifiques, mais il se pourrait que vous ayez d'autres droils qui varient d'une province al'autre. La garantie ne peut
, etre modifiee que par un document signe par un gestionnaire autorise de D&M Canada. ,

;
, 5-5~~~P~C~~~~~~;ard ;
._:,' Markham, Ontario
l3R 5Bl
t
,
• (905) 475-4085
:
··,II.,· ·,tl"·· ·~III!· ·'lllt·· ,llIt'· ·.IIlI'· ·.III..· ,,11 11110 ,1111' ,'"1 '"1 ,111' '11
www.denon.ca
'111 '"" '11' 1111 111' 111" 111' 111" '111 11' '"1' '"/1 ', 111' ,'11' '111 1111
t•
111' . . .